DANCE THE DARKNESS DOWN

Chapters 9 and 10

Chapter 9

As Aiel and Lin entered the Eating House, they saw that though it was not yet busy, the maidens were not alone. A dark-haired man sat at one of the tables near theirs, and his companion, a woman in a wine-coloured cloak, its hood still pulled over her head, had turned a little to look at the sisters. After a moment she said, in a soft, Eastern-accented voice, “Ah, we shall not have to eat alone. Have you travelled far, maidens? And surely not unaccompanied?” It seemed a pleasant, innocent enough enquiry, but Aiel was uneasy, half-Perceiving something Dark, yet not knowing yet what it was. It was Krystha who answered, being cautious but not discourteous in her reply. “No, we are not alone. We are awaiting our companions.” Lin’s attention was on Arentha. There was a tautness in her body as though she were – no, not afraid, but poised, waiting for something. And on Arentha’s face was a kind of bewilderment, as though she heard something she should have understood, but could not.

The woman asked again, “But where are you travelling from? I would wager you are from the South – from the City, perhaps?” Krystha answered, truthfully if evasively, “No, we are not from the City. You are very curious, Lady – some might say discourteous.” Aiel lingered in the doorway, signalling Lin to do the same. He was curious to hear the woman’s answer. “Your pardon, maidens, I meant no harm. It is just that you seemed familiar to me. I have friends in the City, and I thought I might know your father – or your mother.” There was a change in her tone as she spoke the last words that set Aiel’s Perception stirring, sent Lin’s hand to his sword-hilt, and caused Arentha to gaze at the woman with a wild, wide stare. Krystha, though seemed unmoved. “Our father does not go to the City. And we have no mother.” The woman gave an odd, short little laugh. “No mother? Are you sure of that – Arentha, Krystha?” She lifted her arm and pushed back her hood. Aiel gasped. The face that she revealed was, allowing for the extra years, almost the duplicate of Arentha’s. The same luminous dark brown eyes, the same lovely oval, the same delicately formed features, under the same glossy fall of dark hair. But after the first shock, Aiel began to see the things that made it not Arentha’s face at all – the lips grown taut and pinched, the little lines caused by dark emotions, the haunted look in the brown eyes. And Aiel now saw clearly that a dark mist clung to her, and her companion. Arentha cried out “Mother! Oh, I knew…” and could not finish, but fell silent , and reached out a hand which the woman ignored.

“Come!” Aiel told Lin, and they hurried to the girls’ table. “Lady” Aiel said to Alira ” You are disturbing these maidens, who are under our protection.” Alira, not yet realising that he was a Priest, since he wore no robe, answered him scornfully, “Have I not the right to speak to my own daughters?” Lin said “You have not used that right since they were scarcely more than babes. It seems to me that you no longer have it.” The dark man, Alira’s companion, who had been still and silent until now, slid to his feet. “You are insulting a Lady, Swordsman” he said, his tone urbane but menacing . His hand hovered over his sword. Aiel stepped forward and said “In the Name of Light, I ask you both, go on your way and let these maidens be.” The man’s long, pale eyes flicked towards Aiel’s face. He saw the young Priest’s eyes, and gave a mirthless grin. “What Priest, now, goes disguised?” he asked. “In any case, we serve another master, and do not recognise your authority.” His arrogance did not affect Aiel. Slipping his hand inside his clothing, Aiel pulled out the Lightstone , and said “But my authority you must recognise, Child of Night. For I am the Lightstone-Bearer!” He slipped the Lightstone free of concealment, and it lay blazing on his breast. The dark man cowered back before its light, and Alira stood frozen. Lin took Krystha and Arentha from their seats and placed himself with drawn sword between them and any danger.

Aiel set his Perception first on Alira. He had to know why she had made her claim on the girls. For their sake he had hoped it might be some remaining spark of love for them, however dark and perverted it might have become, that moved Alira. If she had any such feelings, though, he could not find them. Only Darkness and – surprisingly- overwhelming fear were in her mind. It was not fear of Aiel, for her spirit was defiant of him. Yet even that defiance, he felt, was born of fear. Another’s will – her companion’s, Aiel guessed- held Alira’s will in bondage. Even with the Lightstone’s aid, he could not reach her true feelings towards her daughters. They lay behind a closed door in her mind which even the Lightstone could open only a crack, and which was immediately slammed shut again. Strangely, Aiel felt nothing towards the woman who has abandoned his beloved Arentha but a strange pity. Withdrawing his Perception, he offered her the Choice of Light, but she answered “I cannot. I have made my choice.”

Turning his Perception on the man, Aiel was more than ever sure that here was the source of Alira’s fear and bondage. It was this Child of Night who had exploited Alira’s recognition of the girls. He would have used her to lure them for the uses of the Children of Night, and Aiel’s soul shuddered as he thought of the girl in the Ruins and what might have happened to Arentha and Krystha if the trick had succeeded. The man’s mind fought his Perception all the time, and Aiel knew that it was useless to offer him the Choice of Light. He did so anyway, but the man’s only reply was to spit on the floor at Aiel’s feet. “Then go, both of you, in the Name of Light!” Aiel commanded them, and added, because of Alira, “And, unless you turn to Light, make no attempt to contact these maidens again, nor send others to do so. Go your way!” As they turned away, there was a wail from Arentha. “No! Oh, Mother…” For an instant, it seemed Alira’s step faltered, but then she walked on without turning her head. Aiel had always known how she would choose. The deep, dark bond between her and her lover was too strong for her to break. Arentha would still have rushed after the couple, but Lin caught and held her. Krystha tried to reason with her sister. “Arentha, that is not our mother! Our mother is dead, and another spirit lives in her body! Arentha!”

Arentha, though, was frantic with loss. She turned on Aiel with such vehemence that Lin could not believe it. She had been so caring and concerned for Aiel, burdened with the Lightstone Way, that he hardly recognised her now. “You sent her away! You would not even let us speak to her! We could have turned her back to Light, but you would not try -she is our mother, and you have sent her away from us forever!” Aiel, his heart aching for Arentha’s misery, said gently and sadly, “Arentha, I did try. I offered her the Choice of Light, but she would not take it.” Before Arentha could say more, Lin said, “Let us go back to the Faring House. This is too public a place for such discussions!” It was an unhappy group that crossed silently to the Faring House and followed Aiel into the Quiet Room that Varn had lent them. When the door was locked behind them, Aiel began, “Arentha…” But she would not let him speak. To all of them her anger, because she was always so gentle, was frightening. It spoke of her deep distress and loss and pain. “Why, why did you send her away? If you had let us – let me – talk to her, we could have turned her back, and she would have taken the Choice of Light. But you would not give us the chance – and now we shall never have it again!”

“Arentha!” Lin spoke, his voice commanding “Let Aiel speak – let him explain.” He did not want to speak so roughly to her, but he had to give Aiel the chance to break through to her. Aiel said, “Arentha, I did all that I could to turn her to Light! But that man – her lover – has her completely under his domination. She would have obeyed him, and followed Darkness, even though…” Aiel broke off, unable to continue, to tell her what the man had planned for them, unwilling to expose Arentha to this last blow. Aiel and Lin had almost forgotten Krystha, in their concern for Arentha. Now, though, Krystha asked, in a tight, careful little voice, “Aiel- even though – what? Do not hide anything from us. Why did she want us to acknowledge her?” Aiel knew, by the way she put the question, that Krystha, the Healer, asked it for Arentha’s sake. It was as if Krystha told him that to heal Arentha, he must first hurt her with the truth – the truth Krystha already understood – about their mother. So he answered, making no attempt to veil the truth or soften his answer. “She was trying to lure you because the man commanded her to – because he wanted you for dark purposes. I do not know if she had thought beyond that, but Alira had no thought for you. To satisfy that man, she would have let you become victims of the Children of Night. You are right, Krystha, it is another spirit that controls Alira’s. Only Light can turn her back into your mother – and she refused the Choice of Light.”

Arentha had turned so white that Aiel almost thought his words had killed her. She gave an almost animal wail of despair, and sank down onto a bench, unmoving. Aiel, almost as pale as she, seated himself beside her and held her, trying to comfort her. Lin felt sick, and bitterly angry. He wanted to howl like a hound – the thought of such betrayal as Alira’s of her daughters was beyond his comprehension. He too had thought of the girl in the Ruins, and suspected that Krystha must be remembering too. He looked at her, and saw such a bleak, hurt look on her face that it stabbed through him like a sword blow. He knew now that beneath her brave, defiant outer shell she was as vulnerable as quiet, gentle Arentha and must be suffering as much. “Oh, Krystha” he said gently, holding out his hands to her, “I am sorry that you should be hurt so.” The hands she placed in his were shaking and icy-cold, and she begged him, in a painful whisper, “Lin, Sword-Brother…help me!” Lin hugged her close against him, trying to still her trembling. He heard her draw a deep, shuddering breath, and then she rested her head against him, holding tightly to him, and gave way to bitter sobbing. Lin had never felt such hurt and anger. He was Krystha’s Sword-Brother, but all that meant, his own abilities, were useless now. There was no physical enemy to fight for her, and his strength, agility and sword-skill could not protect her from this bitter pain. That something could hurt her so, and he be powerless to prevent it, was more than he could bear. He knew that it was more than the understanding and friendship that had grown between them that made him feel like this. He knew, now, that he was in love with Krystha, and, loving her, must hurt with her too. And, having once realised his love for her, he could not remember that it had not always existed.

Aiel, meanwhile, found Arentha unreachable. She did not speak, or weep. She had made no sound at all save that one despairing wail. She sat as cold and motionless as stone, staring straight ahead. He looked round for Krystha’s help and saw her in Lin’s arms, weeping as if she would never stop. Aiel was glad that one sister, at least, had found some release, but frightened for Arentha. It had, all the time, been Krystha who found it hard to express her pain, or let herself cry. Arentha had been open in her emotions. Now she was locked up inside herself, and Aiel did not know how to help her. He called her name softly, then louder, but there was no response. Lin, hearing Aiel call to Arentha, looked up and saw the still, unresponsive figure. He saw that Arentha’s reaction was similar to the way that Krystha had reacted to the death of the girl in the Ruins of the Dark City. Maybe Krystha, a Healer and Arentha’s sister, sharing her deep pain, could help her. Krystha’s sobbing had slowed now, and she was no longer clinging to him, but rather leaning into his embrace as though she were very weary. He bent his head again so that his face almost brushed her shining hair, and called her name. Krystha raised to his a face so blotched and swollen with crying that he felt love and pity tear him. Still, he held back his emotions, and said, very gently, “Krystha, I am sorry, I know you need time to deal with this thing. But we cannot reach Arentha. She will not answer.”

Krystha brushed away her tears and turned her head to look at her sister. Then she moved out of Lin’s supporting arms and went to Aiel and Arentha, Lin following. Aiel looked into her face with concern, and said “Krystha – how is it with you?” “Well enough, for now. While there is work for me to do” she answered, her voice husky with weeping. “Arentha will not answer me” Aiel said. “Is it the shock?” Krystha shook her head. “It is more that that, Aiel. She has lost her dream.” “Her dream? Your mother?” Krystha said sadly “She has always hoped – believed – that one day we would find her, and that when we did she would return to Light, and us. When we were children, Arentha used to tell me stories of how it would be. She had persuaded herself that – that Alira had been tricked into leaving us -that she was somewhere out in Li’is, longing to return to us, but too ashamed. That if we could only find her and speak to her, she would come back. It was a dream, but it sustained her, Aiel.” “And now all that she hoped for has proved false.” Lin said, soberly. “She is so trusting, so gentle!” Krystha exclaimed. ” I – I am my father’s daughter, and do not give my trust, or my belief, so easily. But Arentha- and yet it was those very things in our mother that first led her into Darkness- she was so naive, so Merhaun my father has said. Oh, Arentha!” She bent to embrace, then examine her sister, but Arentha was still unmoving. Krystha straightened again, and said, “It is an ill of the spirit, Aiel. Not I, but Light, can heal this.”

Aiel nodded, and laid the Lightstone to Arentha’s brow. Lin, aware of the tension still in Krystha, reached out and took her hand in his, and she gave him a glance and a wan half-smile for the comfort, before she looked back to Arentha. The Lightstone poured its soft flood of light over the immobile girl, seeming to hold her in its embrace. Aiel, Lin and Krystha watched hopefully for some sign, but the light withdrew again into the Stone and still Arentha had not moved. Then, after a moment, her brown eyes blinked, and lost their distant stare, and focussed, with some bewilderment, on Aiel and the soft glow of the Stone on his breast. Aiel made the little Priestly gesture that offered his Perception, and she gave herself to its power. There was nothing for Lin and Krystha to see; Aiel’s gentle cupping of Arentha’s face, the meeting of blue and brown gaze. Yet within their merged minds Aiel – or not Aiel, but the power of Light working through him- was touching her need, healing hurts, freeing, soothing, bringing peace. When Aiel withdrew his Perception, Arentha’s eyes were instantly full of tears. She turned to her sister, holding out imploring arms, and the two clung together like children in their grief. For grief it surely was. Aiel said to Lin, in a low voice, “They must mourn. Their mother is dead.” “It went deep with Arentha?” Lin asked, in concern. “Very deep” Aiel answered, and Lin knew he could say no more. The young Priest sighed, then “I wish there had been another way to deal with this, that I need not have sent Alira away” he said “but she would not take the Choice of Light, and I could not leave her free to follow us, and be a danger to the maidens. What else could I have done, Lin?” “Nothing.” Lin agreed, aware of his friend’s need for reassurance. “There was nothing else to be done but what you did, Aiel.” “I would have turned her to Light if I could” Aiel said, almost as if he had not heard Lin “but she was completely overshadowed by the Darkness in that man. She would have given them up without a thought, Lin – her own daughters- at his word. And I thought of the girl in the Ruins, and I – it was hard for me, Lin.” “She was corrupted by him indeed” Lin said quietly.

“When – when my mother died” Aiel said, and it was the first time Lin had ever heard him mention the subject of his own volition, ” it was a terrible loss to me, but it is worse for Arentha and Krystha. I at least knew that my mother and the babe had touched Light – that some day we should all be together in the Joyous Place. But for them – Alira is dead, yet she lives. I have forbidden her deliberately to approach them – unless she turns back to Light, though I see little hope of that – but still, they may meet again by chance, some day.” “If they do, at least the maidens will be prepared for what she is” Lin comforted him. Aiel said, and Lin knew it was hurting him. “Arentha asked me why I had sent her mother away- but I had to, Lin! She was a danger to them.” “Aiel, there was no other choice, once she refused Light. I am sure that Krystha, at least, understood that.” “Then I hope – I pray Light- that Arentha understands too.” “She does.” came Arentha’s voice quietly, from behind them. The young men turned, startled, but Lin caught the look of relief on Aiel’s face. The sisters were standing hand in hand, Arentha a little in front. Their faces bore the signs of their weeping, and to Lin they looked like lost children. Arentha said to Aiel, “Aiel, I…I said some terrible things to you….” Her voice caught on a sob, and Aiel said, in soft protest, “Ah, Arentha, no….” Arentha, to Aiel’s amazement and joy, suddenly flung her arms around his neck, crying, “Oh, Aiel, I am so sorry!” “Arentha, you were hurt, distraught!” he exclaimed, hugging her in token of his forgiveness, if any were needed. “Dear Aiel, you have such burdens to carry” Arentha went on “If my unkindness has added to them, please forgive me. I would not wish to hurt you.” “If there is anything to forgive, I forgive it, gladly.” Aiel told her.

Arentha, suddenly aware of her own impulsive gesture, coloured, and took her arms from his neck. Aiel, though, caught one of her hands as she lowered it, and pressed it against his cheek. Arentha looked questioningly at him , and met his eyes-not his Perception, but his heart. As if something flashed between them, she lowered her eyes a moment, raised them to Aiel’s again, and then laid her hand, which he had released, back against his cheek in a tender gesture. And that was all, yet Lin knew that something was settled between Aiel and Arentha. He wished it might have been as easy for him, with Krystha. How he might persuade that volatile maiden that he loved her, and how, seemingly impossible, to make her fall in love with him too, were problems to which he could not begin to imagine the answer. Aiel asked, “Arentha, Krystha, how is it with you now? Do you need anything? Shall I call the Healer?” Arentha said, “It will be well enough with us, for now. There is still the Way. Perhaps later, when that is done, we shall need to weep again. It is hard to lose a mother. To lose her the second time…” she broke off and swallowed hard, then said , resolutely, “We will not speak of it again.” Krystha said, “Light be praised that you and Lin were with us. It would have been ill for us if we had ever met her alone.” None of them wanted to think of that, though, and Aiel said “Best to forget what might have happened, Krystha.”

There was a knock at the door, and when Aiel cautiously unlocked and opened it, Varn came in. “Aiel – is something wrong? They said there was some trouble in the Eating House, and you did not stay. Is it well with you?” Aiel answered for them all. “We met with someone who tried to trick the maidens by claiming an old acquaintance with them. She would have betrayed them to the Children of Night, but Lin and I came in time. They were hurt by the deception, and frightened, so we came back here.” Varn was dismayed at the thought of such duplicity, but thankful that Aiel and Lin had managed to protect the maidens. He asked if they needed a Healer’s care, and assured that that was not necessary, he promised to have food and drink sent over for them, and withdrew. His kindly attentions had helped to relieve some of the tension of the evening’s events, and when the meal arrived, Aiel, Arentha and Lin were able to eat, if not heartily, at least sufficient to sustain them. Krystha, though, could eat very little, saying she had a headache. She crumbled some dried herbs from her Healer’s sack and mixed them in a cup of water. Lin watched Krystha with concern as she drank the draught. She did look wan and tired. His new-found love for her made him very conscious of her; he had cared for and guarded her before as a good comrade, a Sword-Brother, but wholly her own responsibility. Now he felt that loving her made him somehow responsible for her, but also made her responsible for him. Whatever hurt her, hurt him too. Lin did not realise that he was gazing thoughtfully at her, taking in the pale, heart-shaped face, the amber-brown eyes grown big and dark with tiredness, the heavy plait of red-gold hair. Krystha looked across the table at Lin and tried to smile, but winced. The headache, Aiel thought. He was watching them both. Krystha did not look well at all, and Lin too looked strange, as if he had an ache in him. Maybe he was still thinking about Alira, and how she would have betrayed the maidens.

Aiel asked, “Krystha, would it not be best if you went to rest, you and Arentha? It has not been well with you, and you look so tired.” The girls agreed that the emotion had exhausted them, and Krystha still complained of headache. They decided to take Aiel’s advice, and as they went out to the room that had been prepared for them, Krystha paused to say quietly to Lin, “Sword-Brother, thank you for comforting me”, and was gone before he could reply. When they had left, Aiel asked, “Lin, what ails you?” “What ails me? It has been a painful evening, Aiel.” “I know. But it is more than that, Lin. Is it that you are still thinking of what might have happened to the maidens? You need to be careful of such thoughts, for they can lead to a wrong kind of anger.” Aiel persisted with his questioning, knowing that something was disturbing Lin. At last Lin answered, for the comfort of sharing his feelings, “Aiel, it is – I find myself in love with Krystha, and I do not know what to do.” Aiel was just a little alarmed. He could recall that Lin had cared for other maidens before. But Krystha was no ordinary maiden, and he knew, by what Arentha had told him about her sister, that she could be hurt much more easily than Lin might guess. Aiel thought that, considering the respect and comradeship that had been between Lin and Krystha, this time Lin’s affection was probably true. Still, to make his friend think clearly about the relationship, he said sternly, “Lin, be sure – very sure – about this. Krystha is vulnerable, for all her careless bravery. She is not one of our flirting City maidens, in and out of love in a day. I will not have her hurt for a whim, for I think that if you win her heart, it will be given forever, not to be tossed back to her again if you lose interest.”

Aiel was satisfied, then, for Lin’s response showed the reality of his feelings for Krystha. “I know it, Aiel! I have never met a maiden like Krystha, and in the beginning I never would have thought of loving her. I grew to respect and honour her as a Sword-Brother, yes. But tonight – how can I explain it to you, Aiel? I held out my arms to a wounded comrade, and found I was holding my only love. Every tear she wept cut me like a knife.” Lin looked at his friend as if bewildered by the strength of his own feelings. “Aiel, all I want is to go on loving Krystha, all my life, and for her to love me too. I want her to be my Lady, for I want her to be beside me always. But how am I to win her love? If I tell her how I feel, she is as like to think I am mocking her as to believe me.” “Lin, Krystha respects and honours you, as you say you do her. Might not her feelings also turn to love?” “I hope so.” the Swordsman murmured. “I think you must be patient, my friend, and gentle. Krystha likes and trusts you, and Arentha says her trust is not easily won.” He smiled at his friend, then sighed, “Lin, I know how it is with you. You know how I love Arentha. But for all of us such feelings must wait until the Way is finished.” “I would not let my love for her interfere with the Way” Lin agreed “but it need not prevent me from asking Light for the gift of Krystha’s heart. Is not Light the source of all love?” “Aye, and Light will keep our loves safely, till this Way is ended.” Aiel said. Comforted by the thought, the two young men went to find the room Varn had allotted them. But while Aiel, despite the day’s misfortunes, seemed to fall asleep easily and quickly, Lin lay awake for a while, exploring the excitement and joy, the doubts and fears, of his love for Krystha.

Next morning, the maidens still seemed subdued, and it was, strangely, Krystha who seemed unhappiest, though she had been the more clear sighted about her mother. Aiel, seeking to distract them, asked if there was anything they needed for their journey which they now had the opportunity to buy in the Merchant Town. Their storekeeper, Arentha, could think of nothing, but Varn, who was with them, said, “If you intend to camp out on your way to the Gatehouse, your cloaks will not be warm enough. It grows colder as you near the Meeting Place. There is a merchant nearby who sells coverings, finely-woven, very light, but warm. I would counsel you to buy some for your journey.” “That is a good thought” said Lin “we cannot risk the Way by taking a sickness through chill.” So they agreed to go to the merchant’s, but Krystha said she still felt unwell, and would not go. Lin, anxious for her, elected to stay with her, since Aiel had the Lightstone, and Varn’s guidance, and the merchant was very near. So Varn, Arentha and Aiel went off to the merchant’s booth, leaving Krystha and Lin in the Quiet Room. Krystha said, “Lin, it is kind of you to stay, but you could have gone. It will be well with me.” “Krystha, it is only Alira? You are not sick?” Lin asked. “No, it is Alira” Krystha answered, and sighed. Lin asked again, “Krystha, you said you knew and understood what Alira is, and that it was Arentha who dreamed of finding her. Why is it then that this thing seems to hurt you more than Arentha?” She looked at him for a moment, as if she decided whether to trust him, then said, “Maybe, for all I said, I had more of a share in Arentha’s dream than I knew. Maybe I had let myself hope too, Lin, though I denied it. And also, it frightens me to know that she is one half of me, and that half turned to Darkness.” “But you would never turn to Darkness, Krystha.” “Oh Lin, who knows? Once she loved my father dearly, and he her. I know that is true. Yet something turned her love cold.” She looked at him again, then said softly, “Lin, sometimes I wonder – would it have happened if I had not been born?” Lin took her by the shoulders, but gently, and said firmly, “Krystha, that is a nonsense! How could your birth have anything to do with it?” “Is it a nonsense? To bear two children so quickly can be a strain, and I know I was not an easy child. Arentha was always as she is now – sweet-tempered, gentle, beautiful. But I was a stormy little creature, so our old serving-woman said. “Like a baby hawk” she used to say, “Small and golden-eyed and very fierce.” I was always around where the lads were at their horse-riding and Sword-Training, and I would not learn to be a well-behaved little maiden. Maybe I was too much for Alira.” “Krystha” Lin said ” You cannot blame yourself – why, you were little more than a babe when Alira deserted you. And not all little maidens are sweet and well-behaved. You sound as though you were describing my sister Mira, save that her hair, not her eyes, was golden. She would forever be with me and my friends, and my mother said she despaired of her, but she did not desert us because of it!”

Krystha smiled faintly, but said nothing. Lin said, “Krystha, you cannot take this guilt on yourself. I know what it is.” He seated himself on a bench and signalled her to sit beside him. When she did, he asked, “Is it not as if Alira had died?” She nodded, dumbly, and Lin said “When I was a little lad, my grandfather died. I loved him very much, Krystha, and I used to go every day to see him. He died suddenly, one night – and I felt so guilty, as if it were my fault. I felt I should have known that day that he was sick. It would have been impossible for me to know, for it was a sudden seizure that killed him, yet I still felt I should have known. I spent days going over my last visit to him, wondering what I could have done to prevent his death. I think it is always like that when we lose someone, whether to death or Darkness. Always we think, if I had done this, or that, I could have prevented it. But it is a false guilt, born of Darkness. You must not accept it.” She thought for a moment, then said quietly, “I think you are right, Sword-Brother. But it is hard for me, and this is the second time she has rejected me, and I wonder, I wonder – what have I done, Lin?” She was crying now, very quietly, without passion, and he put his arms round her and rocked her a little, comfortingly, saying “You have done nothing, Krystha, nothing at all, that she should hurt you like this. It is the Darkness which controls her that rejects you, and it is proof that you are beloved of Light. And I believe Light will bring healing out of your pain for you, though you do not see it yet.” “Lin” she said, in surprise, “I did not know you were so wise. Thank you.”

He would gladly have gone on holding her, but she smiled at him and moved away, saying “Come, I feel better now. Let us go on with the preparations for the journey, then there will be less for Aiel and Arentha to do when they return.” So they went to work together, companionably chatting as they packed up their baggage. But Lin watched Krystha with love, wondering how many rejections there had been for her, and if they would make it harder for her to accept his love for her, when at last he was able to confess it to her. Aiel and Arentha returned from the merchant’s with Varn, and Arentha was pleased with the coverings they had bought. “Light and warm,as Varn said, and thin enough to carry easily, or wrap around us as an extra cloak if it is cold” she said. “Our thanks to you, Varn, for your advice. These will be very useful.” Varn had refused to let them purchase other supplies, insisting that the Faring House supply all their needs. Their greatest need, though, was of his counsel. the journey thus far had been painful and difficult, but always with the assurance of a goal to aim for; the Faring Houses, the Ket’s Camp, the Merchant Town. They had gone step by step, but now there were no more stepping stones between them and the Gatehouse, and their enemy might be anywhere on the way ahead of them. If they chose to sleep in a village, there might be an ambush there, yet in open country too they would be at risk. Varn advised them where the villages were which he knew, and told them that when they neared the mountains where the Gatehouse and the Meeting Place lay, they would find caves in which to shelter. “Otherwise, let the Lightstone guide you, Aiel, and your Perception” Varn said “There are few enough go up to the Dancers’ Gate, and they usually have their own servants and sleeping tents with them. I have not had to give this kind of advice before, and I may mislead you, without meaning it. Trust Light only, Lightstone-Bearer.” They appreciated Varn’s honesty, but it did not make the way before them any easier.

Their horses were brought, and they set off, riding through the Town unremarked, and out of another gate, the one nearest to the North. Soon they came to an end of the farmlands, and were riding over rough, open grassland. It was windy here, for there were no hills or mountains to shield them from the winds that swept from sea-coast to sea-coast across this, the narrowest part of their land. The wind stung, too, laden with salt from the sea, and though the day was bright, they were glad of their cloaks. The land rose slowly, a long, steady, upward slope. There were small streams, though, crossing the rough expanse, and a movement as of small birds or animals in the grass and bushes and occasional trees. The air, swept clean by the wind, was biting-fresh, and the sky seemed very high and clear. The land tired them but the air revived them again. Aiel thought it a strange place. When he remarked on this, Lin said, “This is the North, and we are Southern-bred. It must seem strange to us – unless it is another strangeness you feel, Aiel?” Aiel, who had kept his Perception partly extended, told Lin, “No, I have felt no Darkness here.” Krystha said thoughtfully, “This land is not as soft as ours. Even the farmlands, though fertile, did not have the richness of ours. I think perhaps we are nearer the – the bones of the land, here.” “I have never breathed air so cool and clear” Arentha contributed. “It is a good land, Aiel ,if rough.” Aiel, though, thought to himself that if the place were cool and windy now, in bright sunlight, it would be doubly so at night. The problem of their night’s shelter perplexed him.

As they reached the top of the long slow slope up which they had been riding it became the brow of a hill, the other side of which descended into a kind of cup in the landscape, out of which the land rose again on all sides. A small river ran down from the opposite side of the depression and emptied into a lake, from which it seemed to have no exit. Around the lake clustered a tiny village. There were a few small houses, one or two slightly larger ones with fields attached, in which a couple of animals were grazing. In the cottages nearest the water lived fishermen, it seemed, for their nets were set out to dry. The smoke of cooking fires rose from one or two of the dwellings, and they could see distant figures; the beasts in the fields, a man cutting wood, children at the water’s edge, a woman in a doorway. It was a peaceful scene, but somehow Aiel wondered what might lie behind it. Was the place as innocent as it looked? Aiel could not think, for a moment, what it was that made him suspicious of this quiet, pleasant-looking lakeside village. There was none of the dark aura about it that he had seen around the Children of Night. Then he remembered. Varn had told them where the villages lay, and he had not mentioned this one. True, Varn had said that he was not well acquainted with the country between the Merchant Town and the Gatehouse, and he might not know of this village, hidden as it was. But Aiel felt disquiet.

Arentha said, “Aiel, that might be a good place to seek shelter for the night.” Aiel answered, “I do not know…Lin, you are the Swordsman. How does the place feel to you? For I Perceive nothing, yet I somehow distrust the place.” Lin looked surprised, and replied, “Aiel, I feel nothing wrong. And it would be a safe place for the maidens.” “Sword-Brother” said Krystha “I trust Aiel’s feelings. Let us wait and watch a little longer, and see if Aiel Perceives anything.” “No harm in that” Lin agreed. Aiel sent out his Perception, cautiously, towards the village. He met no Darkness or danger there – but nothing else either. No sense of life, no undercurrent of thought, no spark of merriment from the children, simply a blankness that confused and puzzled him. Lin, seeing him frown, asked, “Aiel, what did you Perceive?” “Nothing” Aiel answered, then, seeing his friend did not understand, went on, “Lin, I Perceived nothing there – no thought or feeling in those people at all.” He looked down at the village. He could see the people; why could he not Perceive them? A frightening thought came to him, and he swung his Perception towards his friends. No, there was nothing wrong with his Priestly sense, he could feel the puzzlement in all of them at his words. He said, “I Perceive you all, so it is not my Perception.” Lin said, “Wait”. He leaned forward in his saddle, carefully studying the village. Then he said “Aiel … look at the people!” They all looked. The woman in the doorway, watching the children by the shore, the man cutting wood. Suddenly, Aiel saw what Lin had seen. The woman raised her hand to push back her hair, and lowered it, and raised it to push back her hair, and raised it…the children by the lake were throwing stones at the water, bending to pick up stones, and throwing them, but there was no splash, and they bent in exactly the same way to pick up the same stones and throw them without hitting the water, and bent again…the woodcutter put a log on his block and split it with one stroke, but then the block was empty, and he put the same log on the block, and split it, and reached for the same log to put on the same empty block…

Aiel watched the distant figures performing the same actions, over and over, as though time stopped, and ran back, and restarted in the same place, and he shuddered. Lin said, “In the Name of Light, Aiel, what is happening in that place?” Aiel said “Wait. Let me think.” They respected his silence, and after a few moments he said, “It must be something to do with Lak. But what? It could be that by the Bloodstone’s power he has broken their minds and this is the result. But even so, I should have Perceived the living spirit in them. Unless he has somehow blocked my Perception.” He took out the Lightstone, gazing into it, using it to augment his Perception, but the village was still a blank. Now, though, he could feel, vague and distant, the presence of a Darkness behind what was happening here, and though it was not close, he knew it was a great Darkness. “There is Darkness behind this, I Perceive it” he said , “Lak, or -” The Night Lords, he thought to himself, the corrupted Dancers of Ma’al – the Otherworld – under the sway of the Lords of Darkness. They still had the Dancers’ powers over time and space. Could this be their work? But no, they could not interfere in Li’is, not unless Lak succeeded on the Meeting Place, and he was not there yet. “Aiel?” Arentha recalled him from his thoughts, and he said, “No, it must be Lak’s work.” “Aiel, can we not help those poor people?” Krystha asked. Aiel considered the facts he had; the unknown village, the people who repeated the same actions interminably, the sense of distant, brooding Darkness overshadowing the place, the fact that he could Perceive no life or feeling in the village. And then he knew.

“There are no people” he said “Krystha, there is no village. It is a dark enchantment, like the one Si-Mara tried to set on us at the Spearcleft Pass.” “How can you know that?” Krystha argued, “If it is not so, these people are in dire need.” Arentha added, “Aiel, Krystha is right. We must be sure.” “Listen to me” Aiel told them “You are falling into Lak’s trap. As long as we believe in the village, it is there.” “Then let us go down and see” suggested Lin. “Lin, you know better than that!” Aiel exclaimed. “What reason would the Black Piper have to set such a trap,except to lure us down into that place?” There was an uneasy silence, until Aiel asked ,”Lin, you have Ket-Kai’s bow with you?” “Yes” Lin answered, looking puzzled. “Then get it” Aiel said. Lin dismounted and found the weapon among his gear, then looked questioningly at Aiel. Aiel said, indicating the woodcutter, “Lin, shoot that man.” “Aiel!” came the chorus of protests from them all. The young Priest said , “Lin, if I could use a bow I would do it myself. Do you really think I would bid you shoot an unarmed man? I tell you he is not a living man, but a phantom of Lak’s dark powers. But I must prove it to you, to break the enchantment.” When Lin still hesitated, Aiel asked, sadly, “Lin, do you trust me or not? If I must command you as the Lightstone-Bearer, I will, for you have sworn an oath to me. Aim for a limb, if you will, but shoot!”

The Swordsman took a deep breath, fitted an arrow to the bow, and moved a little way down the slope to get a better aim. “Not too near, Lin!” Aiel warned, and Lin stopped, glanced once at Aiel’s set, determined face, drew back the bow, and fired. They followed the flight of the shaft anxiously, except Aiel, who was quite calm. Lin was a good shot, even with a weapon he was unused to. Aiel saw him wince as the arrow hurtled towards the chest of the man – he had not aimed for a limb, then, unless the strange weapon had betrayed his aim, Aiel thought. Arentha cried out. Krystha’s fists were clenched on her reins. The sharp point of the arrow went into the man; the whole arrow went in, and through, and disappeared, leaving no mark , and the woodcutter went on picking up and splitting and picking up and splitting the same log. Lin turned and stared at Aiel, then scrambled back up the slope. “But I hit him!” he gasped, as he reached them, “I did hit him!” “You did not hit him, Lin” Aiel said quietly, “There was no one there to hit.” “But it seems so real!” Arentha exclaimed, turning again to look at the village. “Oh – look!” Krystha cried. The village was beginning to waver, as if seen through the hot air rising from a fire. The children and the woman blinked out like extinguished candle flames, and Arentha gave a little cry of alarm. Homes, fields and cattle, logs and nets all faded and vanished. Last of all the figure of the woodcutter slowly disappeared, but not before it had raised, to look at Aiel, a face so contorted with malice and anger that he knew that, for a moment, he saw his enemy.

Now they saw that, though the lake too had disappeared, there was still a gleam of light on water at the bottom of the hollow. No river, lake or stream was there, though, but a black, oozing, scummy bog, edged with plants of a bright unhealthy green that looked solid, but hid the sucking terror underneath. Like Lak’s eyes, and his mind, Aiel thought. Lin, shaken, said in a horrified voice, “Sweet Light! Aiel…” “You see?” Aiel said “I told you it was a trap. He wanted to lure us down there, and we would have been caught in the bog.” Krystha and Arentha said nothing, but stared at each other, pale-faced. Lin came and stood by Aiel’s horse, and bowed his head. “Aiel, my brother, I am ashamed” he said, “you should not have had to command me, before I would do as you said. I should have trusted you. Let you, and Light, forgive me.” “Lin, it is forgiven. Your doubts were honest, and it was a hard thing I asked of you, True Sword of the Lightstone.” “But Varn told us to trust to your Perception, and the Lightstone, Aiel. I should have done that. I will not disobey you again.” Krystha asked “Why did Varn not warn us of this place?” “Perhaps he did not know of it.” Arentha suggested. “Or maybe we have lost our way” Aiel said “There is no path to follow now. We may have strayed.” “There are the Dancers’ Mountains” Krystha said, pointing to the far distant range, visible only as a faint grey blur on the horizon. “Aye, but where is the Gatehouse?” Lin asked. “If we are lost, how shall we find our way?” Aiel smiled mirthlessly. “I can think of a sure way to do that.” “How?” asked Arentha. “By following the Darkness I Perceived. It is surely Lak, and he will make all speed for his goal.” “It is too dangerous!” Arentha cried.”His mind almost destroyed you once, Aiel.” “I am stronger now” the Lightstone-Bearer said “and more attuned to the Lightstone. But let me seek Light. If Light forbids me, I will not attempt it.” They were silent as he gazed into the Lightstone, seeking guidance. Then, as once before, he felt his Perception take wing and soar up and out, but now he was ready for any encounter with the Black Piper. For that, though, there was no need, for he saw the country between where he was and the Gatehouse, as though he leaned over a map. He saw that they were indeed off course, but also how to correct it. He saw the way to take. And he came close enough to his enemy to know where he was, close enough for his enemy to be aware of him, but not to touch him – close enough, perhaps, for his enemy to begin to fear him.

CHAPTER 10

Aiel raised his head and said “Light has shown me the way.Lak is not so far ahead. We must be careful.” They were beginning to be hungry, but none of them wanted to stop to eat in that dreadful place. As they skirted the bog and set out in the direction Aiel knew now was the right one, Lin suddenly asked, “Aiel, how could Lak know we would come that way? If we were not on the path we should have taken, how could he know?” “I think that might have been part of his enchantment”, Aiel told them.”He would not set the trap in that place if he did not expect us to go there. Yet my Perception was extended – I felt nothing. He is a cunning, deadly enemy, Lin.” They rode for a while in grim silence, each thinking of the Black Piper’s evil trap. Aiel guided them by the few landmarks his Perception had registered in its swift flight, and eventually they found signs that they were riding where others had ridden, though not many or often. “Now we are on the right way!” Aiel sighed. The ground was still rising towards the mountains, and they stopped for a hurried meal in the lee of a small hill, none of them liking to stop too long in open country, with their enemy near. When they started off again, they saw that between them and the next rise lay a shadow. As they came nearer they saw that it was a small wood, which lay either side of the faint track they had been following. Lin said, “Must we go through it, Aiel? There may be another trap there. It is a likely place for an ambush.” Aiel sent out his Perception, augmented by the Lightstone, and said, “I Perceive no Darkness there, Lin. It may make a good shelter.”

When they reached the wood, they found it the strangest they had ever seen. It seemed to be all of one kind of tree, very tall and slender, with strange, narrow, grey-green leaves. Under the trees grew rough grass, a tall, feathery bracken, and patches of a plant with long, delicate spires of purple-blue flowers. That was all. No bushes, no other trees, or flowers. It was a strangely austere place, but not unpleasing, and not harbouring any Darkness. Lin said, “It might be possible to camp here. There is some shelter from the trees, at least. It is better than open ground.” “What about the beasts?” Aiel asked. Krystha replied, “There is grass, Aiel, and we should have enough water for them too.” Arentha added, “We have the extra coverings we bought, and bracken makes a soft couch. We shall do well here.” They left the track and rode in under the trees until they felt they were hidden from view. As it happened, they found they would not need to worry about water for the horses. A little way into the wood they came upon a small outcrop of rock, and under it a spring bubbled up. Someone once had built a little kerb of stones around it, but it must have been long ago, for the stones were now worn, and thickly encrusted with moss and lichen. A few water-plants grew around it, the only change in the linited vegetation of the place. Krystha said, “See, here is waterbread – it is good to eat, as well as for healing.” They let the horses drink from the spring, then tethered them to the slender tree-trunks, where they stood seeming quite content. Lin, tying Mischief’s reins, brushed against a branch of the tree, bruising some of the leaves, and instantly they were surrounded by a wonderful perfume, sharp and sweet, herbal and fruity together, with a refreshing tang to it that was like a drink of water on a hot day. Curious, Krystha picked a few leaves and rubbed them in her hands, releasing more of the perfume, and inhaled it. Then she said, “This is a reviving smell. I wonder if these leaves can be used for healing?” They all agreed that they felt uplifted by the aroma of the leaves, and Krystha cut some sprays and put them in her Healer’s sack.

Next they cut piles of bracken to lie on. They would not be able to make a fire, for fear of being seen, and the bracken would be warm as well as soft, between them and the ground. The sun was descending, and as it sank, the air was growing chillier. Arentha said, “We shall be glad we took Varn’s advice about those coverings!” They made a meal, glad of the water-bread which Krystha had gathered to add variety to their travelling rations. It was growing really dark now, and they had no light till the moons rose. Aiel let the Lightstone lie shining on his breast, to lighten the dusk, but the darkness under the scented trees was not unpleasant, and the wind had died to a gentle rustling in the trees. After their meal they talked a while, then wrapped themselves in the new coverings, with their cloaks over all. It was Aiel’s turn for first watch, and while the others lay and slept, he stayed near the little spring, watching the moons, when they rose, shine on the water, Once, feeling sleepy, he went and took a handful of the sweet leaves, and rubbed them, and breathed in the refreshing perfume. He went to where Arentha was lying, and stood looking at her for a while, though he could see little of her face in the dim light. Then he sighed, and lifted his head and sent out his Perception, searching, but all was well. “Tomorrow”, he thought, a new resolution growing in him, “we will ride far and fast, and try to catch up with Lak. It was not said that I would not catch him before we reach the Meeting Place, and perhaps I have listened too much to my own fears. I may be able to defeat him before we come there. In any case, it is possible that he may not stop again to feed the Bloodstone, and I dare not rely on his being delayed.”

When it was time to wake Lin, Aiel told the Swordsman his thoughts, and asked his advice. “You know about horses, Lin. Can we make good time in this country without tiring them?” “We should do, Aiel”, Lin answered. “Yesterday you said you would obey me – but do not do as I say if you think it is foolishness, Lin. Then I spoke as I did because I was sure of what I said, but in this chasing of Lak I am not sure, yet it seems the right thing, to me.” “I think you have reason, Aiel. We cannot let him stay too far ahead. If it is Light’s Will that you do not overtake him until we reach the Meeting Place, so it will be, but we can try to catch him before that.” After that, Aiel lay down to sleep. The new covering was warm, but he did not sleep for a while. He was thinking about pursuing Lak. He was too sensible not to fear his enemy, though he no longer shrank away from the thought of him, as he once had. And another thought at least was comforting – that if he defeated Lak before the Meeting Place, Arentha might be safe.

The next thing he knew was Lin shaking him gently awake. It was quite dark still, and at first he thought it was the shade of the trees. Then he realised that it was only just dawn, and a grey and cloudy dawn. Lin said softly, so as not to disturb the maidens yet, “Aiel, it is still early. But the weather is changing, and the horses are nervous. I think a storm is coming.” Aiel sat up and looked around. The trees were swaying in a rough wind, the tops of them tossing against the grey sky. The clouds were moving quickly across the sky, thick soft grey patterned with torn swirls of darker rain-cloud. But behind them, out of the East, a bank of storm cloud rolled quicklyon, blotting out the rising sun and making night fall again where it passed. “We had best wake the maidens”, he said. While Lin did so, Aiel stood and sent out his Perception, locating the Black Piper. He was a great Darkness in a cloud of other Darkness, and Aiel knew he was among the Children of Night. He shuddered to think of what might have been happening in the night. No doubt Lak had been feeding the foul thing he carried, fuelling it for the assault on the Dancers. But that had delayed him, and he was not so far ahead after all. Aiel withdrew his Perception quickly, before Lak could become aware of him, and said to them all, “Storm or not, we must go on. I meant to catch Lak before the Meeting Place – if Light wills it.”

They splashed their faces with water from the spring and breathed the perfume of the grey-green leaves to refresh and waken them. So urgent was Aiel’s intent to pursue Lak that he almost grudged the time they took to make a quick breakfast, though Krystha told him, tartly, that a hard ride on an empty stomach would do them no good. The horses were a little fidgety and nervous as they set out – all but Aiel’s stolid Greymouse. Aiel said, “This storm came suddenly. There was no sign of it when I woke you, Lin.” “Aye”, Lin agreed, “The night was clear, then it seemed to boil out of the East with the dawn.” It was not rainingyet, but the wind was rough and chill. Once they had left the wood, there was no sign of shelter. Aiel knew by his Perception the direction of the Black Piper, and this time he was not avoiding his enemy, but riding straight towards him. He had warned the others ofthe Children of Night he had sensed with Lak, but he knew they would not be able to resist the Lightstone’s power. Of Lak he was not sure. There was a temptation to reach out and touch Lak’s mind, to try his enemy’s strength. Yet he knew that would be folly, having once been entrapped in the corrupted horror of that dark entity’s thought.

Ahead of them now rode a rounded hill, covered with a scrubby growth of bushes and rough tussocks of grass. It was long and steep, next to impossible to ride over, but the only way through was a place where the rise was split, showing raw red banks that rose higher than a man on horseback and overhung the narrow path. Aiel hesitated. It was the only way, but he mistrusted it. His Perception sensed a Darkness near – not Lak, but something Dark. The rain had begun now, too, lashing down in sheets that obscured their view. “Lin”, Aiel said, “There is Darkness there. Yet we must go through.” He reached for the Lightstone and laid it gleaming in full view. He Perceived no diminishing ofthe Darkness, but he was ready for it now. He led the way into the red-walled defile, with Lin, drawn sword in hand, guardingtheir rear. There was nobody in the entrance, but they might be waiting further ahead, where the defile turned. The rise was deep as well as long. The ground on which they rode was dusty and covered with small stones, and the horses kicked up clouds of dust. Aiel was uneasy, for there was something about the Darkness he sensed that was unusual. They reached the bend and turned it, tense with anticipation of attack, but still there was no one there. The track was wider here, the walls higher. The echo of their hoofbeats sent little trickles of dust running down the sides. Thedust was so dry and thick that even the pelting rain seemed to do little to hold it down. Lin said, puzzled, “Aiel, are you sure ofthe Darkness?” “Yes, I am sure. But there is a strangeness to it…” he paused to send out his Perception again, and gasped as he suddenlyrealised what it was. “Sweet Light – Lin, they are above us!” “Aiel, where?”, Lin asked quickly, “In front or behind? On both sides, or one?” “In front, and on the left only”. Lin looked, but saw nothing. “They are well hidden”, he said, “now under the overhang, all of you. If they are armed, they will find us a harder target.” They obeyed him, moving over so that they were under the overhang of the left-hand wall ofthe defile. It was harder going, for there were mores stones scattered along their way. They tried again to see their enemies, but the driving rain obscured their vision.

Suddenly through the air around them came a hail of stones, and they raised their arms to fend them off. One struck Whitefoot, and she danced nervously and stumbled, so that Krystha slid from the saddle. Lin cried her name in alarm, but the Healer was up and remounting in seconds, a little pale, but saying quietly to Lin, “It is well with me, Sword-Brother.” “They cannot have weapons, then”, Aiel said, but Krystha replied, “A rock will split our skulls as well as a sword, Aiel” . However, there were no more stones. The overhang above them, and a little in front, now revealed a group of figures, misty through the heavy rain, apparently working and struggling at something. Lin exclaimed, “They are trying to bring it down!”, realising thatthe shadowy figures were trying to loosen and make fall the overhang under which they were riding. Aiel said, “Lin, we must get through! If they block the way…” “When I tell you”, Lin broke in, ” gallop! But till then pretend you have seen nothing.” They trotted forward until they were underneath the group. Lin glanced up. The overhang was cracked right across, and a shower of stones and earth was beginning to fall. “Now!”, he shouted. As they dug in their heels and urged the horses forward, there was a creaking, groaning sound. Lin looked up again and saw the mass of earth and stones dropping towards him. Mischief leapt forward at his bidding, and the tons of soil crashed harmlessly down behind him, spilling across the defile and blocking it. Aiel, who was in the lead, turned in his saddle, calling anxuously< “Lin – are you hurt?” “It is well with me. Go on, Aiel!”, Lin called back. They galloped on, turned another bend, and found themselves on open ground again. They did not slow until they were sure that the Children of Night were well behind them. Then Arentha asked, “How will we het back, if the way is blocked?” “It will be a long time before we need worry about that!” Aiel replied, grimly. It was useless to try to stop while the rain was lashing down, and there was no prospect of shelter anywhere near, so they decided to make what time they could. They could not see far, or hear much, for the rain. It was as if nothing existed but themselves and the rain. Everything looked the same; the wet, rough grass, the grey sky, the veil of rain. The distant mountains to which they were heading seemed as insubstantial as clouds.

Aiel reached out his Perception. He found the Black piper easily now, he was becoming attuned to his enemy’s presence. And now the other was not so far ahead, and only one other was with him. Not wanting to draw Lak’s attention to himself, Aiel concentrated on the Black Piper’s companion. It was Soom, the ‘beggar’, and Aiel found that, by usingthe Lightsone to help him, he could Perceive Soom. He knew enough now to shield himself from the dark thoughts,lusts and memories he found in the Children of Night, and seek only the information he needed. Aiel learned that Lak was very confident that one of his traps would succeed, so confident that he had decided to turn aside to a village for shelter from the bad weather. Aiel let the Lightsone fall and relayed this information to the others. “If we go on we will catch him”, the Lightstone-Bearer told them, “but he has set traps. We must be wary of them.” Now, though, Aiel was concerned what to do. “If I follow him to the village and confront him there, he may do harm to the villagers”, he said, “to force me to let him go on.” Arentha said, “Aiel, can we not wait till he has left the village? He may do them no harm then.” “It is his nature to do harm”, Lin argued. “They may need our protection, Aiel.” “We are not near the village yet”, Krystha said calmly. “Let us go on, and et Aiel try his Perception again in a while, and see what is happening. If they need us, we can go there. If they are unharmed, we will not go near and cause them trouble with Lak.” “That is sensible”,Aiel agreed. “That is what we will do, Krystha.” A break appeared in the clouds to the East, and the rain slowed. Aiel was able to see further now, and as they mounted a ridge he could faintly see, across a valley and lying off to the East, the small village where he knew his enemy was sheltering. Descending the slope with great care, for the ground was slippery from the rain, they rode in the direction of the village. The rain was stopping now, and as the dark clouds rolled away Westwards, the sky above them cleared to blue, and the sun broke through. The sight of the sun cheered them, but the cold wind was blowing still, and they were chilled, for despite their protective cloaks the driving rain had soaked them through. They must find some shelter, Aiel thought, somewhere to warm themselves and put on dry clothes.

Next moment, though, every thought was driven from his mind. They had crossed the narrow dale which lay between the ridge they had left and another, up which they were now riding. As they reached the top, Aiel was dazzled for a moment by a shimmering wall of light, which he thought at first was the sun reflecting off water. When his eyes grew accustomed to it, though, he saw the most unbelievable sight, so that he closed his eyes for a moment, and opened them again. It was still there, though – a long line of horsemen, silent, black-clad, the brightness caused by the sun glinting off their swords and spears. They reined in their horses and sat staring down. “Swordsmen of Darkness!”, whispered Lin, “Lak’s followers. Aiel, what can we do? It is death to go forward!” Aiel shook his head. “Lin, is it possible that so many horsemen could be assembled and brought here without some rumour of it reaching the Priesthood?” “They might have come in secret, over the Eastern sea, and landed at some solitary place”, Krystha suggested. “But the Lord of the East learnt of Lak’s coming, and sent word. This would not have escaped his notice”, Aiel answered. “I Perceived Soom’s thought, and it was of traps set. This is one, but are these horsemen flesh and blood, or is it another enchantment?” “Lak’s last enchantment hid real peril also”, Aretha reminded them, soberly. Aiel reached out his Perception, cautiously, towards the black horsemen. They had shown no sign of seeing the Way-Sharers, though they must be visible, up on the ridge. They had made no ove to attack. Aiel was sure they were as insubstantial as the lakeside village had been. He was right. There was the same blankness about the dark riders, the same sense of overshadowing evil. Aiel knew it was another of Lak’s enchantments, and a sudden anger overcame him. He was weary of this! The anger burning in him drove him like a clean, pure fire, and he felt it was not his anger alone, but Light’s. He found Lak, and, unafraid, touched the Darkness that was his enemy’s mind. And this time the Black Piper did not attack his Perception as before, but withdrew, retreating into a deeper Darkness, where everything told Aiel not to follow. He withdrew his Perception and looked down onto the plain again. The black-clad horsemen were gone.

Lin whispered, “What did you do, Aiel? They just vanished!” Aiel said, “I challenged Lak’s Dark Perception – and he withdrew. He went into a great Darkness, where I could not follow.””Then he fears you, Aiel!”, Lin said. “He fears Light”, Aiel answered. “We will go to the village, Lin. I think he will not stay there now.” As they continued on their way, Aiel kept his Perception extended, and, as he had expected, found that as they drew nearer to the village, the Black Piper made his escape, though he waited until the last minute, as if he could not decide whether to make a stand against the Lightstone-Bearer now, or not. In the end, though, Aiel Perceived him,and Soom, actually riding out of the village as the Way-Sharers rode in – they were that close behind Lak. They needed dry clothes, though, and food, and Aiel felt they could afford to stop for a while. In the village they found a small inn, and a kindly innkeeper, who prepared them a warming meal while his wife gladly gave them the use of rooms to change their wet clothing. While they ate, Aiel asked the innkeeper, “Is it far from here to the Gatehouse?” The innkeeper smiled. “This is unusual. For a long time we have had no visitors to the Gatehouse, and now there are six in one day.” “Six?”, asked Lin, with an air of innocent enquiry, “Who the were the other two?” “Oh, an old Lord from the East and his servant.”, the man replied. Lin and Aiel exchanged glances as the innkeeper went on<“It is about two days’ ride yet to the Gatehouse. Do you wish to stay here tonight?” “We have not yet decided”, Aiel answered. “We may try to catch up with the old Lord – I think we are acquainted with him. Is his name not Lord Dular?” “Aye, that was the name”, the innkeeper told them. When the innkeeper had taken away the dishes and left them in private, Aiel said, “Now I do not know what to do! This is a safe place to stay, and we rose early. Yet while we delay we lose what we have gained, and Lak will be desperate to reach the Meeting Place before us.” “He too must rest sometime”, Krystha observed. ” Pehaps”, Aiel said. “Aiel, he is a man. He must sleep!” the Healer said. “No, he is more – or less- than man”, Aiel replied. “He has given himself as lodging to a Lord of Darkness. His needs may not be as other men’s – or the Dark spirit in him may override his needs.” “Man or spirit, his body is flesh and blood”, Krystha said, “but if you feel it wisest to go on , we shall.” “How long to nightfall?”, Lin asked, “And what risk we shall meet with more danger if we go on in the dark, Aiel?” Before Aiel could reply, the door of the inn banged open, and a young man rushed in. His hair was dishevelled and he looked round him wildly. Then his eyes fixed on the Way-Sharers, and he ran to the, stopping in front of Krystha. “I heard there was a Healer here”, he said , breathlessly, as though he hadrun far and fast, “Lady, please – our babe is very sick!” Krystha reached instinctively for her Healer’s sack, but then she paused, and said, as if it were a question, “Aiel…?” Aiel had flashed his Perception towards the young man as he entered the inn, and found no Darkness, only his need, and his fear for his child. The Lightsone-Bearer nodded, “Aye, Krystha, go. Lin, go with her. It is well.” As they hurried out with the young man, Aiel turned to Arentha, and said, “It seems the choice has been made for us. Krystha must tend the babe.” “It is not another trap?” “No, unless Lak set the sickness on the child to delay us. I doubt that, though. And there was no Darkness about the child’s father.”

Krystha and Lin had followed the anxious father dow the village street to his neat little cottage. He led them in and called for his wife, a fair-haired girl who came hurrying from another room to ask, “Have you found the Healer?” “Yes, she is here”, the man said, indicating Krystha, and at the sight of her his wife exclaimed with relief. “Where is the bae?”, Krystha asked, “What ails the child?” “He has a bad cough and a fever, and is hardly able to breathe.” , explained the young mother. They crowded into the little sleeping room where the babe lay in a cradle, flushed with fever and drawing gasping, rattling breaths. Krystha carefully examined him, nodded, and snet the child’s father for water. She asked for cup, spoon, and bowl, and when the water was brought, measured and mixed a powder from one of her Healer’s vials and carefully, patiently, fed it spoonful by spoonful to the child, all the time murmuring gentle reassurance to both the babe and his parents. Then she took a cloth and the bowl and sat with the child in her lap, rubbing and gently tapping his back, until suddenly he coughed violently and vomited into the bowl, which she carefully inspected. “Good”, Krystha said, “That has cleared him. Now a fever drink.” The mother took the child while Krystha mixed another draught and gave it to the child. “Now let him sleep”, the Healer said, and laid the child back in the cradle. “I will give you the herbs to use and tell you what to do. Five days, and he should be well.” The young couple listened carefully to Krystha’s instructions, and took the precious healing herbs. Then the man said, “Light be praised that you came this way, Lady. Else we would have had to take him to the Gatehouse, to Lady Benika, and it is a two-day journey.” “Then it might have been too late”, Krystha said, seriously. “Babes sicken quickly. But do as I have told you and it will be well with the child.”

The sun was setting as Lin and Krystha walked back to the inn. Lin said “Light surely meant us to be here, Krystha. Would the child really have died without your aid?” “Not for certain”, she said, “but more likely than not, Lin.” “It is a great thing that you do, Krystha”, he said, for he had never seriously considered it before, “to help and heal and save from death.” “Not always”, she said quietly. “Some sicknesses are beyond healing, and sometimes – sometimes it seems that a person simply does not wish to fight any longer to live. Oh, I have seen death, Sword-Brother.” He glanced at her sideways and said, softly, “I would that you never had to see evil, Krystha.” “That is a strange thought, Lin”, she answered him, but not mockingly.” “If there were no evil in Li’is, we should not need to be aware of it. But since there is evil, better to know it than not. Is it not a wise thing, to be aware of your enemy?” “Aye”, he answered briefly, and smiled at her, but said no more. He had come perilously close to revealing his feelings for her, just then, but he knew at heart it was not the right time.

Aiel and Arentha, meanwhile, had been talking with the innkeeper, who had provided some useful information about the way to the Gatehouse, and where they might find some caves to sleep in the next night. When Lin and Krytsha rejoined them, the innkeeper asked after the babe, and after hearing the child was recovering, and expressing his own thanks to Krystha for her help, he went off to see to some villagers hwo had come in, and the Way-Sharers withdrew to a quiet corner to discuss their plans. It was too early to sleep yet, but Aiel proposed that they should retire early and rise as soon as possible, to be off after Lak. He had accepted, now, that it was likely he would not overtake his enemy before the Gatehouse. “But we must be as close on his heels as may be.”, he told them.

The innkeeper woke them, as they had requested, very early the next morning, but despite the early hour, there was a good breakfast waiting for them. Aiel, though, impatient to be off, his nerves taut-strung, could hardly bear to eat, though Krystha insisted he did. Having cast out his Perception to seek Lak, he realised that the Black Piper must have had to stop to rest after all, and had not gained as much ground as Aiel had feared. When they were ready to leave, they thanked the innkeeper and his wife, and Krystha inturn was thanked for helping the sick child. Obviously this small community was was close-knit and its members shared each other’s joys and woes. Krystha smiled, and said, “Mind, the babe should be well in five days. But if he shows signs of sickeing again, they must take him to another Healer.” The innkeeper promised to pass on the message, but as they rode away, Aiel, in strabge and sombre mood, said to the Healer, “Krystha, if I fail the Way, they do not have five days left!” Krystha glanced at his pale, set face, and said very firmly and with a touch of fire, “Aiel, you will not fail the Way!” Lin looked at her; he knew she had spoken fiercely only to try to stir Aiel from his strange mood. Her eyes met Lin’s and he read her concern for Aiel in them; her expression asked what they could do for the Lightstone-Bearer, and Lin shook his head slightly and lifted his shoulders, for he could not tell.

Aiel had woken with a sense of oppression and Darkness pressing in in him, and knew it was an attack by the Darkness, trying to make him fail in his task. Though his spirit trusted Light, he still felt an intense pressure, and did not know how to explain it to his companions. Now he said, “Lak is not so far ahead, but he moves onward also. It seems my doom is that I shall not overtake him before the Meeting Place.” “Aiel, are you afraid?”, Lin asked directly. “Only that I might fail Light”, Aiel answered. I am not afraid, but I feel so alone! Oh, my friends and Way-Sharers, I am grateful for your fellowship and your love, and I have been so glad to have with you with me. But on me is the Doom of Dark’s Passing, and I am the Lightstone-Bearer, and mine is the Way of the Secret Word, though you share it with me,” He looked round at them, and for a moment his face was awful, notwith fear, but with an iron and holy resolve. “I had known it, but now I feel it, the burden of this Way. I am carrying the weight of my world, for if I fail the Lightstone and the Way, all Li’is goes down to Darkness. And it is lonely – so lonely – even with all of you here.” “Aiel”, Lin said, “Aiel, my brother…” and stopped, because he could not find any words to comfort his friend. Aiel smiled at them, with a gentle, sad smile. “I know”, he said. “I Perceive your concern for me, your care, and it does ease my burden. And we are on the side of Light, and that means everything>” He laughed a little then, but Lin thought it was a forced laugh. “It will be well with me, my friends”, the young Priest said. “I have let my thoughts run in the wrong channels. I am wiser now. Come.” They had slowed their horses as they talked, but now Aiel urged Greymouse on, and they followed him. They were not convinced, though, by Aiel’s pretended recovery of his spirits. Lin and Krystha exchanged anxious glances, and Arentha blinked back tears of pity for him.

The weather did nothing to lift their spirits; the previous day’s heavy rain had passed, but today the sky was dull and grey, and they longed for the sun to break through. Lin, for the first time since they had set foot on this Way, was feeling distanced from Aiel by the burden his friend carried. He had, so far, been able to help and support Aiel, but Lin was neither Priest nor Lightstone- Bearer, and could have very little understanding of the spiritual battles Aiel must face. The Swordsman felt helpless in the face of his friend’s need and it hurt him – almost angered him – that he could do nothing for Aiel. When they stopped for their midday meal, Aiel would not eat at all. He took just a cup of water, then retreated from the others, and sat on a large boulder, cupping the Lightstone in his hands and gazing into it. They were glad when the light overflowed fromit and gently surrounded him. He would gain strength from the Lightstone, if they could offer him none. Lin said softly to the Healer, “Will it be well with him, Krystha?” She nodded. “Yes, Lin, I believe it will. He is drawing into himself, but it is not a retreat. He is gaining strength, drawing nearer to Light. And he would not eat, not, I am sure, because he was too nervous, but because he wishes it so – to fast for spiritual strength.” Arentha exclaimed, “Oh, Krystha, watch him well!” “I am watching, dearest”, Krystha reassured her. It was the first time Lin had heard her use an endearment to her sister, and showed, he thought, Krystha’s awareness of Arentha’s feelings and concern for Aiel.

As they rode on again, the sky began to clear and brighten, but the Way-Sharers were still subdued, speaking little and quietly, and Aiel barely at all. They were riding steeply upwards into the foothills, and in places the rocky bones of the country broke through the rough turf and ling in rocky outcrops and scattered boulders. The mountains ahead were clearly visible now, dark and towering and very old – the barrier at the end of their world. “About two days’ ride to the Gatehouse”, the innkeeper had said, but they had started early and ridden fast, and it was not ill after sunset that they found the caves they had been told of, where they could rest. Lin doubted if they were now more than half a day’s ride from the Gatehouse and the Meeting Place. They lit a fire and prepared their sleeping places around it. There were signs that others had used the cave for shelter, but not recently. Arentha prepared a meal, and this time Aiel joined them. Krystha asked him, gently, if he needed anything to help him sleep, but though he thanked her, he courteously refused her offer.

All day Aiel had been battling inwardly, drawing on the power of Light and the Priestly disciplines to fight the forebodings that overshadowed him. He knew it was more than his own natural fears that he felt; he was under spiritual attack from the Black piper and Lak’s Dark allies, and he could feel intense pressure on and around him. Aiel did not know if he could explain, even to Lin, the Swordsman, the kind of battle he had been fighting that day, but felt he owed it to his loyal friends to try. He smiled at them – a strange smile, Lin thought, a smile such as a dying man might give his loved ones, and the Swordsman hirriedly pushed the thought away. Aiel said, “Forgive me, all of you, if I have seemed aloof from you today. For I am under siege, and the Darkness presses in on me, and I must fight it. And it takes so much of my strength and concentration, I have little to spare for other things.” “Oh, Aiel, we understand!” Arentha told him, laying her hand on his arm, and Krystha echoed, “Of course!” Lin said sadly, “Aiel, if only I could help you in this thing – but in the battle you are fighting my sword is useless to you.” “Your sword, yes – but not your prayers”, Aiel answered. “Pray with me and for me, all of you, that Light will give me strength to keep the evil at bay.” They did as he asked, and he felt the pressure ease somewhat, but still he was restless and laden with the burden of his Way. He felt as though he wanted to run or stamp or kick, for the restlessness manifested itself in a compulsive stretching and arching of his feet, until he stood, and said, “I must walk, and be alone for a while.” He walked out of the shelter of the cave, and the others watched him go, unable to offer him any aid. It was something he must struggle with himself,

DANCE THE DARKNESS DOWN

Chapter 11

Aiel went out among the rocks and scrubby trees. It was now past the time of the Two-Moon Tide and the Hound had already dwindled to a half-moon low in the sky, while the Shield was still three-quarters full. Their combined light was still bright enough, though, to throw double shadows around him. Aiel paced back and forth, gazing into the Lightstone, trying to defeat the Darkness that still tried to hamper him, the sense of the pain and loneliness of his task. Inside the cave, his friends murmured more prayers to Light for Aiel’s strengthening and comforting. Eventually, Arentha raised her brown eyes, misty with tears, to the Swordsman’s, and asked “Oh, Lin, is there nothing more we can do to help him?” Lin answered, quietly, “Yes – I believe there is something you can do. Go to him, Arentha. he needs you now. Go to him, and comfort him.” Arentha blushed a little, but, knowing it was no time for false modesty, said “Yes, Lin, I will go to him.”

Aiel, with the Lightstone’s aid, had reached a measure of calmness. He seated himself on one of the rocky outcrops and let the glowing Lightstone fall back on to his breast. He was aching with a need he hardly recognised. The comfort he drew from the Lightstone was tender and strong, but awesome. The need he felt now was for human consolation, and it was the deepest need of all, for the tenderness of a motherly embrace. He felt again, as sharply as if it were new, the desolation he had felt when his mother died, and he had realised that never again would he feel her soft arms enfold him , her hair brush his cheek, her kiss on her brow. He had not known till now how deep the pain of his loss still was. Arentha found him sitting there; guided by the glow of the Lightstone she came to him, and all her love and tenderness for him rose in her like a tide. He had not heard her quiet approach, and when she knelt in front of him and spoke his name softly, holding out her arms, Aiel, still wrapped in his memories, responded instinctively. He leaned forward into the gentle embrace , weeping softly, his own arms circling her, clinging to her. Was it a dream, he wondered, or some kind spirit, sent to comfort him? But a dream or a spirit would not have a heartbeat, and he felt hers beating. Then he heard Arentha’s voice again, and knew her.

“Oh Aiel, my dear! It is not well with you.” He lifted his head to look into her sweet, sympathetic face, seeing her own tears glisten in the moonlight, and said “I am – so glad you came to me, Arentha! I needed you so!” She said nothing, but held him closer, tenderly reaching one hand to stroke his tumbled black hair and nestle his head against her again. Aiel gave a deep, shuddering sigh, and for a long space they were still and silent, not needing words. At last Aiel raised his head again, and said “Arentha, I must not fail the Way, or what will become of our world?” “You will not fail, you will succeed” she said ” for Light is with you. And your heart is in Light, Aiel.” “There has been so little time for me” Aiel continued “for anything but the Way. And I would not say this now, but that perhaps I have looked into your heart tonight, and found there an answer to my own. Arentha, if I should die tomorrow…” he felt her arms tighten on him as if in protest, but she stayed silent, and he went on “will you remember that – I loved you?” “Aiel, I always knew it, in my deepest heart. As you must know I love you too.”

Lin and Krystha were sitting quietly in the cave. Lin was glad of Krystha’s presence, and hoped Arentha might be able to comfort his friend. He thought of Aiel’s sufferings and gave a little, involuntary sigh. To his surprise, Krystha took his hand in hers, and said, “Ah, Sword-Brother, it is hard for you too, is it not? Aiel is very dear to you.” “He is like a brother to me, Krystha! My father and Aiel’s are friends, and as boys we were sometimes playmates. Then one day Aiel’s mother was to bear a child – and something went wrong. The babe could not be born, and all the Healers’ skills availed nothing. The babe died, and Aiel’s mother too. They brought Aiel for my mother to look after, and oh, he was so wretched, Krystha! My heart went out to him…” Lin did not really know why he was telling Krystha all this, but he went on, telling her about the playhut in the garden, the rescue in the alleyway, the way in which his friendship with Aiel had grown, and how it always seemed that Lin was there when Aiel was in need of help. “So he has come to be like a younger brother to me, because I seemed always to be pulling him out of some scrape or other. That time in the alley, he said to me – he laughed about it, though he was so badly beaten – he said ‘Rescuing me begins to be a habit with you, Lin!’ But this time” the Swordsman continued “I cannot rescue him, as much as I want to. I must let my brother fight alone, and I can only watch, and pray for him. And that hurts me, Krystha.” “Oh, Lin!” she said, and gently stroked the hand she was holding, “You are a loyal friend to Aiel. And a bond-brother truer than many a brother born. He will not come to harm, with you watching over him.” She smiled at him, and added “And you were very wise, to send Arentha to him.” He understood, and asked, “Do you think they will find each other now?” “They have already found each other, Lin. Arentha loves Aiel as much as he loves her. Only the words were yet unsaid.” He gave her a sideways glance, and asked, “And if Aiel succeeds, and the danger is over, he and Arentha will want to wed. What of you, then, Krystha?” She answered ” If Arentha weds Aiel and goes to live in the City, I shall be lonely, of course I shall! She is my best friend,as well as my sister. But she will be happy, so I shall be glad for her. And if they have children, they will be as my own to me.”

Lin had been trying, in a roundabout way, to bring their conversation to a point where he might be able to tell Krystha of his own love for her. He was bemused, though, by the way she had answered him, and said, “Krystha, why do you speak like that – as if you will never have any children of your own? Surely you will find a love of your own one day, and marry, and have children?” Then he thought, suddenly, that there might be some physical reason why she could not have children, for momentarily she caught her bottom lip in her teeth, as if a spasm of pain took her. If he had hurt her with foolish words, he felt he would want to tear out his tongue. ‘If it must be, let Mira’s babe be my heir, for I will have no Lady but Krystha’, he thought. The moment had passed, and Krystha answered him “There will be no love, no children for me, Lin. I have sworn it.” “But why, Krystha? Do children matter so much, if a man loves you?” “No, that is not it, Lin. If I were to wed I could have children. But I – I do not believe in love – not for me. I have loved, and been rejected, as has my father. I am truly his child! To love, I have found, is to be hurt, and I am not so fond of needless pain.” “But you will let Arentha risk it?” he asked, rather bitterly. “Arentha? Oh, Lin, that is different! Arentha is sweet, and gentle. Everyone loves her. And Aiel adores her – it is clear to see – and she him. There will be no hurt for Arentha.” His moment of bitterness had gone, and he asked her gently “Who then has hurt you, rejected you, Krystha?” “My mother” she said quietly “Twice. You saw it, Lin. “And – one other. I will not speak of that.” And a redness swept over her creamy skin. “But I will not risk that pain again.” “Is not my Sword-Brother braver than that?” he asked – and instantly regretted it. Her eyes filled with angry tears, and she said, fiercely, “Lin, that is not fair! Do you wish to take back your Sword-Brotherhood, then?” “No! Oh Krystha, I am sorry – you are right. It was an unfair thing to say, and I would not have hurt you – forgive me. It is only that I am concerned about you, and do not want you to be lonely.” “I would not mind that, Lin. I had rather be loved and wanted only for my Healing skills than be some man’s momentary fancy, to be dropped again when he found someone more beautiful or clever- as he must. Lin, please let us not speak of this any more, if you are my friend.” But she smiled at him then, and he could draw comfort from that.

‘I must be patient’ Lin thought, ‘she has been hurt before, and must learn that I will not hurt her. When she trusts me fully – then I will tell her that I love her, and she will believe me.’ Then he said aloud “I am your friend, Krystha, and your Sword-Brother. Surely, we will not speak of things that hurt you. Though, until tomorrow is gone and Aiel’s battle won, there seems nothing but pain in the air.” “Lin, why does Light let such Darkness be?” Krystha asked. “Why should such a burden fall on Aiel?” “I asked that question myself, of Arnath the High Priest, at the start of this Way. And he told me it was because every creature that Light made was created free, with its own will to choose to serve or to disobey Light. Light desires friends and children, not slaves, so all men and spirits and Dancers were made with a free will.” “If Light loves all things, yet has been spurned by some – then Light too knows that love is pain.” Krystha said, musingly. “That is true. But it does not prevent Light from loving.” Lin could not resist saying. “Could Aiel have refused the Way, at the very beginning?” Krystha asked. “He could” Lin answered “Arnath told him so. But I believe Light knew Aiel before ever he was born, and that he was the one ordained to the Way. And I believe also that Light knew Aiel would not refuse. I hold to that, Krystha – that all this was foreknown and foretold, and surely Aiel must succeed, or it would all have been for nothing!” “Yet still, if what you say is true, it depended too on Aiel’s free choice. It is a mystery, Lin.” “Who can understand the ways of Light?” the Swordsman asked.”It is too deep for me, Krystha. I trust Light and try to obey, doing what Light asks of me. That is sufficient for me.” “And for me, Lin. Yet sometimes – sometimes I wonder, and wish I could know more!”

Aiel, for a while, had been able almost to forget the threat of tomorrow in being with Arentha, knowing that she loved him too, having her to confide in, her kisses to sweeten his Way. Now, though, he sighed, and said, “We must go back, and try to rest. I could gladly stay here with you, my Gift-of-Light. But there is tomorrow.” “Oh Aiel, I wish it were over, and you safe!” Arentha exclaimed. “Light is merciful” Aiel said. “We would not find each other now, only to be torn apart again. Besides, in fighting the Darkness around me today, I had forgotten a part of the Secret Word. There are other things to come from this Way – things that the Secret Word says I shall see, before my times end. I shall succeed tomorrow, and I will not die, Arentha. Do not be afraid for me.” He kissed her once more, then took her hand and led her back to the cave, wondering if Lin had been able to use the time to speak to Krystha too. When he and Arentha entered the cave, though, they found the other two sitting quietly, talking, and sipping from Krystha’s wooden cups. She had made a hot drink with certain of her herbs, pleasant-tasting and soothing, not a sleeping draught, but enough to relax taut nerves and let them rest. As Krystha poured two more cups for Arentha and Aiel, Lin looked closely at his friend. He saw at once how Aiel’s mood had lightened, and was glad. Yet the loving glances Aiel and Arentha exchanged made the Swordsman wistful, as he thought of Krystha.

Later, as they settled themselves near the fire to sleep, Lin could hear the sisters murmuring together on the far side of the fire, though not what they said. He whispered to Aiel “It is well with you and Arentha, then?” “It is well.” Aiel whispered back.”She does love me too, Lin! But did you speak to Krystha?” “No. No, I could not. I tried to, but she would not speak of any possibility of her loving or being loved. Aiel,she has been hurt somehow and it has made her afraid of love.” “That is what her father told me.” Aiel said. “I must teach her to trust me first, and know that I would not hurt her” Lin explained, “then I can speak to her of my love. If there is time”, the Swordsman added, “after tomorrow.” “There will be time” Aiel promised “Lin, as I said, today I was struggling under some Dark attack. And I was in a strange mood, a fey mood, so that I forgot the Secret Word. But now I have remembered that it spoke of things that would come later, out of this Way, things that I would see. So I believe that I shall succeed tomorrow, and that I shall not die.” “Light be praised for that, Aiel, my brother!” Lin exclaimed.

Next morning Aiel disappeared round a turn of the cave for a while, and when he came back he was wearing his Priest’s robe and sandals again, the Lightstone Harp slung on his back. The Lightstone lay openly on his breast, and he had smoothed back the black hair that usually tumbled over his forehead, because he was wearing round his brow a narrow golden circlet, the precious and sacred symbol of full Priesthood. It was given to each young Priest when he had finished his years of training, and weeks of preparation, and his night’s prayer vigil, and was named a Priest of Light before his brother Priests. Thereafter, the circlet was worn for the highest and holiest Festivals. The sombre, burdened Aiel of yesterday had vanished; this was a warrior of Light, though he bore no worldly weapons. His face was determined, his eyes, always vivid, so fiercely bright that they could not meet them. All of them, as well as they knew and loved Aiel, felt in awe of him. Something was about him like a mantle, a power and a greatness that was more than Aiel, as if the Presence of Light was all around him. Lin, hardly knowing he did so, went to one knee, and the girls followed his example. Then the Swordsman extended his arm towards Aiel, and cried “Behold the Lightstone-Bearer!” Aiel too was aware of the Presence of Light with him, had woken with the sense of that Presence, and also with the knowledge that now all concealment of his purpose was past. He went into battle with Darkness today as a Priest of Light and the Lightstone-Bearer. Nor did his friends’ homage embarrass or seem strange to him, for he knew it was Light with him, not himself, that they honoured.

They rose, and Krystha turned aside for a few moments, having her own duty to perform. She had brought with her one tiny bag of a powdered herb that was not a healing herb, but one special to the Priesthood, which she had obtained from the Fortress Prayer Room. Now she mixed it in a cup of water and watched it turn deep red. The cup was bitter, though refreshing, and was used symbolically to signify cleansing for the Priesthood before the great Festivals. She turned back and handed the cup to Aiel, and he looked into it, then gazed at her in joyful surprise. “Tha’ara” he murmured, in the Old Tongue. “The bitter water, the Purification – oh, Light bless you, Krystha, that you thought to bring this! Now I am prepared as a Priest should be.” He drank down the wine-coloured drink without the slightest sign of dislike for the bitter taste; indeed, he smiled as he gave the cup back to the Healer. “For yourselves, you must choose” he said “but I fast today.” “It is a spiritual battle” Lin said.”It is good to fast.” And the girls agreed. That decided, they put out the remains of their fire, loaded and mounted the horses, and set out on the last stage of their journey, riding always upwards, towards the last dwelling place of man in Li’is – the Gatehouse. Here the Gatekeeper and his family, with their servants and stewards and Watchwards, kept the Dancers’ Gate and guarded the way to the Meeting Place and the Dancers. For at the Meeting Place men and Dancers met; men who had satisfied the High Priest and the Temple Elders, according to the laws laid down by the first Lightfriends and the Dancers themselves, that they had good and serious reasons for the interview. The Meeting Place was as far as men might go in Li’is, and no one had seen what lay beyond those mountains. They might even lead into another world entirely, since the Dancers were free of the laws of any one world, being able to move at will among so many. What must be prevented though – what Aiel, wielding the Lightstone, must prevent today – was the opening of a door that would let the Darkness flood into Li’is. The Night Lords, and the Lords of Darkness who ruled them, must not reign here as once, briefly, they had attempted to do, in the time of Brann and Tamorine. The Lightstone had defeated the Darkness then, and would do so again, if Aiel were equal to his task.

They rode swiftly and silently, each concentrating on Light, on prayer and preparation for what lay ahead. They crossed tumbling streams, passed strange, bare tors and little hollows and valleys where, more sheltered, late Spring flowers had broken through. At length they came to a ridge, from which the land flowed down into a wide vale, surprisingly green and beautiful among these bare highlands. They were not looking at the vale, though, but across it, for on its far side rose the range of mountains they had been aiming for, and in their midst, the Mountain of the Dancers. There before them was the place they sought; the towering, brooding, ancient mountain, torn by a split in the rock which began a little below the summit and widened downward, like a funnel, until it ended in the wide, deep, level ledge that was the Meeting Place. What, if anything, lay beyond these mountains, no man knew, for it marked the end of men’s territory in Li’is and the beginning of the Dancers’. A thin, snaking path crept up the mountainside to the Meeting Place, and at the foot of the mountain, surrounded by its extensive gardens and high stone boundary walls set with huge, ancient gates of wrought metal, stood the Gatehouse, the only way of entry to the Dancers’ Mountain and the Meeting Place. It looked deceptively near, but it was still a good hour’s ride away. None of them spoke, but Lin and Aiel exchanged a look that was the embrace of comrades about to enter a battle. Then Aiel said “Come!” and led them onward down the slope.

As they rode, he reached out his Perception towards the Gatehouse, seeking the Perception of the Gatekeeper, Tor-Harat. When their Perceptions meshed, Aiel first warned the other to show no sign of what the Lightstone-Bearer told him. Then, through the link of the Thought-without-Words, he poured into the Gatekeeper’s Perception the tale of the Secret Word, the Way, and the danger to the Dancers. Aiel felt Tor-Harat’s grief and concern, but also how the Gatekeeper pushed his own feelings aside and concentrated on the need. His Perception asked Aiel’s “What shall I do, Lightstone-Bearer?” “Is Lak – ‘Dular’- with you?” “He is preparing now to go up to the Meeting Place. Shall I stop him?” “No, do not attempt it” Aiel warned “You cannot prevent him, for he wields the Bloodstone. he would kill you, or drive you mad. You may perhaps be able to delay him, but only if he is not suspicious.” “My wife, Benika, is our Healer. I will ask her to make some excuse to examine him before he goes – perhaps to see if he is fit to climb the path since he is – appears to be – so elderly. That may work.” “Aye, but do not endanger her. Can you warn the Dancers?” “Maybe. They may not be hearing my music.” “I do not understand.” “That is how they would ‘say’ it- I am used to their way of communicating. Sometimes their music – their rhythm of living – is tuned to something outside Li’is, and then I cannot reach them, But I will try to warn them.” “We have no Pass to the Dancers’ Gate” Aiel added. “I will come there with you, and the Lightstone will be your Pass. And I will prepare the Watchwards at the main gate for your coming.” “Then we shall be with you soon.” “I will look for you. Light be with you, Lightstone-Bearer.”

Aiel broke the link with Tor-Harat and briefly gave his companions the gist of their conversation. There was little comment. They were all too tense now, too tight-strung for the coming battle, to talk much. It seemed they would never reach the huge metal gates, but at last they were there, and the Watchward stepped forward, primed by the Gatekeeper, to open the gates and let them through. They rode towards the Gatehouse, a large, square, solid building made of massive blocks of greyish stone, closer in appearance to the Fortress than to the Faring Houses. Some distance from the entrance a man stood waiting for them, wearing a Priest’s robe, but with an open, sleeveless green over-robe which was the badge of office of the Gatekeeper. He was a tall burly man of middle age, his wiry dark brown hair and beard both touched with grey, his face rough-hewn but kindly. Behind him stood a woman, a comfortable-looking figure with brown hair and hazel eyes in a gentle, motherly face. Her Healer’s belt and knife showed that she must be Lady Benika, Tor-Harat’s wife. The Gatekeeper stepped forward, putting his hand on Aiel’s reins, and gazing up at the young Priest and the Lightstone. “What news?” Aiel asked. “The Dark One has gone. We could not delay him. He is on his way to the Meeting Place.” “Is there anyone with him?” Lin asked. “His servant.” “Then we must follow at once.” Aiel said. “Gatekeeper, you will show us the way?” “Yes” Tor-Harat said “but you cannot go on horseback.” He turned and signalled towards the Gatehouse, and two servants hurried out to lead away the horses and gear once the Way-Sharers had dismounted. Lady Benika spoke a blessing on them all and followed the servants back towards the Gatehouse. “Were you able to warn the Dancers?” Aiel asked the Gatekeeper, as he followed him through the beautiful gardens of the Gatehouse, which all of them were quite unable to appreciate. “I have tried, but I am not sure that they understood the nature of their danger.” “Will they know me?” the Lightstone-Bearer asked. “They will know this” Tor-Harat answered, indicating the Lightstone, ” and you by it. Aiel, is there anything I can do?” “You can pray for us, Gatekeeper, and for the Dancers. Plead with Light for us – you and your house.” “We will” Tor-Harat promised, then “See – there is the Dancers’ Gate.”

Ahead of them they could see another pair of the ancient metal gates, and the beginning of the snake-like path up to the Meeting Place. Aiel drew a deep breath. There was no turning back now. But that was a foolish thought, because there had never been any possibility of turning back, nor would he, the Lightstone-Bearer, have wished to. He looked round at his companions, saw the maidens, pale but resolute, and Lin, his face set in grim determination, hand poised over the True Sword. The Gatekeeper was also looking at them all, his face showing kindly concern. Aiel felt as he had at the very beginning, when his father had read the Secret Word to him, that his feet were set on a path he had not chosen, and he had no power to alter it. He was not afraid for himself. His one concern was to complete the task Light had appointed for him. He felt a strange stillness – almost a peace – at the heart of himself. Tor-Harat came with them as far as the Dancers’ Gate. The Watchward listened intently as Tor-Harat explained the situation to him, and ordered him to let no other pass that way. Then the Gatekeeper, his face grave, turned to Aiel, laid his hands on Aiel’s shoulders, and looked into his face. For a moment their Perceptions meshed, and Aiel felt the Gatekeeper’s feelings for him; brotherhood, loving concern, compassion. He felt Tor-Harat’s blessing before the other spoke the words. “Go in Light, Lightstone-Bearer. Go in Light, all of you. I will pray for you. And I will send out the Thought-without-Words, so that all the Priesthood of Li’is stands with you in prayer.” Aiel looked at the Priest-Gatekeeper. “Aye” he said soberly “Pray for us, my Brother-in-Light – as you have never prayed before. We need the support of all Light’s Children in this thing that lies before us.” The Lightstone lay quietly gleaming on his breast as he turned from Tor-Harat and led the Way-Sharers through the Dancers’ Gate and on to the narrow winding path that led to the Meeting Place.

Aiel led, Lin, with drawn sword, guarded the rear, Arentha and Krystha walked in the middle. The path was too narrow for more than one, and it worried Lin. It was too good a place for an ambush. They moved quickly and quietly, keeping silence not only for the sake of concealment, but because the task before them was a heavy weight on all their hearts. There was no sign of any Child of Night on all the mountain, but there were signs of the Black Piper’s activity as they neared the Meeting Place. The air was strangely still and unnaturally dark over the rocky shelf. They reached the Meeting Place and slipped into the concealment of some of the large boulders that were scattered across its surface. “Lin, Krystha, stay here and keep watch.” Aiel ordered in a whisper. He slipped off the carrying case for his harp, and took the instrument out. At that very moment he heard a faint sound, growing louder and clearer as he listened. It was the music of Lak’s pipe, and the sound chilled him. The music of the Black Piper was not the ugly cacophony he had expected; indeed, it had a strange, eerie beauty. But it was a beauty like Si-Mara’s, that was cold, and deadly, and only a snare to draw one into Darkness. To Aiel, Priest of Light, it was a painful sound, so that even physically he responded, with creeping flesh and teeth set on edge. Peering over the boulders they saw Lak, in his own form now, the pipe to his lips. The Dancers surrounded him; graceful, shimmering flame-shapes, blue-green with a heart of light, and twice as tall as a man. Even in the urgency of the Way they could not help but wonder at the Dancers. But the sky above Lak was darkening, and in the darkness was another Darkness. Strange, amorphous shapes, like a thickening of the gloomy air, but with a life of their own, writhed above Lak’s head. Sliding down the darkened sky, they formed into another shape, echoing and mocking the Dancers they confronted. These flames were dark, like columns of soot, not softly shimmering but shot with angry sparks of red and flashes like white lightning. Aiel thought of his father’s words, and knew what they were. “The Night Lords!” he murmured “Black Dancers, corrupted by the Great Darkness..”

He dared wait no longer. “Arentha, come!” he whispered, longing to be able to leave her there, in comparative safety, but knowing that her voice was part of his weaponry. As they stepped out of hiding, the Lightstone flung a shield of light around them. Into Aiel’s Perception came, untaught, another melody, one that swept out of his thought and through his fingertips to the strings of the harp. And instantly Arentha was singing with him, not picking up the melody from him, he knew, but Light, because the blending of voice and music was too perfect to be anything of man’s making. Nor did it seem strange to him that the words she was singing were neither in the Old Tongue, nor the common speech of Li’is, but in another language that he had never heard. It might have been some language of Ma’al, but it seemed to Aiel too beautiful to be a tongue of that dark world. Lin and Krystha watched as Aiel and Arentha walked out towards Lak. The Light-Shield around them seemed so insubstantial a thing to protect them from such Darkness. “But the weakest of Light” Lin told himself, recalling a truth he had heard times without number from the Book of Light ” is stronger than the strongest of Darkness.” He glanced at Krystha; she had drawn her little Healer’s knife and held it tightly in her hand. Her eyes were wide as she watched the scene before her. Lin knew she was afraid for Arentha, afraid for all of them, as he was. He reached out and took her free hand, as much because he needed comfort himself as to comfort her. But he did not for a moment relax his guard, his eyes sweeping the Meeting Place for signs of danger.

The Night Lords were now pressing in on the Dancers, bright flame and dark smoke mingling in a silent, awesome battle. The Dancers writhed and twisted as if in pain, the Night Lords towered over them, spiralling up into the heavy sky. Between the Dark Lords and Lak’s music of Darkness, the Dancers were besieged. For a while it would seem they would go down before the Darkness, and all Li’is with them But as Aiel and Arentha moved towards the battle across the Meeting Place, carrying with them the harmonies and empowering of Light, the soot-black flames began to waver and withdraw, while those Dancers that could reach him rallied to Aiel. Lin, watching from outside the combat, saw the battle lines forming; the Night Lords clustered round Lak, drawing strength from his music and the Bloodstone, while the Dancers stood with Aiel, sustained by the music of Light, and the Lightstone. Aiel himself was unaware of the exact parameters of the battle, knowing himself to be there only as a channel of Light, his only duty obedience to Light. Faint echoes of the cosmic battle rang in his Perception, sounds, thoughts and emotions that he could not name or understand. As he and Arentha moved steadfastly on, bringing the music of Light, the figure of the Black Piper seemed to waver before them. For a moment Aiel thought that perhaps he had defeated his enemy, but suddenly the black-clad figure vanished, and in its place stood – Arentha, holding out entreating arms to Aiel, and her other self! Arentha – the real Arentha- cried out in fear, stepping back and away – and out of the protecting Light-Shield. At once the Bloodstone on the false Arentha’s hand flashed deadly fire towards her. Aiel moved quickly to try to envelop her again in the Light-Shield, but succeeded only in splitting and scattering the ray. One shard of the red light struck Arentha, and though it lacked most of the Bloodstone’s power, still she fell, limply and all of a piece, like a toppled tree, to the stony floor of the Meeting Place.

The scream began in Krystha’s eyes, and before it could reach her lips, Lin’s hand was across her mouth. Gazing into her anguished eyes, he said, softly, but commandingly, “Krystha, by the mercy of Light she may live! But if we make a sound to distract Aiel or attract the enemy – then , if she is dead, she has died in vain. If Aiel fails…” he paused, because it was impossible to think of defeat. He put his other arm across Krystha’s shoulders in a comradely hug, wanting to hold her tightly but knowing he could not, and still keep his sword ready for use. “Oh, Krystha” he said, still very quietly, “I know! My heart breaks for her too. But we must be brave. Do you understand?” Tears spilled from her eyes, but she nodded, and he took his hand from her mouth. Fighting back his own anguish for her, and for Arentha, he whispered, almost fiercely, “I am proud of my Sword-Brother!”

Aiel had felt that his soul ripped apart as Arentha fell, but there was no time even to see if she were alive or dead, no time to mourn. His eyes filled with tears, but he shook his head to dash them away, and his fingers did not stumble on the harp strings as he strode inexorably onward, impelled by the awful necessity of his task. The Shape-Changer held Arentha’s shape a few seconds more, but the lovely face was contorted by Lak’s own evil grin. Aiel still confronted Lak, though the torment of seeing his evil enemy counterfeiting the form of Arentha, when all his own heart seemed to lie in pieces on the Meeting Place with her stricken body, was terrible. It was almost a relief when the graceful form wavered into another.This time it appeared to be Lin who stood before him, drawn sword in hand and stern warning in his eyes, but Aiel ignored this phantom and went on playing the Light-sent music. Quickly Lak changed shape again, appearing now as Arnath, and then, when Aiel was still undeterred, the Black Piper made one final change. Flowing outlines coalesced into the figure of a woman. She was small-built, fine-boned, with delicate features, large hazel-green eyes, and a cloud of soft brown hair. She smiled sweetly at Aiel, and down at the newborn babe in her arms. And this time Aiel cried out in mingled grief and anger, for the figure before him was that of Elandra, his long-dead mother. This desecration of her memory fuelled his resolve, and he cried out, in a loud, authoritative voice, “It is enough!”

Lin, watching, breathed a silent prayer for his friend, and for Arentha, if she still lived, lying unprotected there. As if in answer, one of the Dancers near Aiel moved back towards the fallen girl. “Krystha, look!” Lin murmured. The Dancer hovered over Arentha, then descended, wrapping her in its own sparkling substance, obviously protecting her. “The Dancer guards her!” Krystha whispered.”Lin, would it do that if she – if she were dead?” “I do not think so.” he answered. “Oh, Krystha, there is yet hope!” The Dancers were pressing forward now with Aiel, except the one that guarded Arentha. Their tortured twisting and writhing had ceased; they were strong and tall and beautiful, and before them, and the Lightstone, Lak and the Night Lords were falling back. Now the dark flames wavered, and lengthened into ragged, sooty streamers, that suddenly shot upwards into the dark and thickened sky, leaving behind a thought-sound that echoed in Aiel’s Perception, a scream of rage and fear that somehow carried in it a threat. Yet Aiel knew that threat was empty in the face of Light. And with their going, the darkness and heaviness lifted from the sky above the Meeting Place, and light broke through. Lin exclaimed, though still softly, to Krystha “Aiel is winning!” Lak, abandoned by his dark allies, had retreated before Aiel until he was halted by the rock wall that backed the Meeting Place. Screaming terrible curses at the Lightstone-Bearer, he threw ray after ray from the Bloodstone at the unyielding Light-Shield. Aiel, knowing that Light spoke through him, cried again “Enough! It is time for the judgement of Light!” Trusting Light, he stood undismayed as the Light-Shield disappeared, pouring back into the Stone from which it had come. Aiel raised both arms and found himself speaking terrible, thunderous words in a tongue he had never learned.

Lin and Krystha, though, gasped in amazement and fear as the Light-Shield was withdrawn, leaving Aiel apparently unprotected. They heard Lak’s cackling crow of triumph as he raised his hand again. Krystha hid her face in Lin’s shoulder as the Bloodstone’s ray shot out towards Aiel, who stood unmoving. The Lightstone seemed to draw the ray, which struck fully on it without harming either Aiel or the Lightstone. It was instantly thrown back upon itself, travelling so fast that Lak had almost no time to realise what was happening. At the last moment he lifted his hands as if to defend himself, giving a long wail, and then there was a great red flash as the ray struck the Bloodstone. A roaring whirlwind swept up around Lak, carrying dust and debris with it, concealing the dark figure in a whirling mist. Then, as suddenly, all was still and quiet again. Of the Black Piper and the Bloodstone, there was no sign at all. Aiel stood still, dazed, unsure. The end of the thing had come so suddenly that he could not quite believe it was all over. Then into his Perception came a Presence that overwhelmed him; love, joy, understanding, compassion, flooded over him, and he knew that he had kept faith with Light and that Light rejoiced in his obedience. He fell to his knees, not from weakness or fear but because, before that Presence, he could not do otherwise. Lin started up, anxious that Aiel, exhausted from the battle and heartbroken for Arentha, was about to collapse. But then he saw his friend’s face. It was calm and radiant, and as Lin watched, Aiel’s arms lifted again in joyous praise.

The Presence withdrew, and Aiel rose to his feet and turned towards Arentha, knowing what to do for her, and that all would be well. Krystha, after a quick glance round to ensure there was no danger, slipped from hiding and ran towards her sister. Lin followed, still with sword in hand, though the danger seemed over. As Aiel reached Arentha, the Dancer which had been guarding her drew back. He felt, without surprise, its though touch his. “Aiel, Lightstone-Bearer, the maiden lives. The Lightstone will heal her.” “I know.” Aiel answered, with deep certainty. He knelt and lifted Arentha into his arms. She was pale and limp and heavily unconscious, but she breathed. A shadow fell across them and he looked up into Krystha’s face, her eyes wide and tear-filled, her face so pale that the golden dusting of freckles stood out almost black against the pallor. Gently he spoke into her distress, as if he, not she, were the Healer. “Do not be afraid for her, Krystha. She is alive, and the Lightstone will heal her.” He bent over Arentha and laid the Lightstone to her brow. As the soft light flowed over her sister, Krystha stood taut and trembling. Lin, aching for her, put one arm round her, and felt her lean against him as if she were exhausted. The light withdrew, and they stared at Arentha, willing her back to consciousness. The colour had returned to her face, but for a moment she lay still, eyes closed, as if she would not waken. Then her breast rose and fell with a great sigh, and her eyes opened, and gazed up into Aiel’s face. He tried to smile, but despite all his knowing that she would recover, his eyes still swam with tears. “Oh, Aiel!” Arentha gasped, “Is it over?” He made a strange little sound, part sob, part exclamation, and gathered her tightly to him. Lin felt Krystha sway against him, and looked down at her in alarm. For a few moments, it seemed very likely that she might faint, and in his concern for her, he relaxed his vigilance. And that was a deadly mistake.

As Krystha recovered herself, straightened and smiled reassuringly at Lin, he had a sudden, instinctive sense of danger. Letting go of Krystha, he spun round. Aiel was still crouched over Arentha, hugging her close, and from the shadow of some nearby rocks a black-clad figure, a knife in its outstretched hand, was in the very act of hurling itself at Aiel’s unprotected back. Lin gave a cry of warning and, thankful that he had not sheathed his sword, leapt between Aiel and his attacker, thrusting Aiel aside. He knew he was too close to avoid the knife himself; his friend’s life was his only concern. The Child of Night, unable to stop his headlong leap, impaled himself on Lin’s uplifted sword and bore Lin down under him. Lin recognised the snarling face, twisted in rage and bafflement and pain. It was Soom, the beggar, the servant of Lak and Si-Mara. His eyes glared madly into Lin’s as his hand plunged downward with the knife. “I take. ..you…with…me!” he gasped. But he was wrong. By what miracle Lin did not know, the knife plunged, not into his body, but his arm, at the shoulder. He felt Soom pull the knife downward, with all his dying strength, so that it grated on the bone. There was a moment’s numbness, then a searing, tearing pain as the blade ripped through flesh and muscle, a wetness as blood burst from the ravaged flesh. Lin heard Krystha scream his name, then there was a terrible noise in Soom’s throat and the raging face went blank, the eyes rolled up, a little foamy blood trickled from the corner of the slack mouth, and he fell heavily on top of Lin, crushing him into the stony ground. Lin’s head was spinning, he could hardly breathe for the weight of Soom’s corpse, and his left arm was a raging fire of pain.

Aiel, stunned at the speed of events, flung aside with Arentha in Lin’s frantic rush to save him, scarcely comprehended for a few vital moments what was happening. When he scrambled to his feet, pulling Arentha with him, it was only in time to hear Krystha’s scream, and to see, with horror, Lin fall under Soom’s knife. “No!” Aiel cried, in agony, “Oh, Sweet Light, no! Lin! Lin, my brother!” He ran to where the two men lay, with Krystha right behind him, and pulled at the beggar’s body, distraught with grief and fear for his friend, desperate to free Lin and see if he were alive or dead. Krystha joined him, then Arentha, and together they rolled the body away, too concerned for Lin to feel any repugnance for their grisly task. His first sight of Lin shocked Aiel with despair. The Swordsman lay quite still, pale-faced, unmoving, drenched with blood. Aiel gave a groan and dropped to his friend’s side, lifting his head. “Lin?” he said, in a soft, miserable voice, then, more sharply, “Lin!” Krystha too knelt, holding back her tears, feeling for Lin’s heartbeat, while Arentha bent anxiously over them. Then, to Aiel’s unspeakable relief, his friend stirred, and moaned, and opened grey eyes that were clouded with pain, but alive.. “Aiel” Lin whispered ” I failed you. I am sorry.” Aiel stared at him. “Failed me? Lin, you saved my life!” Lin shook his head, grimacing at the pain the slight movement cost him. “He – should not have – got so far. I let – my guard fall.” “Hush!” Aiel reprimanded him gently, “Only live, Lin!”

Krystha had been gently searching for Lin’s wound; he was covered with blood, Soom’s as well as his own, and she was almost unable to believe that only his arm was hurt. That was bad enough, and she knew, gazing at the ruin of his upper arm, that she must stop the bleeding quickly, or even now he might die, from loss of blood. But it seemed a miracle indeed that he had escaped a blow to the heart. “Lin, Light was surely with you!” she exclaimed. “It is his arm, Aiel, but how he was not killed outright…” she broke off, and began gently to raise Lin’s arm to help lessen the bleeding. “I know it!” Lin murmured, “How it was only my arm that – aah!” He gave a sharp hiss of breath that showed how Krystha’s careful touch pained his wounded arm. She looked into his eyes, and said, “Lin, I do not want to hurt you. But I must stop the bleeding, Sword-Brother, or you might yet die of Soom’s blade.” He nodded painfully, and said, “Do what you must, Krystha. And – do not leave my sword behind.” “I will not” she answered briefly, and bent to her task. Aiel held his friend’s head and shoulders gently on his knees while Krystha, aided by Arentha, tended Lin’s arm. She crumbled herbs that would help to staunch the bleeding, and others to cleanse the wound, and dusted them along it, constantly wiping away the blood with clean cloths, for there was no water on the Meeting Place to bathe the wound. Then it was necessary to wrap the arm very tightly to stop the bleeding, and there was no way of doing it gently. Long before Krystha had finished, Lin had slipped into unconsciousness, his head lolling back against Aiel’s knees. Aiel looked down at the Swordsman’s face, which looked a greyish-white beneath the tan, and asked Krystha, who was wiping her hands on a rag. “Is it finished, now?” Her face was quiet and serious. “We must get him to the Gatehouse, as soon as may be. That will hold back the blood”, she indicated the wrappings on Lin’s arm, already beginning to darken with oozing blood, “but it is not good to keep the arm tied so for long. It can cause harm. The wound must be sealed, to let it heal properly. And without water to wash away the blood, I cannot see clearly what harm has been done. It is a deep wound, and ragged. The knife may have cut the strings of Lin’s arm – pray Light it has not”, she added quickly. “But it is not his sword arm.” Krystha rose to her feet, and said “There is one thing more I must do for my Sword-Brother.” She turned to the corpse which lay sprawled nearby, the True Sword through it. Before Aiel could realise what she meant to do, or protest that it was no task for her, she had grasped the sword-hilt in both hands, placed one small foot firmly on the body, and, with a great heave, extracted the sword. Arentha gasped, and turned her head away, and Aiel stared at Krystha with mingled admiration and horror. She brought the sword back and began to clean the bloody blade. Aiel saw, in her eyes and the twist of her mouth, that it had not been as easy a thing to do as she had pretended. Feeling his eyes on her, she looked up at him and said, “I promised Lin, my Sword-Brother, not to leave his sword behind.” Aiel nodded to show he understood, and said, “Lin chose his Sword-Brother well, Krystha.”

He looked around him. The Dancers were still clustered round, but he was not, for the moment, concerned with them. They were safe now. His thought was for how he could bring Lin down from the Meeting Place. He could not carry his friend alone. With the maidens’ help he might manage, though the path was narrow, steep and twisting, and once they reached the Dancers’ Gate the Watchward would surely help them. But what if there were other dangers on the way? Aiel realised that a Dancer was hovering before him, its thought impinging on his Perception , and opened his mind to it. “Lightstone-Bearer”, the light-being ‘said’, “we will carry you all to the Gatehouse. Have no fear for the Swordsman. One of us has already gone to tell the Healer her help is needed.” Aiel felt relief and gratitude and let it flow out of his mind to the Dancer. “When you are ready.” came the Dancer’s thought again. Aiel turned to Krystha, who had finished cleaning Lin’s sword and slid it into its sheath, and Arentha. “The Dancers have said they will carry us down to the Gatehouse. When we are ready…is it safe to move Lin?” “Yes- but how will the Dancers take us, Aiel?” The Dancer itself answered her, spreading its thought to all of them to explain. “We will wrap you in ourselves and – go. We do not need to move through space or time. You will be there instantly.” “Lin is not conscious.” Krystha said aloud. “The Swordsman will be safe with us. He does not need to be conscious. Are you ready, Lightstone-Bearer?” Aiel was not ready. He was really rather afraid at the thought of being wrapped inside a Dancer and transported by a means he could not understand. But he could not let his fear keep Lin from the care he needed. “Yes, I am ready.” he said.

He saw three more Dancers, one hovering near each of the others, and hoped that the girls were not as nervous as he was. The Dancer that had been ‘speaking’ to them came towards him, and Aiel took a deep breath and held it, somehow fearing that in the substance of the Dancer he would be unable to breathe. It was so close now that he saw everything through the blue-green haze of its body. Aiel closed his eyes – it was more than he could bear to keep them open- and waited for it to begin. What would he feel? Would it be smooth silence, or a dizzying swoop through nothingness? He could hear the blood pounding in his ears. And then he heard another sound. “Aiel! All is well. Open your eyes, now.” It was Tor-Harat’s voice, and he opened his eyes, and saw that he was standing just outside the Gatehouse, and the Gatekeeper was facing him. Aiel felt ashamed that his fear had been so obvious, but Tor-Harat grinned, and said, “I felt like that too, the first time I travelled with the Dancers. Aye, and worse! It is nothing to shame you, Aiel.” Then the grin went from his face, and he looked soberly into Aiel’s and said, “There is nothing to shame you at all, Aiel, Lightstone-Bearer, Defeater of Darkness.” For a moment he looked as if he might weep, and then, to Aiel’s utter consternation, the Gatekeeper dropped to one knee before him. “Tor-Harat- please-please do not do that!” Aiel stammered, discomfited. “It was – I did not do anything. It was not I, but Light. I was only the channel through which Light worked.” Tor-Harat rose, and took him gently by the shoulders. “Only the channel? Aiel, your obedience has saved the Dancers, and our world, from Darkness. Give the glory to Light, by all means, but do not refuse the honour that Light intends for you.”

DANCE THE DARKNESS DOWN

Chapter 12 and Chapter 13

Chapter 12

Lady Benika, meanwhile, was conferring with Krystha, both of them bent over Lin, who was lying on a carrying bed made ready for their coming. Arentha was standing close to Aiel, and, as he turned towards her, held out a hand to him. He took it, and found it was trembling a little. He drew her with him towards the two Healers, Tor-Harat following. Lady Benika looked up as they came near, and said, “That was well done, Lightstone-Bearer! You have kept faith with Light, and defeated Darkness.” This time he was not disconcerted by her praise. He was not thinking about himself at all, but Lin. “Aye” he said, rather gruffly, “But how will it be with Lin, Lady?” “Krystha and I will tend him now, then we can tell you. Let you and Arentha come to the Healing Place too. I think it is not only the Swordsman who is wounded, though your hurts are not bodily hurts. It was a hard battle, this Way of the Secret Word, and well fought , Aiel.”

Aiel suddenly realised that there was no sign of the Dancers. He glanced round, but they had gone. “Where are the Dancers?” he asked. Tor-Harat answered “They have returned to the Meeting Place, to hold council. They bade me tell you that when you are rested, they will come for you again. They wish to honour you.” Aiel still did not understand all this talk of honour, and the praise. To him it seemed that he had done only what he had to do, the task laid on him by the Secret Word. As for talk of his service or loyalty to Light, everything he had done, all his life, had been done for love of Light and the joy of Light’s service. He was relieved that he had accomplished his task without failing Light, and glad – very glad – that the Darkness had been turned away from his world. But somehow it seemed to have been hardly his own doing. Arentha was tugging at his hand. “Come” she said gently, “Aiel, come to the Healing Place. There is Lin to tend, and you – you look so tired.” Aiel had not felt it before, but now, following the others to the Healing Place, he realised that Arentha was right. The burden of the Way, its responsibility, stresses and fears, its ultimate climax, and even the ordinary physical strain of the long journey, had taken their toll. Aiel felt exhausted, and he was, not just in body, but also, though he did not know it yet, in mind and soul and spirit. He had used up so much of himself on the Lightstone Way and only now that the dreadful, driving need which had overridden his own needs was gone, was he beginning to feel it.

In the Healing Place the stewards, following the Healers’ instructions, lifted Lin carefully on to a couch. Lady Benika said to Aiel “You may watch if you wish, but it will be slow work.” “I will watch” Aiel said. He felt it would have been, somehow, a betrayal of Lin not to do so. Arentha said, “And I”, and he was grateful to her. The two Healers prepared Lin by causing him to inhale sweetwood powder, taking care not to breathe in the narcotic spice themselves. Then they cut away his blood-stiffened shirt and washed away the blood from his body. They unwrapped Krystha’s bandaging, cautiously easing away the inner bindings that were already crusted with blood. Then they cleansed their hands again, and set to work. Krystha’s herbs and the tight wrappings had done their work and blood no longer pumped out from the wound. There was, though, still a steady, slow ooze. Lady Benika opened a sealed jar containing the wound-pins, kept in a cleansing solution. They were small pins of pure gold, meticulously worked with a screw thread at each end and tiny fasteners which screwed on to them. Speared through the edges of a wound, and tightened, they would bring it together and hold it there until the healing was established, the purity of the gold ensuring no harm. As Lady Benika had said, it was a very slow and painstaking task for Krystha and Lady Benika to seal Lin’s long and ragged wound – for Soom’s strange, wavy-edged knife had left no clean cut behind it. At length, though, they were finished, and the wound washed again with cleansing solution, and healing salve and clean bandages applied. Lady Benika straightened and put her hand to her back, and Krystha gave a long sigh of relief, and touched her fingers softly to Lin’s brow for a moment.

Arentha, used to being, often enough, a second pair of hands for Krystha, had been able to help by handing things and fetching fresh water from the Healer’s bench. For Aiel, though, there had been only the waiting and the watching, and he ached with the tension of it. He asked “Will it go well with Lin?” Krystha and Lady Benika glanced at each other. Then the older Healer answered “It was not a clean cut. We must wait and see how it heals. It may be slow, and he will be in pain, but it will be well, if only…” she broke off, and Aiel knew that she was thinking of the danger of the Wound Fever. Krystha said “The knife was a strange one. Light grant there was no poison in its blade! I did not think of that.” Aiel closed his eyes for a moment, to remember. He had had only a scant glimpse of the knife , and his chief thought had been that it was red with Lin’s blood. Yet it had been so unusual that he found he remembered it quite well ; the strange, wavy blade and the hilt of some black stone, bound with red cord. He opened his eyes and looked at the Healers again. “I think – it was a sacrificial knife,” he said, with a tremor in his voice. Lady Benika called him to her, and he got up from the bench where he had been sitting. Got up too quickly, it seemed, for his head drummed for a moment, and swirled dizzily, and he had to snatch at the bench to stay upright. The moment passed, but left him feeling hot and rather sick,as though he had been running too hard. Lady Benika had been watching him closely, and when he came to her, said, “Aiel, you must rest. Do you think you can sleep?”

He was weary enough, for certain, and yet he was not sure. The day’s events, the memories of the time before, and his deep concern for Lin, tumbled boiling through his head like the Falls of Vandar. The Healer saw his uncertainty, and said, “Then I will give you a draught, to make sure.” Aiel said, unhappily, “Lady, why was it I did not Perceive the Child of Night? I should have felt his presence, and prevented this harm to Lin.” The Healer’s look was compassionate, but her voice was very firm. “Aiel – you were not expected to bear that burden too! How could you Perceive one Child of Night amid all the Darkness around you, when all your Perception was tied into your task? Do not let yourself feel guilty for what happened to Lin.” Krystha added, “It was his task to see to our physical defence, Aiel. That was his part of the Way, and he knew it. The spiritual battle was burden enough for you, without any other. Lin would not have expected it of you.” Arentha, standing beside him, took his hand in hers, and her presence was a comfort to him. Tenderly she said, “Dear Aiel, they are right. Both you and Lin have fought your battle well, and Lin has the best of care. Listen to Lady Benika, and take the draught, and rest. Let sleep begin to repair the hurts of your soul.”

“Lady, may I stay here, with Lin?” Aiel asked. The Healer smiled, and said “If it will ease your concern for your friend, yes.” She indicated a nearby couch. “Sleep here, then.” Aiel kicked off his sandals and slid beneath the cover, and Krystha brought him the bowl containing the sleeping draught. He took and drank it, and Krystha smiled, and said, “Light bless your sleep, Aiel.” Then she turned away and went to help Lady Benika make Lin more comfortable, but Arentha came close and took his hand again, stroking it gently. Aiel was glad, for he had been feeling just a little lost, as a child put to bed in a strange, though friendly, house might have done. He closed his eyes, and heard her whisper to him, “Sleep, my love, in Light, and wake in Light’s strength.” Sleep was stealing over him and he was glad that at last he could drift away and rest and forget. Just before he finally fell asleep, he felt a softness brush his brow, but whether it were Arentha’s hand, or hair, or kiss, he could not tell.

Tor-Harat came quietly into the Healing Place, and smiled at his wife and the maidens, and their sleeping charges. “Will it be well with the Swordsman and the Lightstone-Bearer?” Lady Benika answered.”The Swordsman’s wound is bad, but not deadly – unless he take the Wound-Fever. It will be well with him, but it will take long to heal. For the Lightstone-Bearer, I cannot tell, yet. His wounds are not bodily wounds, Tor-Harat. Let him sleep, and regain strength, then we shall see.” “The Lightstone sustains him” Krystha said “Yet he has endured more these last days than many would experience in a lifetime. He has used up much of his strength – in all ways, Gatekeeper.” Tor-Harat went and stood at the foot of Aiel’s couch, looking at him. Asleep, Aiel looked hardly more than a boy, and the Gatekeeper said, wonderingly, “He is so young to have done so much, to have so kept faith with Light, and defeated such Darkness.” He turned to Lin’s side, and went on “And the Swordsman would have given his life to save his friend. Songs are made of Brann’s deeds, but it seems to me that here lie two heroes of Li’is as great as Brann.” Krystha answered, “I am proud that Lin is my Sword-Brother, and Aiel my friend.” “Ah, now, you and Arentha have had your part in this Way too” Lady Benika reminded them ” and you too must rest. Come, a room is ready for you. It is time for all the Way-Sharers to rest from their tasks.”

Aiel slept long, though it had been only early evening when he lay down. Exhausted, and with the sleeping draught suppressing the turmoil of emotions that would have kept him awake, he slept heavily, and did not wake till the morning was almost gone. When he did wake, he was still dazed from sleep, and unsure where he was, though vaguely conscious that some great burden had lifted from him. Opening his eyes, he saw, through the window, the dark mountains rising above the Gatehouse Gardens, and memory rushed back. He sat up, and looked round for Lin. The Swordsman was lying just as he had the night before, sedated by more sweetwood that Lady Benika had given him. Aiel left his couch and went to stand by Lin’s. It was dreadful to him to see Lin lie so pale and still, when he was usually so active and healthy. Aiel recalled the words he had said to Lin, so many years before, “Rescuing me begins to be a habit with you, Lin!” But this time the rescue had almost cost Lin his life, and Aiel looked down at his friend and wept. “Lin, True Sword, true friend” he whispered, “do not die!” In his concern for his friend he had not heard the door open, nor known that Krystha was in the Healing Place, till her voice came from behind him, gentle and reassuring. “Aiel, Lin will not die. Do not think it.” He turned to look at her, relieved to have her there. “Krystha” he said “Are you sure?” “The wound will not kill him” Krystha said, prosaically, “and surely Light kept Soom’s blade from his heart. Aiel, do not fear for him. Come now, you are weary still, though you slept deeply. I will give you a draught to strengthen you, and you must go and eat.” She gave him a bowl of a bitter-sweet drink that did revive him, as she had promised. Then she said. “I will tend to Lin, now. Arentha is waiting for you.” She told him how to get to the Hall of the Gatehouse, where he would find her sister, and Aiel said, “I will go – but Krystha, you must promise to call me if Lin wakes.” “I will” she replied.

Aiel found his way to the Hall, where Arentha was waiting for him, as Krystha had said. There was food on the table, but that was not what he felt the need for. He went straight to Arentha’s arms and clung to her as she held him tightly. For a long while he simply stood, embracing her and being embraced, and it was all he needed. His tumbled thoughts began to grow calmer and stiller. He had defeated the Darkness, he thought, and though Lin was badly hurt, he was not in danger of death. He felt himself to be spent out, in body, soul and spirit, which was probably why he was so emotional, and so afraid for Lin. But now there was time to rest, and recover, time to be with Arentha, his love, time to consolidate all the new things he had learned of Light, and about himself – a breathing space. He was so grateful for Arentha, for her loving tenderness, her quiet understanding, for the comfort of her arms around him, the coolness of her hair against his cheek. He sighed, and raised his head, and smiled into her sweet, anxious face. “Arentha” he said, “you are truly my Gift-of-Light! You do me more good than all the Healers’ draughts.” “Oh, Aiel!” she answered, her face lighting with relief, “Is it well with you now, my dear?” He drew her with him to the table and sat down, and she sat beside him. He said “I cannot tell yet, Arentha. We have been through so much, and there has been no time to deal with it, to make it part of me, or understand my own feelings. I need time with Light – and with you, my heart. I am very glad that I have done what Light bade me do, and defeated Lak. Yet even that was not my own doing, but Light’s. I think I will not be fully at rest, either, until I know that Lin is safe and well. But I have not asked how it is with you. It was a fearful thing that happened to you on the Meeting Place, yesterday. There are no ill effects from it, still, for you?”

She said “No, not now…” yet through their linked hands he felt her shudder, and asked, “Arentha, what is it? Something still frightens you, my heart.” “I was so afraid” she whispered, “Aiel, when the Bloodstone struck me, I felt it threw my spirit from my body, and it was as if I were dying, on my way to touch Light. And I could see myself, Aiel! There was a brightness met me – I think perhaps it was a Spirit-in-Light – and I knew it protected my spirit, as the Dancer protected my body, and I knew it was Light’s Will that I return to you, and that I would not touch Light – not yet. But still I was afraid – Oh, Aiel, it is a terrible thing to see your own body lie still and untenanted! But also, I was afraid for you, that I was not there to aid you in the battle – I was afraid you would be defeated after all. But then you overcame Lak, and called me back with the Lightstone.” “Arentha!” he exclaimed “Why did you say nothing? My love, I would not have had you bear the fear of this alone.” “Lin’s need, and yours, were greater.” she said, simply. He reached for the Lightstone, took it out, and touched it to her brow. “Here is the Healing for your fear.” he told her. The light enfolded her, and then withdrew, and he asked, “Is it well with you now, Arentha?” “It is well” she told him, quietly, and he knew she would say no more, now or ever.

Suddenly it seemed that he was hungry, after all, and he reached for the food and began to eat, while Arentha watched him, smiling. He pressed her to eat too, but she said she had already eaten. When he had finished his meal, she said, “Aiel, go and bathe and refresh yourself, it will help you feel better. I will ask Lady Benika to have clothes brought for you.” “I will, Arentha – but ask her for a Priest’s robe. There is no need, now, to pretend not to be what I am.” Once bathed, and dressed in the fresh Priestly robe, Aiel did feel better – more like himself than he had felt for many days. And yet, he knew, he would never again be the old Aiel. He felt he had aged as many years as days on this Way. When he came from the Bathing Place, Tor-Harat met him, and told him, “Aiel, the Dancers are waiting for you.” “The Dancers?” Aiel asked, not understanding. He had forgotten the Dancers’ message in all the turmoil of the previous day. The Gatekeeper gently reminded him “Do you remember that they wanted to honour you in their own way, Aiel? They are waiting for you. One of them has come to carry you to the Meeting Place.” “Do you come too?” Aiel asked, a little nervous at the thought of ‘travelling’ again with the Dancer. “No, it is you alone they honour.” Tor-Harat answered. “Will you tell the others where I have gone?” Aiel requested. “Surely” Tor-Harat promised. “Come now, Aiel.” Out in the courtyard, one Dancer was waiting to take him to the Meeting Place. Aiel said to the Gatekeeper “I hope the Dancer will not think me discourteous if I close my eyes when we – travel.” Tor-Harat laughed. “I doubt it.” he said, “I have travelled with them many times now, and I could never yet bear to keep my eyes open, Aiel!”

Aiel stepped forward to meet the Dancer, closed his eyes, and waited. Again he was not aware of movement, but suddenly felt rough ground beneath his feet. He opened his eyes and found himself on the Meeting Place, encircled by the Dancers. He did not know if the thought that quietly entered into his Perception came from one Dancer, or many, but he knew that it spoke for them all. “Welcome Aiel, Lightstone-Bearer, Lightfriend. We honour you.” Aiel said aloud, in humble protest, “Dancers, why honour me? It was Light worked through me, using me only as a channel. Honour Light.” The gentle thought came, ” Aiel, it is Light’s Will that we honour you. Men honour strength and courage, and that is good. Yet Light honours humility and obedience, and that is better. Do not be afraid that the honour we do you will make you proud, for it will make you more aware of Light and of your own smallness before Light than you have ever been. Though no man in Li’is will ever have seen what you will see.” Before Aiel could begin to understand, the thought of the Dancer came again. “It is time. Come, Lightstone-Bearer, we must travel again.” Obediently Aiel closed his eyes and waited. It seemed a longer wait this time before the Dancer ‘said’ “Look now, Aiel! Behold the wonders of Light!”

Aiel looked, as he was bidden, and almost immediately cried out in mingled terror and wonder. He stood on a harsh, colourless landscape of blazing whites and silvers, and sombre greys, and impenetrable black. The horizon curved incredibly, toothed with impossibly high and jagged mountains. The ground beneath his feet was bare and dusty and pock-marked. The sky above was black, and blazing with stars, and nearby hung one moon, many times the size of any he had ever seen. He knew, by his own shadow, that the sun was behind him, and knew also, though not how he knew, that in this place it burned so bright that if he had turned and looked into it, it would have burned out his eyes. And then, beyond the impossibly huge and shining moon, he saw a globe, mostly blue, but with patches of colour, and veiled in parts with purest white, like swirling gauze. He could understand none of this ; he was overcome with beauty and dread, and fell to his knees, covering his eyes. As he did so, he felt something yield around him. Extending his arms, he felt as though a tough skin encircled him in an elastic globe. It was like being in a water-bubble. He cried out to the Dancers, wherever they might be, “Oh, what is this place? Dancers, I am afraid! Where am I?” Their thought came again.”Aiel, do not be afraid. We will not bring you where harm can touch you. Stand, and look, and do not fear.” Slowly he obeyed, and opened his eyes, rising to his feet. He looked around him and felt the wonder and terrible beauty of the place enter into his Perception. He asked again, “Where is this place?”

The Dancers ‘said’ “You are standing on the Shield, Aiel. That moon is the Hound, and the world beneath your feet – that is your Li’is.” Now indeed Aiel was ready to fall, from very fear, yet the thought that he was seeing what no man had ever seen before, and the awesome beauty of it, and the smallness of his own world in all the vastness, held him fascinated. At last he managed to gasp “But why is the sky so black? Is it the work of Darkness?” “No” the Dancers replied. “There is no air here, Aiel, and that is why the sky is black. It is why we have enclosed you in a globe of air, also. Else you would die here in seconds.” “Now I know what you meant” Aiel exclaimed, “when you said that when you honoured me, it would make me small and humble! I have seen my own world like a pebble in the universe of Light.” “It is not finished yet” came the response. “The honour decreed for you by Light, and the Dancers, is that you Dance with the Dancers, out among the stars. This is only the first step, Aiel.” Suddenly, he was surrounded by Dancers, and, as suddenly, the air bubble lifted from the surface of his moon, and, in the midst of the Dancers, soared out towards the blackness and the stars. It happened before Aiel had time to close his eyes, and this time the terror overcame him.

When he came to himself, he was lying on soft grass. There was no bubble around him, and he was breathing pure air. He thought to himself “It is a dream. It was all a dream.” He opened his eyes, and immediately found himself looking at a Dancer. “Well, then,” he thought ” they have brought me home to Li’is, knowing I could bear no more.” “Lightstone-Bearer, this is not Li’is” came the Dancer’s thought.”Look around you.” Aiel took a deep breath of the sweet air, sat up, and was at once conscious of the strangeness of the place. There was hot sunlight around him, but it was greenish-gold. The grass on which he sat was the vivid blue of his own eyes. The flowers that were strewn across the grass were small, and delicate, and of colours that he could not even name, but so exquisite that their beauty was almost painful. He looked up and saw that the sky above was the source of the greenish-golden light, for in it burned two suns, one golden as his own, one green. And looking up he also saw the trees, many and beautiful, not green-leaved as in Li’is, but with foliage of many hues, gold and rose and violet and more of the strange , unnameable colours. Something was singing in the forest, more sweetly than Aiel had ever heard a bird sing before. The awesomeness and coldness of the Shield had been terrifying; this world, though utterly strange, had a sweetness and richness that held no fear. Somehow Aiel knew that nothing evil had ever come there, and no danger could threaten him. He asked “It is not – the Joyous Place?” “No” came the answer “The Joyous Place could not be constrained within one world, one time. This is but a world of the star you call Torvine.” “Where are its people?” Aiel asked eagerly.”Am I permitted to meet them? They must be very wise and fair, in such a world as this.” “There are no people. Only birds and beasts live here” replied the Dancer, then “Aiel, you are thinking that is a waste, but it is how Light ordained it. There are and will be no men in this world, and that is not a mistake. Do you know better than Light?” “No” Aiel said, and bowed his head. He would have liked to taste the fruit that hung from the trees of this strange and lovely world, but did not ask, for he thought “If that is how Light has ordained it, they were never meant to be eaten by men.”

“We will go now” ‘said’ the Dancer. Forewarned, he closed his eyes, and waited for the next place. From planet to planet, star to star, the Dancers swept him. He saw worlds that were vast balls of ice, huge globes of roaring, raging gases, places where the very air froze and lay like snow on the ground, others where metals melted and ran over the burning landscape like water. He saw worlds with many moons, or one, or none, worlds of total darkness, thrown away from their sun to wander through dark space, and worlds of eternal daylight, where several suns shone. He saw strange or beautiful or terrifying places, but nowhere did he see men. Last of all they brought him, so he thought, back to where he had begun, and he stood on the moon he had stood on before, and saw the same nearby moon, the same planet swim beneath his feet. But now the world was shrouded in a murky mist, and it seemed to Aiel that it burned with black fire, like some rogue sun that sent out coldness and death and darkness instead of warmth and life and light. The Dancers ‘said’ “Nearer than this we cannot go, Aiel. For now we are on the other side of Light and time, and there before you lies Ma’al, the Dark World, the mirror image of your own Li’is.” Aiel stared at the distant world, and said, “Will the Darkness ever leave Ma’al, Dancers?” “There will be an end of Darkness here” the Dancers replied “and you will see it, Aiel. But not on this part of the Way. Come, we will take you home now.”

“I must have been a long time among the worlds, Dancers” Aiel said. “Has it been well with my friends? What of Lin?” “Time spent with the Dancers is no time at all.” he was answered. “We do not need to move in your time. You will return no later than you left.” And indeed, when the Dancers set him down again in the courtyard of the Gatehouse, Tor-Harat was still standing there, and smiled at him. “There, it was not so terrible, Aiel!” “Oh, it was, Gatekeeper!” Aiel exclaimed, “Terrible, and beautiful, and – oh, there are no words!” When he explained to the Gatekeeper what he meant, and where he had been, and in what way the Dancers had honoured him, Tor-Harat said, “Aiel, the Dancers have honoured you indeed!” “Yet they said the way they honoured me would not make me proud, but humbler and closer to Light, and so it is.” Aiel said. “For I have seen my own smallness, and the smallness of my world, and how lonely we would be in Light’s great universe without the love of Light. And I have seen Ma’al, and the Darkness Li’is has been delivered from, through the Lightstone, and if ever I had thought it, I know now that I could never have defeated that Darkness in my own strength.” Now Aiel wanted nothing but to be alone with Light, to use his Perception and the Lightstone to understand all that he had experienced, to accept it and make it a part of himself, so that none of it was a thing outside himself to hurt or harry him. He said, knowing that Tor-Harat, a Priest himself, would understand. “Gatekeeper, I will go to the Prayer Room now. I must be alone with Light for a while.” “Go” Tor-Harat smiled “I will keep distractions from you.” “Unless it is Lin” Aiel said, as he turned towards the Gatehouse door. “Tor-Harat, let you call me at once if Lin wakes!” “I will call you” Tor-Harat promised.

In the familiar surroundings of the Prayer Room, Aiel took out the Lightstone and gazed into it, using it to make the most dangerous journey of all, into his own thoughts and emotions. He was not aware of the outward signs of his progress, though he smiled and wept, groaned and sighed and trembled, without knowing it. He knew that there was much to unravel and lay before Light, many experiences to work through and understand, but he knew also that his strength was depleted, and his own resources, though not Light’s, were limited. At last he understood that he could do no more, for now. There was still a great deal of unresolved emotion in him, and he knew it must be dealt with, but he was too weary, and Light’s wisdom seemed to tell him he had done enough, for the time being. As he left the Prayer Room he met Tor-Harat, who said “Aiel, I was coming to fetch you. The Swordsman is awake.” Thanking him, Aiel hurried to the Healing Place, where Krystha was waiting for him. She said, “Aiel, he has been waking and dozing again for a while, but he is awake now. He is in pain, and does not look himself, of course. Let you not be afraid for him, though. He is strong. Now go, and show him you are alive and well. He is afraid for you, for in his pain and with the draughts we had to give him, he could not remember well, and he has been asking for you, to be sure you are unharmed.” She held open the door of the Healing Place, and Aiel went in and crossed to the couch where Lin lay, now propped up on cushions. He was very pale still, but his arm had been freshly dressed and made more comfortable in a sling of soft material, to ease the weight on the wounded part. Though Krystha had said he was awake, Lin’s eyes were closed, his breathing quiet. Aiel bent over Lin, not sure, despite Krystha’s assurances, if his friend were awake. “Lin” he whispered, knowing that the Swordsman, if he were awake, would hear. And if he slept, Aiel’s voice was not loud enough to waken him.

Lin’s eyes opened, and he looked up at his friend. “Aiel.” he said. There was relief in his voice. “Praise Light! I thought I remembered that you were not harmed – but it was all so confused. Krystha told me you were safe – but I was not sure. Not till I could see you.” Aiel gazed at him anxiously. The Swordsman was pale, with a greyish tinge to his skin that worried Aiel, and a shadow in his usually clear grey eyes. Lin gave a faint, lopsided smile. “Do not look so grave, Aiel. It is well with me.” “It is not well with you!” Aiel contradicted him. “Lin – you knew you could not save me, and avoid Soom’s knife yourself!” His voice was almost accusing. “I did not have time to think that far.” Lin answered, but they both knew that was not true. “Your life for mine” Aiel said, very carefully, lest his voice betray him with a tremor, “would have seemed to me too high a price, Lin.” “It seemed a fair price to me.” Lin said equably. “I made a promise to your father, Aiel.” “To protect me till the Lightstone Way was ended. And it was ended, Lin, before Soom struck.” For the first time, Lin showed emotion. “Do you think it was only for a vow made to your father that I protected you, Aiel? You are my friend and bond-brother – as dear to me as my own kin. Should I have let you die? If I had not saved you, I could not have lived with the pain and shame of it!” Aiel laid a gentle hand on his friend’s uninjured shoulder. “I know it, Lin! But if you had died in saving me, I would have felt the same, my brother.” Again Lin gave that faint smile. “We are wounding ourselves with shadows, Aiel. You are alive, and I am alive, and the Darkness is defeated. Light is merciful.” He looked into Aiel’s face and said, with an air of command, “Do not worry! I have Krystha to tend me, and I am strong. A few days, a week or two – I shall be well.” ” Praise Light!” Aiel agreed “And Light protect you, Lin. Rest now, and grow strong again.” Lin settled back against his cushions with a sigh, and Aiel slipped quietly out of the room.

For the next two days, it seemed that Lin was right. Each time that Aiel went to visit his friend, having first prayed long for Lin in the Prayer Room, the Swordsman seemed stronger. On the third day it even seemed to Aiel that there was a more healthy colour in his friend’s face. The next morning, though, when he went at his usual time to visit Lin, he was met at the door by Krystha. Her expression was grave, and Aiel felt that a stony fist seized his heart. “Lin!” he exclaimed. “Oh, Krystha, what is it?” “Aiel, he has the Wound Fever” she replied. “But yesterday he looked so well – even his colour was better -” Krystha shook her head. “He was flushed with the beginnings of the Fever. I noticed it when I went to tend him. The wound had become infected. Lady Benika and I have opened it again, and stripped and cleansed it. We will not pin it again, but leave it to drain thoroughly. But the poison is in his blood, Aiel, and he has the Fever.” Aiel stared at her numbly. He felt so helpless. As the Lightstone-Bearer he had defeated an evil, a Darkness, that threatened his whole world. Yet now, though he had saved a world, he could do nothing to save one man, as dear as that man was to him. “Oh, Lin, my brother!” he said unhappily. “I told him, Krystha, that to have my life at the cost of his seemed to me too high a price – and he promised me that he would be well again, soon!” Aiel knew it was a foolish, a childish thing to say – as though Lin, by falling victim to the Wound Fever, had broken some vow to him. He looked at the Healer with pleading eyes. “Krystha, save him! He is my brother as surely – more surely- than if we were born of one blood.” Aiel did not know if he were even making sense to her, not knowing that Lin had told Krystha about the deep bond of friendship that lay between them. Krystha, though, surely understood, for to Aiel’s surprise she came to him and gently embraced him, speaking softly and encouragingly. “I know, Aiel! Do not fear for him. The Wound Fever is a serious sickness, but Lin is young and strong, and his body is a fine-tuned thing. He will be very sick, but I think he will defeat the sickness in the end – and he will keep his promise to you, his bond-brother.”

Aiel bowed his head onto Krystha’s shoulder, feeling suddenly weak and tired. She glanced at him with concern, and her hand softly stroked his neck with a soothing movement,as she said, “I know you feel you can do nothing for Lin, Aiel, but you can. You are closer to Light than any of us, and Light is merciful. Let you lift Lin up before Light, for strengthening and healing.” Aiel felt a sudden sting of tears in his eyes. His overwhelming concern for Lin, Krystha’s kindness, and his own slow recovery from the rigours of the Lightstone Way, made his emotions almost ungovernable. Though at core his trust in Light was rock-firm, his surface feelings were almost out of his control. Krystha, seeing this, lifted his face between gentle hands, and said, “Dear Aiel, remember that you too are not yet back to your full strength. It will not help Lin if you become sick. Come.” She led him into the Healing Place and made him drink a draught she prepared for him, which made him feel stronger. He asked, “May I see Lin?” “You may see him, but he is still drugged. We had to give him a strong draught of sweetwood, so that we could cleanse the wound without causing him pain.” Krystha stood by Aiel’s side as he looked down at the still figure on the couch. Lin’s face was flushed, as Krystha had said, with fever, his brow damp, his lips dry. He lay very still, held deeply unconscious by the drug he had been given. His wounded arm was wrapped in strips of bandage that were already darkly sticky with the ooze of blood and fluid from the reopened wound. “I must change those dressings” Krystha said. “Aiel, go now. Do not distress yourself. I will tell you if there is any change – for good or ill. I promise.” She looked again into his face and continued, “You need tending, Aiel. Go to Arentha, and tell her how you feel. I can love you as a friend, a sister – but Arentha is your love. It is her you need – and Light. The love of Light, and Arentha’s love. Those will uphold you.” Aiel nodded, accepting her advice, knowing by now how Krystha seemed to change into another, wiser, more mature maiden when she was at her Healing work. “I will” he said. “Thank you, Krystha. I trust Lin to you.”

When the young Priest had gone, Krystha bent to her task, carefully unwrapping the soiled bandages. When she and Lady Benika had inspected Lin’s wound that morning it had been red and puffy, hot to the touch, and, where it strained at the healing pins, beaded with pus. They had unsealed the wound, as Krystha had told Aiel, and stripped and cleansed it, leaving it open to drain of fresh poisons. The skin was not as tautly red and shiny now, but, as Krystha had said, the infection was in Lin’s blood. The Wound Fever was his body’s reaction as it fought against the toxins in itself. Krystha sighed heavily. She had told Aiel that Lin was young and strong, his body fine-tuned, and that was true. But other strong young men, before this, had died of the Wound Fever, either in the Fever Dream itself, or from infection settling in some vital part of the body. A Healer’s skills could go far to fight the sickness, but it was the victim’s will to fight, to live, that was the important thing. So as she worked, Krystha spoke to Lin, for though he was unconscious, somehow her words might enter in at a deeper level and do some good. “Lin, Sword-Brother, hear me! You must fight this sickness – it is your deadly foe. Fight, Sword-Brother, as though you stood sword in hand against the Darkness. Fight, fight, and live!”

Aiel had done as Krystha told him, and gone to find Arentha. He was feeling as though a cold, heavy weight lay in his stomach. He must, he would, trust Light in all things, but what if Light chose to take from him his dearest friend, his bond-brother? He had almost lost Arentha to the Darkness and now Lin too was in deadly peril. He found her sitting in a chair, stitching at some piece of work with which she was helping Lady Benika. When she saw Aiel’s expression, though, Arentha laid aside her needlework and asked anxiously “Aiel, what is it? Lin?” Aiel said “He has the Wound Fever.” Arentha answered, “That is evil news, Aiel! But Krystha will tend him, and she will save him.” He went to her and knelt in front of her chair, leaning forward to rest his head against her, his arms clinging to her as if for refuge. Arentha’s arms gently circled him. Aiel said, with quiet anger “Arentha, why does the Darkness touch all I hold dear? It snatched away my mother, and my little brother unborn. It has threatened my whole world. It nearly took you from me, and now it hangs over Lin. Yet I love and serve Light, as best I may. And I have completed the task Light gave me to do.” “Aiel, that is why the Darkness attacks you! You are like – like a Swordsman of Light. You are a threat to the Darkness, otherwise it would not fear and threaten you. And knowing that you are true to Light and would not fear for your own life in serving Light, the Darkness seeks to pull you from the Path of Light by threatening those you love.”

“That is true” Aiel admitted. “You are wise, Arentha. It is true that I would willingly have given my own life for the Lightstone Way, but yours, or Lin’s, or Krystha’s – then I might feel the price too high.” “Never!” she said, so fiercely that he was startled. “Aiel, if Lin and I and Krystha lay dead at your feet – if the Fortress and the City and the Temple lay in ruins – what matter, if it denied the rule of Li’is to Darkness? We are only one small part of the story, Aiel. We live, and die, and touch Light, but the world goes on, and the rule of Light goes on, and the purposes of Light must be fulfilled.” At heart, Aiel knew and felt as she did, but to hear her speak again these truths strengthened and comforted him. “Krystha told me to come to you.” he told her, “She said that I needed your love and counsel, and she was rights. My Arentha, you are still as a deep pool, and your thoughts, though you seldom speak them, as deep as its waters, where I can drink, and be refreshed. Yes, you are my refreshing-place.” “As you are mine” she said quickly, “Aiel, if I have any wisdom, I learned it of Light, and of you.” She stroked his black hair gently, and he said “We will go to the Prayer Room and lift Lin before Light.” “We will” she agreed, “and after, we will go to the Gardens, and you shall rest in their beauty, and praise Light.”

The day was drawing towards evening before Lin emerged from his drugged sleep. Krystha, who had been in the Healing Place most of the day, heard the change in his breathing, his little murmurs and moans, and came to his side. He might waken fully conscious and lucid, he might lapse back into unconsciousness or the delirium of the fever dream. The Wound Fever was unpredictable; that was one of its dangers. When Lin’s grey eyes opened, though, they were as yet unclouded by fever. “Krystha?” he whispered. “Hush, Lin, drink this” the Healer said, bending to slip an arm under his head to help him swallow the fever drink she had prepared. When he had obeyed her, he said, “My arm burns like fire, and my head is burning too. And I feel so weak!” “I know. Lin, you are very sick, but you must fight this sickness – like your bitterest enemy.” “Is it the Wound Fever, Krystha?” “Yes, Lin.” “Will I die?” he asked, with such simplicity that she had to fight back the tears and struggle to answer with her usual asperity. “Oh, Lin, of course you will not die- not if you wish to live! But you must fight, Sword-Brother- fight against the sickness and the Fever Dream, for your life.” His eyes were beginning to look glazed as the fever mounted, despite the fever drink she had given him. Krystha laid her hand on his brow to feel how hot he was, and he reached up with his good arm and grasped her wrist. “Krystha, I will fight – if you stay with me. Fight with me, Krystha, as you have sworn to your Sword-Brother!” “I will, Lin! I will fight with you, Sword-Brother!” she cried, seeing that he was on the edge of the Fever Dream, fearful that he might not hear her. But he tried to smile at her, and his hand tightened for a moment on her wrist, and she knew that he had heard.

Chapter 13

For a week Lin lay in the Fever Dream and the dread of it was heavy on them all. Aiel came hopefully and laid the Lightstone to Lin’s brow, but the Swordsman was not healed. “Why?” Aiel groaned to Krystha, turning the glowing Stone in his hands. “It healed Varn’s eyes, and brought Arentha and Ket-Lai back to us.” “Thoes were the works of the Bloodstone”, Krystha reminded him. “It healed Taran’s twisted hand. That was not the work of the Bloodstone”, Aiel said. Krystha replied, “Aiel, we cannot question the ways of Light. You, above all, should know that.” “I do”, he said, “and I trust Light.” He stared at Lin, who was tossing and muttering in delirium, and said, “But still, I do not understand what purpose there may be in Lin’s suffering so.” “Let me tend to his body’s needs”, Krystha said. “Go you, Aiel, and pray for him. Light will hear you.” So Aiel went, but with a heavy heart.

As well as Lin, they were concerned for Krystha, for she had vowed not to leave Lin, and she would not go back on her word. She left his side only to tend to her own most urgent needs. She would not eat with them, but took her meals in the Healing Place, and it was little enough she ate. She slept in snatches in a chair at Lin’s side, and would not allow Lady Benika to watch beside Lin for a while so that she might rest. She grew thinner, and paler, and her eyes were like purple smudges in her face, but to every remonstration she gave the same reply. “I promised Lin to stay and fight with him. How if I should leave him, and he should waken and find me gone, and give up the fight because his Sword-Brother was not there to fight with him?” To Aiel she said, also, “Do not worry over me, Aiel. I am a Healer. I know how much I can bear, and how to strengthen myself. If I grow weary now, I know how to rest later. Do not be so concerned.”

On the eighth day, when Aiel and Arentha came, they found Lady Benika with Krystha, both of them bent over Lin. They had dampened pieces of cloth and wrapped him in them, but the Swordsman was still burning hot. “Krystha, is it very bad?” Arentha asked her sister, who glanced at the other Healer, then said, “The fever is still not falling. We shall know tonight.” “What will you know?” Aiel asked, fearful for his friend. Lady Benika’s face was serious, her voice sombre, as she replied, “The fever must break now – or Lin is like to die.” “Oh, no!”, Aiel gasped. Krystha said quickly, “Aiel, do not give up. Lin has fought hard thus far. Many would have been dead by now. Aiel, you must fight too. Pray for Lin – make a prayer vigil for him. All sickness comes of Darkness. Let us fight the sickness, and do you fight the Darkness.” Aiel bent his head, dumbly. Then he leant and laid the Lightstone to Lin’s brow. The light surrounded Lin, then withdrew, and Aiel said, “I know it will not heal him, Krystha. But it may give him strength to fight.” and she nodded. All day Aiel and Arentha, with Tor-Harat joining them too for a while, spent in their prayer vigil for Lin, but now word came from Krystha and Lady Benika. They went to their evening meal with heavy hearts and little appetite, and Lady Benika came to join them. “No change, for good or ill”, she answered their anxious enquiries. “Go to your beds now and try to rest, and we shall call you if anything happens.”

Aiel, though, was quite unable to sleep. He tossed and turned on his bed, knowing that Lin was fighting for his life. At last he rose and dressed and went back to the Prayer Room to resume his vigil. Now, though, there seemed to be an opposition, something striving against him. He fell to his knees before the Crucible, drawing out the Lightstone and holding it in his hands to draw strength from it. He felt that he was fighting another battle with Darkness, this time for the life of his friend. With intense prayers and tears he struggled against the encroaching Darkness, striving to push it back. A little before sunrise, he suddenly felt release,a withdrawing of Darkness, the dawn of hope. In that moment he was sure that Light had touched Lin in some way, and all would be well with his friend. Aiel rose to his feet, a little stiffly, for he had knelt a long time in prayer, and raised his arms in quiet praise before the flame that stood for the far greater reality of Light. Then he turned, sensing someone near, and saw a quiet figure seated on the bench behind him. “Arentha!”, he exclaimed, “How long have you been here?” “I woke, and could not sleep again”, she explained. “I was so burdened for Lin. I came here to pray for him again, and saw you, and knew you were praying for him too, so I did not wish to disturb you.” “I think Light called us again to prayer for him”< Aiel told her, and recounted how he had battled in prayer for Lin, and how he had felt that sudden assurance that all, now, would be well with his friend. Then he said, “Krystha has been so devoted in her care for him. If Healer’s care counts for anything, she has saved him. Arentha, she is your sister, and you know her best. Do you think she could care for Lin – as more than a friend, and a Sword-Brother?” “I cannot tell, truly, Aiel. Krystha hides her feelings well, even from me. She fell in love once, when she was very young, and was badly hurt. Since then she has set a guard on her heart. But why are you so concerned for Krystha? Are you afraid that she might care for Lin, and not he for her?” “Not at all, Arentha. It is the other way about. Lin has told me he loves Krystha, very deeply. But I know he fears she will never learn to love him too.” Arentha sighed. “I do not know what Krystha feels for Lin. But I have never known her trust anyone, give so much of herself, as she has to him – except to me.” She smiled at him. “I hope she may learn to love him. He is a good, brave, honest man, and true. And Krystha is very like him – when she lets herself be. I think they could be good for each other, Aiel, if they loved.” “As you are good for me, my Gift-of-Light”, he told her.

That same night, as the two Healers had watched Lin, Lady Benika had said to Krystha, with a wry smile, “I suppose it is no use, to offer to watch Lin part of the night for you?” “No use at all”, Krystha had replied. The older Healer laid a gentle hand on Krystha’s arm, and said, “Light guard you both, child. Call me if you need me, whatever the time.” Krystha, left to her self-appointed vigil, gathered what she might need through the night. Lady Benika had had some food sent for her, and though she had little appetite, she made herself eat something, lest hunger make her less efficient at her work. After a while she went to Lin’s couch and laid her hand on the Swordsman’s brow. Did it seem cooler? She removed the cloths that had been damp but were now dried by the heat of his body. Yes, he was a little less hot. She seated herself in the chair at his side and prayed hard that the fever was breaking. She must have dozed, for she woke with a start, and rose again to feel his brow. Thankfully she realised that the raging fever seemed at last to have burnt itself out, but now the pallor and clamminess of his skin, and the harshness of his breathing, alarmed her. She felt so tired, death-weary, but she must be there to help Lin when he needed her. Krystha went to the Healer’s bench and reached for a small phial of sooty powder, dispassionately considering the trembling of her own hand. For several days now she had been taking blackbark to stay awake and alert, the Healer in her carefully balancing Lin’s needs and her own strength. She knew that now she was near the edge of dangerto herself; one, or at the most two more draughts of the stimulant were all she could allow herself without harm. But Lin’s need was paramount. She prepared the draught, but before she could drink it she heard Lin’s breathing quicken to a hoarse, fast,lod panting, as if he were running hard. She turned in alarm, and as she did so he called her name in a low, cracked voice. She ran to him, but suddenly all sound died. Had his breathing stopped? “Lin, I am here!” she cried out in terror, leaning over him, but he did not respond. An overwhelming sense of loss swept her; too frozen with fear for him to feel for his heart, his breathing, the Healer in her gave way to the grief-stricken girl who cried out, in her agony, the secret she had hidden so long in her heart. “Lin! Oh, Lin, you cannot die! I love you!”

Lin was exhausted. He had fought his way through the Fever Dream, and it had been the most deadly battle of his life. But still the battle was not quite over. There was a restful blackness, a quiet oblivion, that called him. He might surrender to it, and sleep, and wake in the Joyous Place, with Light. Or, like a swimmer drawn into dark ocean depths, he might fight free, and struggle to rise up to the daylight, and life. He was so weary! He remembered Krystha, his comrade in this battle, his love, and called to her for aid. As he paused to gather breath and strength, the black depths of sleep tugged enticingly at him, yet Krystha’s voice calling, “I am here!” was a call, too, upward to the light. In that moment his life hung balanced, and then came Krystha’s despairing cry, and the scales tipped in life’s favour. With her “You cannot die! I love you!” echoing in his mind, Lin found in Krystha’s desperate need of him the spur to fight back to life, and to her. He drew a great, gasping breath, as if he were indeed a swimmer breaking surface, and heard Krystha exclaim, in a voice that was half a sob, “Lin? Lin, can you hear me?” Lin opened his eyes, but shut them again against the brightness of the nearby lamp. He tried to speak, but his throat was tight and dry. “Wait, do not try to speak yet”, Krystha said. He heard her begin to move away towards the Healer’s bench, and then she gave a sudden cry. “No! Oh, not now!” Alarmed, he opened his eyes again, and saw her stand, swaying, between his couch and the next. Her hands were shaking violently, and as he watched her anxiously, sh tried to reach the bellpull over the couch. But her hands were uncontrollable, and with a moan of distress she sank down on the couch next to his. Lin was helpless; unable to move or speak, he could do nothing to help Krystha. He watched in an agony of fear for her as the trembling spread through her body. Not knowing what ailed her, he was unable even to reach the bellpull that would summon Lady Benika to her aid. Then suddenly into his mind, though it was still somewhat muddled from the Fever Dream, came the memory of how Aiel, at need, had managed to reach out his Perception and summon Lin. Could Lin now do the same, and reach Aiel’s mind? He drew on what strength he could muster and willed himself to concentrate on calling out to Aiel’s Perception.

Aiel, in the Prayer Room with Arentha, felt his Perception, enhanced by the Lightststone, tugged by some outer force. He let his Perception follow the pull, and intercepted Lin’s plea for help. Aiel cried “Lin!” “What is it?” Arentha asked anxiously.”What did you Perceive?” “He must be conscious, for I felt him call me. But he needs help urgently. Why does Krystha not aid him?” As he spoke, Aiel was hurrying her along the passageway to the Healing Place. They burst through the doors and saw, in the pool of lamplight, Lin lying still but gazing at them with conscious, pleading eyes, and Krystha seated on the next couch, shaking uncontrollably. Aiel reached for the nearest bellpull and tugged it to call Lady Benika, while Arentha ran to her sister and held her tightly, trying to stop the shaking. Next Aiel went to Lin’s couch, and , telling his friend not to attempt to speak, used his Perception to find out what had happened. As their thoughts merged, Aiel felt Lin’s relief at their arrival, his weakness and confusion from the fever, his fears at the apparent sickness that had suddenly overtaken Krystha. Drawing on the power of Light, the young Priest tried to reassure and comfort Lin, and succeeded in calming him. As he withdrew his Perception, Lady Benika arrived, asking “Is it Lin?” “Lin is past the Fever dream and conscious”, Aiel told her. “It is Krystha.” The Healer gave a little exclamation of praise for Lin’s recovery from the Wound Fever. Then she quickly went to Krystha.Arentha tried to hold her sister still while Lady Benika lifted the girl’s shaking hand, then tilted up her face and looked into her eyes. Then she went to the Healer’s bench, and lifted the bowl of blackbark which Krystha had not had time to drink. She held it up for them to see. “This is the culprit. Krystha has been taking blackbark to stay alert and tend Lin.” Lin groaned at the thought that Krystha might have harmed herself to help him. Lady Benika reassured him. “Have no fear for her, Lin. Blackbark only borrows tomorrow’s strength for today. After prolonged use, once the body is released from its hold,it will react with a dreadful weariness, so that even the muscles are uncontrollable. It is frightening to see, but unless taken to excess – and Krystha is wiser than that – it is easily amended , and will do her no permanent harm. Plenty of rest and sleep – those will heal Krystha.” She mixed two draughts at the Healer’s bench and brought one to Krystha. “Drink this, child, and rest now”< she said tenderly. “Your work is done. Lin is safe.” Krystha obeyed, though she had some difficulty in drinking, since she was trembling so. Arentha helped her, and when the bowl was empty, she and Lady Benika lifted Krystha’s legs on to the couch and laid a cover over her. The exhausted girl was almost instantly asleep.

The Healer turned to Lin. “Now, Swordsman, let us see how it is with you.” She examined Lin thoroughly, while Aiel and Arentha stood by, waiting. Lin, now that his fear over Krystha was gone, lay still and quiet under Lady Benika’s gentle hands. He knew by the feel of his own body how weak he was, how much strength he had lost in fighting the fever, and even though he had been unconscious for so long, he felt unutterably weary. His mouth tasted abominable, his throat was dry and sore, his head ached, and after burning with the fever, he felt cold and shivery. Aiel, though he rejoiced at Lin’s escape from death, could also see that his friend had far to go to regain his usual good health. The shadow of his fear for Lin had not yet completely lifted. Lady Benika completed her inspection by gently unwrapping Lin’s arm. There was no more sign of infection and the wound was no longer an angry red, but pinkly healing. She smiled. “Good, my Swordsman, good”, she said. “It will be a slow road back, but it will be well with you now. Yet I think you have fought the greatest fight of your life.” She redressed the wound with healing salve and bandages, then brought him the second bowl that she had mixed, saying, “Drink this, it will clear your head and throat.” The Healer lifted Lin’s head while he drank. The draught had a clean, sharp taset that drove away the foul taste in his mouth and eased his throat immediately. She laid him back on the cushions and said to Aiel and Arentha, “A moment with him only, then you must go, and let him rest.”

Lin smiled faintly at his friends, trying to reassure them. To his great surprise, Arentha bent and kissed his brow. “Dear Lin!” she exclaimed, “Praise Light you are restored to us!” Aiel, though his faith in Light had never wavered, had in his human heart been deeply fearful for his friend’s life, and now relief and joy mingled in his voice as he bent to carefully embrace Lin, saying “Lin ,my brother!” Then he straightened again, telling the Swordsman, with a mock severity that was a cover for his very deep emotion, “As you love Light and me, do not frighten me like that ever again!” Lin looked at Aiel with affection. In those moments when Aiel’s Perception had held and searched and comforted his mind, Lin had felt a new strength and maturity in his friend.Lin had always had that underlying feeling almost of responsibility for Aiel, a protectiveness, as though Aiel had been not quite strong enough to stand alone. Now, though, Lin knew that his ‘younger brother’ had come of age, and Aiel’s new maturity caused Lin to feel a different kind of respect for him. Aiel bent again and touched the Lightstone to Lin’s brow. The light flowed out and surrounded the Swordsman, and he felt a deep peace enfold him. It was as though he floated on a warm, supporting tide, and he allowed it to carry him into restful sleep. Lady Benika smiled. “That will do more good for Lin than all my draughts.” The light withdrew into the Lightstone, and Aiel murmured a blessing on his sleeping friends. The Healer told them, “Do not fear for them Aiel, Arentha. Lin is weak from the sickness but he is young and strong. He will be well again, though it will take time. And Krystha needs only to make up the sleep she has lost. She needs time, too, to rest and recover.” Now the Healer cupped Aiel’s face in gentle hands, and studied it. “The shadow of this Way is still on your heart, Aiel. It would be well for all of you to stay here for a while, till strength returns. Send word of your victory to the City, and stay with us, for now.” Aiel glanced at Arentha, who nodded. “Perhaps”, he said. “You are kind, Lady. And in any case, we must wait till Krystha and Lin have recovered. After that – we will see.”

Lin was unaware of time passing as he drifted in and out of sleep. Sometimes, when he woke, Lady Benika was there, and gave him clear water or more of the sharp-tasting draught to slake his thirst. Sometimes he woke at night, alone in the lamplight. Always, he looked for Krystha on the couch at his right, and saw her still sleeping. Once he woke, and a curtain was drawn between his couch and hers, and he heard Lady Benika and Arentha talking behind it. Alarmed, he called out, and the Healer came from behind the curtain to assure him that all was well with Krystha and she was only being made comfortable. At last Lin woke completely. He was aware of the slackness and lack of strength in his body, but his mind was clear and alert, the dreadful tiredness and lassitude gone. He had been aware of thirst, all the time, but only now did he feel the gnawing emptiness of hunger in his stomach. He opened his eyes. It was bright morning, and sunlight spilled through the windows of the Healing Place. He turned his head to look for Krystha, and saw her on her couch. He compared her appearance with the frightening signs of sheer exhaustion he had seen on her face before, and felt that she must be much better. The deathly, translucent pallor had gone, and her skin was its normal clear, creamy tone. The pinched whiteness of her lips had given way to a soft pink and her cheeks were rosy with sleep. The great dark smudges under her eyes had almost faded away, and of the bruised appearance of her eyelids only a few faint mauve veins remained. Her hair, which had looked so rough and dull, had been loosed and brushed out, no doubt by Arentha, and lay about her in a red-gold cloud, flaming to a fiery glory where the sunlight touched it. She wore a simple white nightgown which showed up the brightness of her hair even more. Lin felt as though his heart constricted with love for her, and murmured, very softly, “Krystha, my heart!” She could not possibly have heard him, but she stirred as though she had. Lin watched her, wondering ti himself if he had really heard her call out to him that she loved him. Or had it only been a part of the Fever Dream? It seemed so long ago now.

Krystha was drowsily moving, and Lin lay still and delighted in watching her come awake. She turned, and flung out one arm in his direction, the hand curled up against the frilled sleeve of the nightgown. She murmured, then sighed, then yawned, showing white teeth and a pink tongue-tip. Her lashes fluttered against her cheeks, once, twice, then opened, and gazed straight at Lin. He smiled tenderly at her, and, still half-asleep, she smiled dreamily back. Then her eyes widened , the smile disappeared, and she sat bolt upright, exclaiming “Lin!” In a flurryof movement she scrambled from her couch and fell to her kneese beside his. “Lin!”, she said again, “Oh, Lin!”, as if she were quite unable to say anything else. He was left in little doubt as to her feelings for him now, for she flung her arms around him, hugging him tightly, burrowed her head into his chest, and burst into a storm of weeping that alarmed him. Lin wished he had the use of both arms, but had to hold her as best he could with only one, and nuzzled her red-gold hair in lieu of any other caress. “Krystha, hush!”, he implored her. “Do not weep so! It is well with me. Oh, my heart, do not weep!” Eventually his entreaties and tender endearments calmed Krystha and she lifted her tear-wet face to look at him. Lin swiftly leant to kiss her, surprising her into a little gasp. He had dreamed so often of this moment that it might have been an anti-climax, but her lips were as sweet and her response as warm and tender as he could have hoped. When his mouth lifted from hers, Krystha touched her fingers to her lips and gazed at him in wonder. “I love you”, he told her, joyful to be able to say it at last, “Krystha, I love you.” Sh drew a shuddering breath. “Oh, Lin – my Lin – I thought I had lost you!” £How could I die?” he asked her, “When I love you so, and had never told you? How could I die, and leave it unsaid?” “I did not know”, Krystha whispered.

He looked solemnly into her eyes, “Krystha, I might have died – without you. After the Fever Dream – I was so tired, so very tired. It would have been so easy to give up, to just let go and drift into the darkness and sleep. Sleep forever, and never wake.” He felt her shudder in his embrace, and said quickly “You saved me, my love. I heard your voice – you called to me that I could not die because you loved me, and that gave me the strength to fight my way back to life – to you, Krystha. But was it real, or just part of the Fever Dream?” “No – no, not a dream, Lin. I did call out to you – I do love you.” “I wish I had not been so cowardly, my heart! I was so afraid to say that I loved you, for I could not think how to woo you. I did try once – do you remember, in the cave, the night before we reached the Gatehouse? But you said you would never love, and turned the subject, and I was afraid to try again to tell you.” Krystha blushed,then, and said, “I-I did not speak the truth, Lin. I think I began to fall in love with you when you swore Sword-Brotherhood with me. And when you fought the Sword-Trial – I was so proud of you, and so afraid for you, and from that moment I knew that I loved you. But I too was afraid. I thought that if you knew, and could not love me, I might lose even your friendship.” “It was when I saw you in such distress at the Third Faring House, that I knew I loved you”, Lin told her. “I would have given anything to take the pain from you, if I could. I wish I had known then how you felt.” “It does not matter, my love”, sh said softly, “We have found each other now, and the dangers are past, and the tears behind us.” “You have won back my life for me”, he said, “but I do not wish to live it out without you. Will you be my Lady, Krystha?” “Yes, Lin, I will”, she answered, simply and gladly, and when he had kissed her again, she rose, and said, “Let me look at you now, Lin, and see it is well with you.” But Lin would not let her. “You have been sick yourself, from taking the blackbark to tend to me”, he said. “Summon Lady Benika , if you will. But you should still be resting too. Krystha, astonishingly, obeyed him; climbing back on her couch she pulled the covers over her and tugged on the bell that would call Lady Benika. “But at least you will tell me how you feel?” ,she asked. Lin considered, then “My mind is clear, but my body is weak”, he answered, “and I am very happy, my love.” Then,plaintively, he added, “And also very, very hungry, Krystha.” “Ah, now that is a good sign!” Krystha said, and laughed.

When Aiel and Arentha had left the Healing Place, feeling the mixed emotions of joy at Lin’s escape from death and concern at Krystha’s exhaustion, they went towards the Hall of the Gatehouse, looking for Tor-Harat, to tell him of Lin’s recovery. AS they entered the Hall, though, Aiel felt a strange and sudden weakness sweep over him, and stood trembling. “Aiel, what is wrong?” Arentha cried, but he could not even find strength to answer her. He felt as if his legs had turned to water, and sank down on to a chair by the table in the middle of the Hall. He laid his arms on the table, and his head on his arms, and began to weep. He did not know that relief and reaction were overtaking him now. He did not feel unhappy – he felt nothing. But he could not stop weeping. It was as if the tears were not his at all, but the outpouring of a great flood that swept through him, washing him free of hurt and fear. He was unconscious of anything around him, not hearing Arentha begging him to speak, to tell her what ailed him. He did not hear her bid a passing servant to fetch Lady Benika and Tor-Harat. His tears were a current on which he floated above all that had power to dismay him. Lady Benika came first, and when Arentha turned to her in search of help for Aiel, the Healer hugged the frightened girl, and said, “It will be well, Arentha. This is release from all the burdens he has been under.” When the Gatekeeper came, he sat opposite Aiel, and gently reached out his Perception. Aiel felt the soft touch. He was coming, now, to an end of his weeping; it was as if the tide of tears receded and left him lying, cleansed and drained, on some strange shore of his own mind. When he felt the touch of Tor-Harat’s Perception, his own Perception clung to it and let the other Priest draw him slowly back to his own world. He lifted his head from his arms, and gazed at Tor-Harat, and Arentha gave a little cry of relief.

Now the Gatekeeper’s eyes held Aiel’s, his Perception poured anew into Aiel’s, helping him, strengthening him, until Aiel was aware of who and where he was. Lady Benika poured a cup of wine from the pitcher that stood on the table, and made him drink it, and Aiel felt its rough warmth spread through him, dispelling the icy coldness. Arentha reached inside his robe and brought out the Lightstone, and laid it to Aiel’s brow, and the enveloping light embraced him, upholding and comforting him. Once the light withdrew, Lady Benika said firmly, “Aiel, now that we know it will be well with Lin, you must go and sleep. Every time you gain a little strength, you spend it again. But now there is nothing for you to do but rest and recover, like the others.” Aiel still felt as though his legs would not obey him, and had to lean on Arentha, her arm around his waist, as she and Lady Benika helped him to his room. He had never felt so weak and drained, not even after the battle for the Dancers. He could barely manage to drink the draught that the Healer gave him, and almost fell into bed. Arentha covered him over, and bent to kiss him, but he was not conscious of her whispered, “Light keep you, my love.” The warm touch of her lips was the last thing he knew, and the he fell into a well of oblivious sleep. Arentha, standing with Lady Krystha, looked down at her sleeping love, and said to the Healer, “Aiel, and Lin, and Krystha have given so much to this Way. I do not feel I have done anything. ” Tor-Harat, who had followed them, said, “That is not true, Arentha. You played your part and suffered too, on the Meeting Place. And on the Way, you have been their quiet place and their anchor. By being always there when Aiel needed you, you have been the staff on which he leaned, walking this Way of the Secret Word. Oh yes, he had the Lightstone to uphold him. But without your support, and that of the Way-Sharers, it would have been very lonely for him, and much harder.”

Aiel did not know that he slept through two days and two nights in his utter exhaustion, only that when he woke it was the dawn of a new day. He felt light with the sense of burdens lifted, and inwardly he felt cleansed and strengthened and purified. He stretched, and even his limbs seemed lighter and stronger. He slipped out of bed and went to the window. He saw a glorious sunrise glow rose and gold and myriad pearl-colours above the mountain, and still the faint shadow of one of the moons in the sky. It was so beautiful and fresh and new, as though it were the first dawn there had ever been. Memory flowed back, and he knew why the dawn seemed so joyful. Darkness was defeated, and Lin was safe from death. Ashe gazed out at the sky, thinking on the mercy and the wonder of Light, he remembered too that he had stood on that moon with the Dancers, and seen Li’is beneath his feet. He recalled the amazing journey on which the Dancers had taken him, and his awe and his sense of smallness before Light, and his wonderment that Light could love and show mercy to a creature as small and insignificant as he was. These memories made Aiel take out the Lightstone, looking into the depths of its glow, reaching, he felt, further towards Light than he had ever gone before. Then it was as if he burst through into a Presence so vast, so awesome and eternal, yet so loving, so tender, so understanding of his smallness and his needs, that he cried aloud in wonder, and fell, first to his knees, then prostrate on the floor in joy and worship.

He did not know how long he lay there in silent adoration. When at last the sense of that Presence left him, the dawn colours and the moon were gone, and full bright daylight poured into the room. Aiel stood, and looked into the mirror of polished metal on the wall, thinking that somehow his face must show signs of that momentous encounter, but hesaw only his face as usual, save that he realised it had grown a little thinner, and seemed a little older. He had been, still, more than half a boy when he set out on his Way. Now he was fully a man. In that moment he felt that nothing would ever have power to hurt or frighten him again. Suddenly he felt thirsty, and hungry, and in need of a bathe and fresh clothes. He smiled at his own reflection, and went out of the door with a light step and lighter heart. Finding a servant, he obtained a clean Priestly robe, asked for food and drink to be prepared for him, and went to bathe. Later, much refreshed and clean and fed, he went to look for Arentha. Not finding her, and guessing she might be with Krystha, he went towards the Healing Place and tapped on the door. Lady Benika opened it, and smiled at him. “Ah, Aiel, that is better! You look like a living man again, not some pale phantom.” “Aiel?” , he heard Arentha’s voice from inside the Healing Place. Lady Benika stood aside, and he hurried inside. At once Arentha ran to him, hugging him,kissing him, exclaiming with joy and a few tears at his improved appearance. When they were both a little calmer, he asked, “How is it with Lin? And Krystha?” “They are asleep”, Arentha answered, “but both much better. Come and see.” She took his hand and led him to Lin’s couch. The Swordsman lay peacefully asleep, and though he was thinner, he was neither pale with pain nor flushed with fever. Lady Benika said, “The wound is healing well, now. And he grows stronger daily.” Krystha lay on the next couch, curled upon her side like a cat,one small hand under her cheek, like a little girl. Aiel bent and kissed her other cheek, softly. “Light bless you, Krystha”, he said, quietly, so as not to wake her. “Your care has saved my dearest friend for me.” Lady Benika asked, “Have you eaten, Aiel?” “Aye”, he answered, “I fear I have made free with your kitchen, Lady.” “Good!”, she smiled back, “But now do you and Arentha go and walk awhile in our Gatehouse Gardens. They are meant for rest and refreshin and the very scent of the plants will help to heal you.”

They did as she bade them, wandering hand-in-hand among the fragrant flowers, the stately trees, the changing vistas and pretty bowers. One place, though, they found that they loved best of all the Gardens, because it reminded them so of home. It was a wildflower meadow, the grass strewn with many blooms, with a little stream running through, and a small copse of trees at one end. It was like a smaller Plain of blossoms. Arentha kicked off her shoes and sat with her feet trailing in the sun-warmed water, and Aiel lay down with his head in her lap and gazed up at her face, and the blue sky above them. He told her then, as he had not found time to before, of how the Dancers had honoured him, and of the beauty and the strangeness of the worlds he had seen – though he made no mention of Ma’al – and tried to describe them to her, and she was full of wonder and amazement. They talked about the Way, and of when they might return home, which made them move on to the subject of Lin and Krystha, and how soon they might be fully well, and if, maybe, Krystha would return Lin’s love. And from that, naturally enough, they began to speak of their own love, and Aiel exclaimed, “Arentha, my heart – I have not yet asked if you will be my Lady?” “My dear love, of course I will”, she answered, adding,in accordance with custom, “If Merhaun my father agrees.” “Merhaun”, Aiel said, feeling a little uncomfortable, though he knew the request would be only a formality. “How will your father feel, Arentha, when I bring you back to him safely as I promised – only to ask him to give you to me again, forever?” “How could he deny you?” Arentha asked, somewhat indignantly, “When you have saved all Li’is?”, and he laughed at her championship of him, and sat up, and kissed her.

Two days later, Lady Benika came to them as they sat in the Hall after breakfast, her face beaming. “Come”, she told them, and led them to the Healing Place. When they went in, Aiel’s heart leapt with joy. Lin sat up in bed, smiling at them, and the littered tray on a table at his bedside showed that he had eaten a good breakfast. Krystha, wrapped in a warm robe, sat in a chair at his side. She looked well – she looked better than well. There was a glow in her face and her eyes, and Aiel saw that Lin’s good hand clung to one of hers. He knew, then, that Lin had won her love. “Oh, Lin!” he said, “It is good to see you so well, my brother!” He smiled at them, “And Krystha too. Is it well with you now.” “It is very well with us”, Lin said contentedly, and Aiel saw the love shine in his friend’s eyes as he looked at Krystha. “I have told Krystha of my love for her, and she loves me too, Aiel. She has said she will be my Lady.” Krystha smiled at them, and Arentha went to her sister and hugged and kissed her, saying, “Oh Krystha dear, I am so glad!” “Then the Fortress must prepare for a double wedding, Aiel laughed, for Arentha has promised to be my Lady too.” And the Healing Place was full of rejoicing and content.

The Way-Sharers had decided, almost by default, to follow Lady Benika’s advice and stay longer at the Gatehouse. Aiel and Tor-Harat spent all of one morning in the Prayer Room, in fierce concentration, joining their Perceptions with the aid of the Lightstone to send out the Thought-without-Words into Li’is. From Priest to Priest, friend to friend it went – to Varn at the Third Faring House, who linked with his brethren there to send it on, out to the Priest of the Western Fortress and to Brath and Tavis at the Second Faring House, from them on to Mell and the Priests whose Soul-Watches were all the small towns and villages in between, and finally, finally, to Arnath the High Priest at the Temple of Light, and the Temple Elders, and all Aiel’s Brothers-in-Light there. The message was simple, but it meant everything – that the Lightstone-Bearer had fulfilled his Way, and the Darkness was defeated, and the Dancers, and thus all Li’is, safe. That was the simple message, but what overwhelmed Aiel was the response to it, the joy and praise and love that swept back to him along the chain of Thought-without-Words. That was truly what it was, for there were no words, only a tide of thought and emotion that overjoyed and uplifted him. Now that those who needed to know had been reassured, there was no urgency about their return, and there was the healing of Lin’s wound to consider. Aiel was anxious that they should not begin the return journey until ther was no risk that the Healers’ work might be undone by the exertions of travelling. So they took time to relax and recover, to make plans for the future, and to discover the changes in each other.

Naturally the greatest change was in Aiel, who had borne the burden of the Way and who had gone through so many changes, in himself and in his faith in Light, so quickly. In himself he felt that the greatest change was that his trust in Light was now like a great, immovable rock firmly embedded in his spirit, on which he would build every other thing in his life. He had had times before, and even on, the Way when he had swung wildly between faith and despair, trust and doubt. But now that divided heart had found its still centre and was whole. Arentha’s love for him, and his for her, was a wondrous gift of Light, but greater even tnat that was his assurance of Light’s love for them both- for them all. Arentha too had grown in Light, in faith. Though she was sweet and gentle as ever, a certain shyness in her had gone, and she was more sure of herself in Light, and so more confident in her words and actions. Krystha, by contrast with her sister, had grown softer and quieter, yet this was not a lack of confidence, rather the revers. For it was her own self-doubt that had made her sharp and defensive and always prone to a hot or impetuous word or rash action. The need for reliance on Light on the Way had tempered her impulsive nature,and Lin’s love for her had freed herfrom the rejection in her life and assured her of her own worth. Light’s love, and Lin’s , had left her free to be her own true self. Lin too was quieter. He had come close to death, and it had caused him to reassess his faith, his life, and his priorities. He was more thoughtful, closer to Light, without losing any of his strength or courage. Like Krystha, he might now be less impetuous, having her love to hold him back from impulsiveness. For all he did now concerned not just himself, but Krystha too, and the future they planned together.

Their relationships hadaltered too; it was not just that love had blossomed between Aiel and Arentha and Lin and Krystha. The bond between Aiel and Lin had changed too, made deeper by Lin’s sacrificial rescue of Aiel. Yet Lin no longer thought of Aiel as a ‘younger brother’, for Aiel had so changed and matured that he was at least Lin’s equal, if not his ‘elder’. And that was how it should be, Lin felt. Even between the sisters there was a difference, since Krystha’s self-doubt had distanced her even from her sister, however slightly. Now, though, every barrier in her life was down, and the sisters were closer than ever. Nor were the old ties harmed by the new, rather enhanced by the love of the two couples. So they spent a pleasant and restful few weeks at the Gatehouse, until they had all recovered from the stresses of the Way. Lin’s redressed arm had healed enough to be unpinned again, and Lady Benika and Krystha gave him salves to soften the damaged skin, and exercises to do so that the scar would not grow hard and set and his arm would stay supple- though it would always be somewhat stiff. If Lin found the exercises painful, he did not complain, knowing they were done for his own good. Aiel had been called up to the Meeting Place several times to speak with the Dancers, though never again, to his mingled relief and disappointment, had they offered to take him ‘travelling’ with them. Lin too had been summoned by the Dancers one day, had climbed up to the Meeting Place, and returned very thoughtful, but glad. He did not say, though, nor did the others, respecting his privacy, ask, what the Dancers had told him.

DANCE THE DARKNESS DOWN

Chapter 14

As pleasant and comfortable as the Gatehouse was, with its kind hosts and beautiful Gardens, there came a time when the four Way-Sharers were rested and refreshed, and beginning to grow homesick, missing their families. Lin missed the sound and smell of the sea by the Harbour, Aiel, the work and companionship of the Temple, the girls their Fortress home. All of them longed to exchange the cool, high Northern skies for their own blue sunny Southern ones. So they began to make plans to be off . Lin’s arm had healed enough for him to travel, and he would have Krystha to care for him. Still, Aiel insisted that he spend some time practising his riding before they left, to get the feel of it again, and to ensure that it was not too much for him. Aiel had his doubts about Lin’s mount. Lin had been able to control Mischief well with two sound arms, but could he now hold him in check with still limited use of one arm? It seemed, though, when they put it to the test, that the intelligent animal understood and was, in fact , as quiet and sensible as Aiel’s Greymouse. The Spring had turned to high summer now, too. There would be much less risk of bad weather than on their journey here. So at last they set a day for leaving, and packed their gear, and Lady Benika prepared provisions for them. Though they were longing to return home, it was hard to leave Tor-Harat and Lady Benika, and the Dancers. There were tears as they embraced the Gatekeeper and his Lady and bade them farewell, and the two Priests’ Perceptions meshed in an expression of mutual affection and respect far deeper than words could express. As they made their farewells a Dancer appeared, shimmering out of the air to bring the Dancers’ thanks and farewells and blessings.

They reached the ridge from which they had first seen the Gatehouse, and turned to look back at the solid grey building. Lin sighed, and said “There, it is over. I wonder if any of us will ever return here?” “Is it over?” Aiel wondered aloud “Not all the Secret Word is yet fulfilled, and I shall see its fulfillment – so it is written.” Now their journey ran backward along the way they had come, and now that the dark shadow of Lak no longer hung over them, they could see and appreciate the places they had passed through before. They returned to the caves to sleep for one night, and the place was full of memories now past and overcome by new joys. On their second night they stayed in the village inn where they had stayed before, and were glad to be shown the child Krystha had tended then, now well and thriving again. If there was any curiosity that Aiel, now obviously a Priest, had travelled in disguise before, nobody was discourteous enough to show it. They went on, the weather fine, the sun warm. The places that had seemed so bleak and bare when they crossed them in wind and rain, under the shadow of the Black Piper, now showed a strange, rough beauty, perfumed with wild herbs, busy with summer insects, starred with wild flowers. They were travelling more slowly, this time. There was not the urgent compulsion Aiel had felt before, to travel as far and fast as possible in pursuit of Lak, and there was Lin’s still healing arm to consider. So they took their time, and spent one night in the open, curled up in cloaks and wraps, on the rough springy grass that was surprisingly comfortable. The next night they spent in the strange grey-green forest with its refreshingly perfumed leaves and little spring. Their provisions were low now, and they were glad of the edible plants Krystha found in the wood, glad too to know that next day they would reach the Merchant Town – though Aiel wondered about the unhappy memories it must hold for Arentha and Krystha.

They reached the Merchant Town just before nightfall, and went straight to the Third Faring House, where Varn greeted them joyfully and insisted that they eat with him and tell him of the conclusion of the Way. Aiel was glad of this, because it meant that the maidens need not enter the Eating House where they had had the traumatic encounter with their runaway mother. Nor was there any time later for unhappy memories, for they sat and talked with Varn late into the evening, then went straight to bed, very sleepy. Next morning when Aiel woke, for he had slept late, Lin was nowhere to be seen, but one of the servants said that he had gone into the town, leaving a message to say that he would not be long. In fact, he rejoined Aiel just before they were called to breakfast. When Aiel enquired, he explained that he had been to the saddler’s to have a loose buckle on his sword-belt mended. “And on the way back I saw this” he said, reaching into his jerkin, and pulled out a tiny package. He unwrapped it with care. It was a pendant on a slender gold chain, delicately worked, with fronds and latticework making a frame for the large central stone. It was a beautiful stone, golden-tawny and clear. Lin said “I bought it as a love-gift for Krystha. It is just the colour of her eyes. Do you think it will please her?” “Surely it will! It is a beautiful thing, and like enough no one has ever brought her a gift just for herself.” The young Priest smiled, then , and said, “You see, I do not know what to do in these matters, Lin! I would not have thought to buy a love-gift for Arentha.” “Do you go and choose something, then, and I will wait to give Krystha hers until you have Arentha’s.” Aiel shook his head. “No, Lin” he laughed ” I would not rob you of that pleasure. Besides, I would not know what to choose. I will go with Arentha into the town later, and let her choose for herself.”

Aiel was pleased with Lin’s purchase for another reason. This morning they must breakfast in the Eating House, and Lin’s gift to Krystha would distract them all from memories of unhappy things. They walked across to the Eating House, where the girls joined them ; Aiel had carefully chosen a place in another part of the building to where they had sat last time. There were a few people here already from the Town; farmers who had brought in produce to sell, busy merchants, one or two travellers. The steward arrived to ask what they wished to eat, and after their travelling rations, it was pleasant to have so much choice. While they waited for their meal and chatted together, Lin reached for his little package again. Aiel saw though, with amusement, that Lin was shy about the gift. The Swordsman sat turning the packet in his hand, over and over, until there was a lull in the conversation, then he said, “Krystha, heart, I – I bought you this” and pushed the little package across to her. She looked at him in surprise, and as she took it up and began to unwrap it, Lin went on talking, to disguise, Aiel thought, the diffidence he felt over his gesture of love. “I saw it on the way from the saddler’s – and the colour was so right…” Lin’s voice tailed off as Krystha opened the package and the jewel felt out into her hands. She had not known what to expect – some little thing, perhaps a ribbon or a girdle, bought on impulse. When she saw the beautiful pendant, and knew what Lin meant – that the colour of the stone was exactly that of her tawny eyes – she was overwhelmed. She knew, did not need a love-gift to know, that Lin loved and valued her. Somehow, though, the lovely jewel and the thought he had put into choosing it crystallised his love for her into a tangible form. She knew she would treasure the pendant forever, not because of what it was, but what it meant. As Aiel had guessed, she had seldom had a gift brought to her just for herself, not because it was a birthday, or a Festival, or in thanks for her Healing skills. Because of that, Lin’s love-gift moved her so that her eyes filled with tears even as she smiled at him. “Oh Lin, dear love, it is so beautiful!” she exclaimed. Lin was disconcerted. “Krystha, what is it? I meant to make you happy!” Arentha leaned across to him, smiling “Lin, she is happy.” Then, softly, “All her life she has needed such a gesture – just to show her she is truly valued. Thank you.”

Aiel said, “Arentha, my love, I did not even think to buy you a love-gift – and if I had, I would not have known what to choose. Shall we go and choose something together, later?” “You do not need to do that, just because of Lin” she protested “I do not need a gift, to know that you love me.” Lin had gone to lean over Krystha, wiping away her tears, and fasten the pendant round her neck. Aiel saw her look up at Lin with shining happiness, and said, “But I would like to give you something beautiful too – though I shall never find something as lovely as you!” She laughed, and said, “Very well then, my love, you shall buy me a gift – but you must choose it yourself, with no help from me. And whatever it is, I shall not be disappointed.” Their food was brought, but the question of Aiel’s gift to Arentha had become the subject of much good-natured teasing, and in this happy mood they ate their meal and left the Eating House with no word or thought of the devastating events on their last visit here. Returning to the Faring House, Krystha took Lin to the Healing Place to tend and exercise his arm. Aiel, since Arentha refused, laughingly, to be drawn on the nature of the gift he might bring her, set off alone into the Town to find something. He knew it was useless to think of buying anything other than a jewel, for he would not know where to begin, so he went from jeweller’s to merchant’s to enameller’s, searching. He was almost ready to give up, when he found the thing he sought. It was a brooch-pin, to fasten a cloak or wear as an ornament. The outer ring of it, jewelled and enamelled, was designed like intertwining branches with green leaves and white blossoms, and in the centre of it was a little bird in blue and white enamel, made with its tiny beak open as if it were singing its heart out. It reminded Aiel of the first time he had seen Arentha, and her blue gown with its embroidery of white birds. So he bought it, and carried it back in triumph to the Faring House, where he found Arentha in the Healing Place with the others. He put the little packet in her hand, and when she opened it, and he saw her face, he knew that he had chosen aright, and that she loved it. And when he told her why he had chosen it, she smiled, and hugged and kissed him, and he was content.

Varn urged them to stay longer at the Faring House, but they were anxious to be on their way, and having obtained fresh provisions and eaten the midday meal, they said farewell to Varn and set off again, out of the Town gates that faced South, riding towards the twin pillars that marked the borders of the Westerners’ summer pastures. They crossed the farmlands, already lush with growth that promised a rich harvest, and just climbed up on to the Ket’s Plateau as darkness fell. They made camp in the shadow of the Ket’s pillars, under the velvety star-jewelled sky, and ate a light meal, for Varn’s catering had been generous. Then they curled themselves up in their cloaks and coverings and slept, while the tethered horses munched the rich grass of the Plateau. Next day they travelled on, meeting one or two groups of wandering herders, who took note of the multi-coloured bands on their left wrists, which showed the four to be friends of the West, and offered refreshment and guidance. Late in the day they came to the Ket’s camp, and as they rode into its outskirts they heard the murmurs run ahead of them; “It is the Lightstone-Bearer!” “The Lightstone-Bearer has returned.”

At the entrance to the Ket’s pavilion, his twin sons stood waiting to greet them. As the four Way-Sharers dismounted, Ket-Kai stepped forward to greet Lin with the Swordsmen’s handclasp, but asked with concern, seeing Lin’s arm in its sling, “You are hurt, Sword-Brother?” “I have been” Lin answered briefly “It is well with me now.” Aiel, though, told Ket-Kai “Your Sword-Brother saved my life, and almost lost his own in doing it. He was sorely wounded, and took the Wound Fever, and we thought we would lose him.” He laid his hand on Lin’s shoulder, and added, “But by the mercy of Light, he lived, and is almost recovered now.” Ket-Lai said “You chose your Sword-Brother well, my brother. But you also have been fighting battles, Lightstone-Bearer. It is much that we owe you.” “Indeed” Lin said “Aiel stood against the Darkness and defeated it. And he too has been wounded, in spirit if not in body. But he is strong again now.” “Light is merciful” Ket-Kai said, “and we honour you, Lightstone-Bearer, for you have saved our world, and that is no small thing!” “We shall have a feast for you tonight” his twin continued, “I am sorry that our father the Ket is not here.” “Not here?” Aiel echoed, rather disappointed. He had admired the Ket and would have liked to have met him again. Lin thought that a slightly mischievous glance passed between the twins, though he could not imagine why. Ket-Kai said “Aye, he has been called away, and will not return for some time. But we shall not do you any the less honour because he is not here.”

That indeed was true. The twins ordered a lavish feast prepared, and there were so many fires and torches that it seemed the whole Plateau was ablaze with light, almost as bright as day. There was singing, and the Warrior Children performed a wild dance with sword and shield, and at the end of it came crowding round the Way-Sharers. Foremost among them was Taran, eager to show Aiel that his healing held, and Lin how well he was doing with his Sword-Training. And there were gifts. For Aiel and Lin, the heavy golden open-ended bracelets of the Westerners, and for the maidens, when the twins learned of their wedding plans, the promise of the choice of the Westerners’ finest fabrics for their wedding gowns. For in their winter quarters the Westerners spun and dyed and wove fabrics that were fine and highly valued. The Western Fortress provided them with rooms for the weavers and seamstresses, some of whom stayed there most of the year, and the fabrics were sent to the City and the Merchant Town be sold. It seemed that everywhere they went, the four of them were pressed to stay, and the Camp of the Westerners was no exception. Now, though, they were beginning to feel the nearness of home, the pull of it. Just across the Plateau lay the road to the Second Faring House, and then the First, and then the Fortress, and the City, and home. They explained to the twins, thinking it might be hard for them to understand, who loved to roam from place to place, and felt unsettled among buildings. Ket-Kai, though, smiled, and said, “Aye, still and settled or wandering, every heart has its belonging-place. Stay with us tonight, then, and go in Light tomorrow.”

Next morning they took leave of the Westerners, half in regret, half eager to be gone on the homeward way. Ket-Kai said to Lin, “Now my heart is sad, Sword-Brother, for we may not meet again. Go in Light, and if we do not meet again till we meet in the Joyous Place, may Light guard you all your life.” “Ah, I hope we shall meet again before then!” Lin exclaimed. “Surely I shall see you again, for my sister, remember, is Lady of the Western Fortress, and we must chance to meet there sometime.” “I hope so” Ket-Kai answered, smiling. “Farewell, Lightstone-Bearer. Though you are not a Swordsman, you have done deeds as great as Brann’s. We shall remember you. And Krystha and Arentha too, maidens as valiant as Tamorine.”

The four continued their homeward ride. It was a hot, sunny morning, and they could see the sparkling sea on one side of them, the Western mountains on the other. But they were looking ahead, Southward and home. They reached the edge of the Plateau, and began the descent. Coming up, it had been hard work. Going down, on the dusty slope made even drier by the heat of the sun, it was difficult and tiring, especially for Lin, with one arm restricted. Aiel wondered if it might not have been wiser after all to stay another day in the Ket’s camp and let Lin rest. They were grateful to reach the shallow caves where they had sheltered before, and rest. It was only late afternoon, but they were hot and thirsty, and the riding had been hard work for Lin. Aiel was not willing to risk his friend’s continued recovery by going further, and Krystha agreed. So they settled their horses and made camp, then ate their meal, and sat talking in the shade of the cave.

Aiel said, “One thing I do not understand. My father told me that if I succeeded on the Way, no one would know, or credit me for it. Yet everywhere we go, I am being praised.” “I think” Lin answered “that he meant that most of the folk of Li’is would not know. Those we met on the Way must know, and acknowledge you. No doubt in time – maybe many years hence – there will be stories and songs. It was so with Rafel and Brann and Tamorine. At first nobody – or very few- knew exactly what they had done. Only later – perhaps after they had touched Light – did they become a legend.” Aiel laughed “I cannot see myself as the stuff of legend!” he replied “You, perhaps, Lin, for you saved my life at risk of your own.” “And had you not already saved mine?” Lin retorted “If not from death, from slavery, which is worse than death? Mine and all of Li’is’ too!” Krystha commented “The people of Li’is would be right to honour you – both of you. But above all, to honour Light.” “Aye, Aiel agreed,” For I know well enough, having seen Ma’al, the Dark World, that I could not have defeated the Darkness in my own strength.” Lin said, thoughtfully, “Perhaps the songs and stories and legends are necessary to our faith, Aiel. Is it not easier to believe what Light can do in our own lives if we know what Light has done in the life of another?” “That is true.” Krystha agreed. “It is” Aiel said. “For sure, I took up the Lightstone with the more faith, because I knew Rafel’s story. ” He smiled. “And I should be glad if someone generations hence should feel more sure of Light because I had need to trust, and was not disappointed in my faith.”

Next morning they were on their way again, riding downward and Southward, making better time than yesterday, because the track was less steep and hazardous, and they spoke gladly of home, and how soon they might be there. At evening, they reached the little valley where they had camped before, where the Children of Night had come upon them. Aiel felt the place almost sacred to him for two reasons; first, because a human spirit had been turned there from Darkness to Light, and second, because there he had first known he loved Arentha. Lin and Krystha took the horses and water bottles round the curve of the valley to the little beach, while Aiel and Arentha prepared their meal. He said to Arentha, “Do you remember when we were here before , my heart – how you came to comfort me?” Arentha smiled at him “Yes, I do. I was so burdened for you!” “That was when I first knew I could care for you.” he told her. “Did you?” she said softly. “I think I cared for you almost from the beginning of the Way, Aiel.”

Lin and Krystha turned the horses free to drink, and she insisted on filling the water bottles herself, not to strain his arm. Then she made him stretch and exercise it, and he grimaced as the scar pulled at him, and complained “You will not let me fill a water bottle lest it hurt me, yet you put me through this!” But he laughed as he said it. “That is different” she said primly. “Lin, I am sorry if the exercises hurt you, but you would not have your arm heal stiff and drawn?” “No!” he said, and, still laughing, reached for her suddenly and pulled her into an embrace, surprising her.”Else how could I hold you?” She rested her hands on his chest and gazed up at him, her look so serious and questioning that he asked, only half-jokingly, “Now what has got into that red head of yours, Krystha?” “I still cannot quite understand it, that you should love me, Lin. There must have been girls in the City…” “There were.” he said, briefly, “Pretty girls, sweet girls, but none that I could wish to spend one year of my life with, let alone the whole of it.” “And I am not pretty or sweet!” she exclaimed, and for a moment he thought he had offended her, then saw that she was laughing at him. Still, he answered her seriously. “No, you are not pretty, but you are beautiful, in your own way. And you are sweet like the sweet-nut, my Krystha. First one must break through the prickly shell, then at the heart there is sweetness and goodness.” She had blushed at his compliment, and he said, “Listen to me, Krystha, then forget this thing. It is you I love, you who have won my heart, and I swore when I fell in love with you that I would have no Lady but you. Do you not believe me?” “Yes, I do” she said “For I knew too if ever I loved, it must be you, or none.” “Good” he said, laughing again. “Now, my wise, foolish, sweet, prickly love, be assured of my love, now and always.” He kissed her once, quickly, then said, “Now let us get this water back to the others, before they perish from thirst!”

When they had eaten their meal and made their evening prayers, Aiel drew out the Lightstone and gazed into it, his blue eyes bright, reaching out his Perception towards home, seeing how far he might be able to send his Priestly sense. He easily made contact with Brath and Tavis and Lady Saditha at the Second Faring House, telling them that the Way-Sharers would be with them tomorrow and receiving their glad welcome. Even with Mell, at the First Faring House, he made tenuous contact, but could not reach further, though he longed for contact with his father, Arnath. He had to be content, though, with Mell’s promise to relay to the High Priest the news of his son’s coming. The next day’s ride was pleasant, through the rolling green countryside to the Second Faring House. The good weather was holding for them, their mood was light and merry, and the overriding knowledge that all danger was over and done lent a sweetness to everything. It was late in the day when they reached the ridge above the Second Faring House and saw it sitting snugly below them in its walled gardens. When they arrived there, Lady Saditha was on hand to greet them, though Brath and Tavis, she told them, were away in a nearby village. “They will be back soon, though.” she told them, “Now, come inside and let me look at you. You are all so changed!”

She led them into the Great Hall, where refreshments waited. Her blue eyes swept them as they seated themselves, and she came first to Aiel and lifted his face in her hands. Their Perceptions meshed for a few moments, and then she smiled.”Ah, Aiel, you have grown so much in Light, and you have finished your Way and defeated the Darkness. Truly you are a worthy Lightstone-Bearer.” To Lin she said, “You have been wounded, Swordsman?” When Aiel explained, she said, “I knew Lin was valiant, and true to you and to Light. It is what I would have expected of him, Aiel. And Krystha” she went on, turning to the younger Healer and laying a motherly arm round her shoulders, “has learned to bend and not break, as her sister always knew. Yet even you are changed, Arentha. This Way has been a fearsome thing, but it has strengthened you all in Light.” “Aye, it has, Lady” Lin said, ” and for that we are thankful.” There was a disturbance in the entrance hall, and Brath and Tavis came striding in, dusty from their ride, and exclaiming with pleasure when they saw the Way-Sharers. “Saditha, love, before I forget, there is a child sick in the village. I said you would go”, Brath told her, then turned to greet and eagerly question Aiel and the others. Lady Saditha excused herself and went to collect her Healer’s supplies and give orders for the preparation of the evening meal.

When she returned, Lady Saditha said “Before I go, Aiel, may I ask your help?” “If I can help in any way, gladly”,he answered. “What is it?” “We have a woman in the Healing Place whom I cannot help. It is not a bodily sickness, she is sick at heart. She was brought in to us by some village folk who found her on the Moor. She had opened her veins and tried to destroy herself. We saved her life, but I cannot leave her alone lest she make another attempt. My stewards are with her now.” “She will accept no Priestly care, either” Tavis said.”She refused our Perceptions, and my mother’s. She will not even speak to us.” “But why? Why did she try to destroy herself? ” Krystha asked. “She told the village folk that she is – or has been- a Child of Night.” Lady Saditha told them. “Something has happened to cause her to repent, but she is full of remorse and guilt, saying she only deserves to die, since she has betrayed Light, and will never be forgiven. Aiel, perhaps the Lightstone may help her? “I will try.” he said. “Krystha, will you go with him?” Lady Saditha asked. “I must go to the village, and a Healer may be needed. ” So Aiel and Krystha followed the Healer to the Healing Place, where the stewards stood guard over the anguished woman. She was slumped in a chair, her head bowed, her hands, with their bandaged wrists, lying limply in her lap. Lady Saditha said, softly, “My dear, I have brought someone to help you.” But there was no response. “Do you know her name?” Aiel asked, and the Healer shook her head.”She will not tell us. Help her if you can, Aiel. She is in a very dark place.” When Lady Saditha had gone. leaving them with the woman and her guards, Aiel asked Krystha,”How can we begin? We must reach her somehow.” “I will try” Krystha answered, and knelt beside the woman’s chair, and gently lifted the bowed head, saying, “Lady, we want only to help you…”, but suddenly she broke off, and gave a strange cry. Aiel did not need to ask why, for he too had recognised the unwillingly lifted face. The woman in the chair was Alira, Krystha’s mother.

She turned her head away from Krystha with a pitiful moan, and Aiel took a step, not towards her, but Krystha, sure that she would not be able to bear this second encounter. But Krystha, to his surprise, shot him a look that told him to wait, that she was in command both of herself and the situation. With tender hands she turned Alira’s face back towards her, and said, “Alira – Mother – Light is merciful.” “No!” the word was half-cry, half-groan. “I have betrayed Light, and you. Oh, my baby! I would have given you to Darkness. Leave me – let me die!” “No” Krystha said firmly.”We will not let you die in Darkness. Aiel?” she turned to him and he came forward and bent over Alira. He had heard the pain and remorse and longing in the cry that the confrontation with Krystha had wrenched from her, “Oh, my baby!” “Do you remember me, Alira?” he asked. “I am the Lightstone-Bearer. What has happened to cause this?” “I remember you, Lightstone-Bearer” she answered. “It was the Lightstone’s touch that did this. Though I was in Darkness, the Light broke into my spirit, and I began to remember the things that had been, the happiness, and how I had changed, and what I had become. I saw all the evil and the Darkness in me, and the filth…and I knew what I had lost…” She stopped speaking and hid her face in her hands. “Is it mercy to let me live like this?” she cried.”Let me go, and I will find my own way back to Darkness. Or mix me some draught, Krystha, and be rid of me forever. Why should you try to save me when I have lived without thought of you?” Krystha was weeping softly now, but she replied, “We are Children of Light, and Light is loving and merciful. Aiel offered you the Choice of Light once, and you refused. But as long as you live, whatever you have done, that Choice is open to you still. Mother…” “Do not call me that!” Alira cried.”I have no right to that name now!”

Aiel knew that it was time to intervene. He drew out the Lightstone, and the woman gazed into its gentle glow, and said, “Aye, let Light destroy me for my sins, and let it end!” “First my Perception” Aiel said, gently but firmly, and she nodded, and let him take her face in his hands and set his Perception on the brown eyes that were so like Arentha’s. Aiel stepped into the torment of her mind, and understood. He saw how the Lightstone’s power had unlocked doors in her mind that had been firmly locked, reviving memories of her happiness with Merhaun and their infant daughters. He saw the realisation, the remorse and the pain. He knew the terror it had cost her to leave her evil lover, and the dark influence he had wielded over her. He saw how she had been beaten, used and abused by that man, and how much of her awful fascination with him had been fear. Though he could not deny the fact of Alira’s dark and sinful life, he knew, too, that much of it had been filled with pain and fear, and he felt compassion for her. No, more, he felt a love that he knew was not his own, but the power of Light reaching out to her through him. It touched her wounded, soiled spirit and comforted, cleansed, and healed. And when he withdrew his Perception, Alira, who had expected judgement and received mercy, gazed at him unbelievingly. Before she had time to question, Aiel, himself deeply moved, said, “Now the Lightstone” and touched it to her brow.

The soft glow enveloped Alira, held her close in a cocoon of light that was gentle, but dense, so that they could not see what passed inside the light. Aiel knew that he had no part to play now. This was Light confronting Darkness, sin and pain and driving them away, so that Alira would come forth, if her spirit was willing, once more a Child of Light. It was Light and Light alone, with no human intervention, giving her the Choice of Light, and Aiel had only to watch, and to wonder at the loving grace and mercy of Light. Krystha had risen and reached out her hand to him, and he took and held it tightly, wishing that Lin, who loved her so, were here to stand with her. And suddenly he thought of Arentha – Arentha, whose dream had been to have her mother restored to Light, and who had been so hurt by their last encounter. She must be here! In the circle of light they could hear Alira weeping great racking sobs of release. The two stewards who had been guarding her were watching with rapt, awed faces. Aiel attracted the attention of one of them, and requested, “Please bring the Swordsman Lin and the Lady Arentha here quickly!” As soon as the light began to withdraw into the Lightstone, Krystha gently pulled her hand from his and wrapped her arms around her weeping mother, with tears pouring down her own face. Alira’s arms came up and round her daughter, and Aiel’s own eyes brimmed with tears of joy as his spirit soared with praise to Light. He could hardly wait for Arentha’s arrival.

The door opened, and Lin came in, followed by Arentha. “What is it, Aiel?” the Swordsman asked. “It is – a miracle.” Aiel answered, awed at the thought. “Arentha, my heart, look!” He indicated her mother and sister, weeping in each other’s arms. Arentha turned very pale. “What is it?” she asked in her turn. “Krytsha…?” But Aiel felt she half knew, before Krystha looked up, and whispered to Alira, and the woman also looked up, with a strange, shy smile, as though she feared Arentha’s rejection, at her elder daughter. “Light has restored your mother to you, Arentha” Aiel said gladly. “She is no longer a Child of Darkness, but a Child of Light.” He had expected her to be joyful, but her face was white, and very still. Alira said, timidly, “Can-can you forgive me, Arentha?” Aiel wondered at Arentha’s stillness. Had she been hurt too deeply to forgive? The girl moved. She reached out both hands and cried, in a strange, high voice, “Mother?” And then her eyes closed, and she swayed, and would have fallen, but that Lin caught her, and he and Aiel lifted her carefully on to one of the couches. Alira cried out in alarm “Arentha! Oh, what have I done?” “It is not your doing, Mother” Krystha said, “It was the shock, that is all. She will be better soon.” She went to the Healer’s bench and opened a sealed phial, from which she poured a few crystals into a bowl, where they began to smoke and give off a strong, pungent aroma. She carried the bowl to where Arentha lay, and wafted it before her sister’s face.

Lin watched silently. Though part of him rejoiced at what had happened, another part was remembering the maidens’ sorrow and desolation at their previous meeting with Alira. The hurt she had done his beloved Krystha then still rankled. Aiel, sensing his friend’s thoughts, drew near and whispered to him, “Lin, she is not the same woman. I have looked into her spirit, and she has experienced as much pain as ever she caused Krystha and Arentha. More – for they were in Light, and she has been a long time in Darkness. My brother, it is not mine to tell, but she has suffered. Be thankful to Light that she is restored to them, and forgive.” Aiel’s appeal, and the obvious change in Alira, moved Lin. In any case, his spirit had always been too generous to bear a grudge for long. “Let Light forgive me” he answered softly “for an unforgiving spirit. May she be at peace with Light. Light is merciful.” “It is forgiven” Aiel assured him, and turned to see how Arentha fared. Alira too had risen from her chair and hovered anxiously over her daughters as Krystha tended Arentha. In a little while Arentha sighed and opened her eyes. The colour returned to her face, she sneezed and indignantly waved away the fuming crystals. Then she looked up and saw Alira. “Mother!” she exclaimed, but this time her voice was strong and vibrant with joy, “Oh, praise Light!”Arentha held out her arms and her mother bent into her embrace, weeping again. Krystha moved back, looking very glad, but a little bewildered. She turned towards Lin and whispered, “Lin, my love, hold me!” He reached out for her and held her tight. She was trembling a little with emotion, and leaned thankfully against him. “Oh Lin” she said, only half in jest, “My rock!” Aiel was looking at Alira wonderingly. Now that the peace and forgiveness of Light and the banishment of Darkness had taken all the ugly lines of fear and sin from her face, she was so very like Arentha.

After a while, Aiel and Lin were banished. For Alira, in her self-disgust and despair, had neglected herself and refused to allow others to tend her, and her daughters intended to set matters right. The two young men went back to the Great Hall, where they found Lady Saditha newly arrived from the village. “Were you able to help the woman?” she asked Aiel, anxiously. “Oh, yes” he assured her smiling. “Did you find out who she is?” the Healer went on. “We knew that already.” Aiel answered. “Her name is Alira, and – she is Arentha and Krystha’s mother.” “Oh!” Lady Saditha exclaimed, “I knew that I had seen a face like hers before! Of course – she is so like Arentha. But – how was it then, that she was in Darkness?” So Aiel explained, and told all about their previous encounter with Alira, and how the Lightstone’s power had affected her, and that she was now reconciled, both with Light and with her daughters. Eventually, the three women appeared, Alira still rather shy and unsure. Her daughters had dressed her in a russet gown from Lady Saditha’s store, and she looked at peace, and happy with them, despite her self-consciousness. Lady Saditha went to her, and kissed her cheek. “Light bless you, my dear” she said “You have been very sick, but now it is well with you.” And they all knew that the Perception-gifted Healer did not mean physical sickness. “Light has been merciful to me” Alira said, and tears shone in her eyes, “though I have not deserved mercy.”

She gazed at Aiel with the brown eyes that were so like her daughter’s, and said “Praise Light for you, Lightstone-Bearer, that you would not let me go my way in Darkness, but touched me with the Lightstone, and brought about this change in me.” “It was not I, but Light.” said Aiel, but automatically. Suddenly, seeing the maidens with Alira restored to them, clinging one to each of her arms, he felt something gnawing at him, the shadowy edge of an old pain that he tried to push away. “You are young, to bear such a responsibility, and bear it so well” Alira continued, “yet there is something in your face – it seems that I should know you. Who are you, Lightstone-Bearer?” “I am Aiel” he answered. “My father is Arnath, the High Priest…” “And your mother is Elandra!”” Alira broke in, smiling at him.”Oh, I remember now. You are very like her. She was kind to me, and gave me friendship, when I was new come from the East, and lonely. I should like to see her again. Is it well with her?” And the pain was awake and alive again, and snapping at his heart. “No” he said, in a quiet, dull voice, “She is dead, Lady. She died some years ago, bearing a child. The babe died too.” “Aiel, I am sorry!” Alira exclaimed, dismayed that her innocent enquiry had brought him such obvious pain. He could not stay there. He made some excuse, and rose, and went, eyes fixed on some inner seeing, straight to the Prayer Room, like a hurt beast to its lair. Arentha made as if she would follow him, but Lin laid a hand on her arm. “No” he said gently “not this time, Arentha. It is brother, not beloved, that he needs now. I have shared this hurt with him before.”

Lin found his friend kneeling before the Crucible, weeping bitterly. Aiel looked up at the Swordsman , and said through his tears, almost angrily, “Lin, I thought I was done with grieving for her! But…” “But the maidens’ mother is returned to them as if from the dead, and it makes your loss more sore.” Lin said, with understanding. He did not question Aiel’s tears, his grief, and Lin’s simple acceptance of them was more comforting to Aiel than his friend could know. “Yes” Aiel sighed, ” But that sounds so – so cruel, Lin – as if I envied them that happiness. I do not! I am glad for them. But I question…” “That is natural” Lin said. “It does seem somehow unfair. Aiel, you have not done with your grieving, yet.” “It was so long ago. Why is the pain still there, Lin?” “Time passes, and the pain grows less sharp, but the gap in your life is always there. Yet I have heard it said,” the Swordsman ventured “and by those wiser than I, that when the pains stays so sharp, the wound is not healing, because something keeps it open.” Aiel had risen to face him, and Lin looked his friend full in the face, and said, “Often enough it is an emotion that is difficult to face, that one may even be shamed by. Is it like that with you, Aiel?” “Aye, it is!” Aiel burst out. “I would not have remembered, but Lak took her shape, and wherever he took it from – maybe stole it from my own memory – it was her very likeness, as if I saw her again.” “Darkness is always ready to harm and hurt.” Lin said, angrily. “It made me remember, Lin. I was so unhappy, when she died. But I was angry too – and even jealous. How could she leave me? And she and the babe were together in the Joyous Place. They had each other. I had neither – I had not even my father, for a while, for his own grief consumed him, and he hardly thought of me.”

The young Priest was speaking, unconsciously, not as himself as he was now, Lightstone-Bearer, triumphant, and strong in Light, but as the child he had been, hurt and broken by his mother’s death. “And at the funeral…” “I remember” Lin said, remembering too his own sense of the injustice done to Aiel, “You wanted to go to the bier, to kiss her once in farewell, and they would not let you. They bade me keep you back- and you so white and stiff and still, I thought every moment you would faint from your agony-” “No doubt they meant kindly.” Aiel said, “But I felt – oh, it was a child’s foolishness, I know, Lin, but I felt if I could go to her, and hug and kiss her as I was used to, she would not want to leave me, she would come back to me, not go away…” Lin asked, softly, “Aiel, is it her you are angry with, still?” And suddenly Aiel wailed , like the child he had been, “Why did she leave me so, Lin, when I needed her? What had I done?” Lin knew, then, that Aiel had felt a sense of rejection as deep and secret as Krystha’s had been. “Aiel, Elandra did not choose to leave you. And it is always so, when someone dies, that we feel guilty, wondering what we could have done to prevent it. It was no fault of yours, just a terrible misfortune. Are you angry with Light, too?” That question took Aiel by surprise. He thought, and answered honestly. “I was, for a while. I think I am not, now. Lin, I have been acting like a child!” “Because there is still a hurt child in you” Lin said “It was his pain you felt, tonight. But now that you have acknowledged him, embrace him, and let him go.” He looked at his friend. “I am sorry that perhaps I could have helped you more, then, and did not”, he went on thoughtfully, “but you were such a quiet and private child. I did not want to be pushing in where I was not wanted.” “No, Lin, you did well by me. Have you ever truly known how grateful I was for your brotherhood to me, then? I look back on it now, and I am surprised at how mature your understanding was, and you only at the edge of manhood yourself.” They smiled at each other. Aiel’s tears had dried, and he no longer looked miserable, only thoughtful. “Is it well with you now, my brother?” Lin asked gently.”Shall I leave you to lay your thoughts before Light? Arentha was concerned for you – I could reassure her.” “Yes, do – and thank you, Lin.” Aiel said. As Lin turned to leave, Aiel was already gazing into the Lightstone.

DANCE THE DARKNESS DOWN

Chapter 15

The others were waiting for Lin, concerned for Aiel. Brath and Tavis had joined the womenfolk, and the Swordsman said to Brath, “I have done what I may for Aiel, and I think I have eased his hurt. I think, though, he would be glad of a Brother-in-Light with him now, Brath.” The Priest nodded, and went off in the direction of the Prayer Room. Arentha asked, “Lin, will it be well with Aiel?” “Yes, it will. He has some old hurts to overcome, but Light will help him.” Alira said , unhappily, “It is my fault, Swordsman. I made him sad.” “Ah, you could not know Elandra had died, Lady.” “No” she said softly, “I have been in another world these many years. I have been blind and deaf – aye, dead! – myself.” “Then praise Light you are delivered from it!” Lin said, smiling at her. Then, thinking it time to turn the conversation to happier things, he said, “Are you not an old friend of my mother too? Her name is Janira.” “Yes!” she exclaimed, delightedly, then, doubtfully, “But whether she would acknowledge me if we met now, I do not know.” “She would.” Lin said stoutly. “Then you are her son? I remember you with your toy horses and sword of sticks – and now you are grown, and the horse and sword are real. Janira must be proud of you. And had you not a sister?” “Mira” Lin said. “She is married now, and has a son of her own.” “And- and Merhaun?” she asked, very nervously, turning to her daughters.”Is it well with him?” “He was sorely hurt – we all were – when you went away”, Krystha told her mother bluntly. “Aiel helped him overcome that hurt, with the Lightstone.” The Healer looked into her mother’s face, levelly, tawny eyes meeting brown ones.”I do not know what he would say to you now.” Alira smiled faintly. “You do not think that I would make any claims on him, Krystha, after what I have done?” “Mother, will you not come with us?” Arentha cried, fearing to be bereft of her mother again. “I will not desert you again, Arentha,” Alira promised, “but neither will I shame Merhaun. You must give me space, child. I will speak with the Lightstone-Bearer, and decide what to do.”

When Aiel returned, calm and quiet now, with Brath, they were all glad enough to take their evening meal, and after, the warm spiced drinks Lady Saditha made them, and go to rest. It had been a day of such mingled emotions that they were all tired, and Aiel most, as he had not been since the Gatehouse. The maidens insisted that their mother share their chamber, as if they were afraid she might disappear, and no doubt they had much to talk about. Priest and Swordsman, though, spent little time in words, but went quickly to sleep. Next morning, when they gathered round the breakfast table, Alira said, smiling, “I am told that there is love between you and Arentha, Aiel. And Lin has Krystha’s heart.” The young men admitted the truth of it, and Alira said, “I am glad of it. I took my love away from them. I am glad that a true love has come to them.” Aiel asked, “What will you do, Lady? Will you come with us?” He could have told her what Merhaun had confessed to him, that the Lord of the Mountains still loved his errant Lady. But any decision on that score must be hers, and Merhaun’s, with no prompting from him. “I will certainly come part of the way with you” she promised, looking lovingly at her daughters. “We have much to make up, my girls and I. I cannot part from them yet.” “Will you not come to the Fortress?” Arentha pleaded. “Dear babe, how can I?” Alira said. “I will not come even on to Fortress Ground, unless Merhaun grant me leave. Nor will I see you again, though it hurt me, if he says not. It is his right!” “Mother-” Arentha began, but Krystha said, though gently, “Hush, Arentha, our mother is right. And I love her the more for it.” “Oh, my dears, we shall be happy together while we may” Alira said, “and before we come to Fortress Ground , I will write a letter for you to give to Merhaun. He was always a good and generous man, and maybe he will let me see you sometimes. I would like” she added, a little sadly, “to see you married. But I will not ask that, since my presence would shame Merhaun. And that I will not do.”

So when they rode on from the Second Faring House, Alira went with them, Brath having provided a horse for her. Aiel said to Lin, as they rode together, “Lin, thank you again for last night – and for sending Brath to me. Now I have made my peace with Light, and with myself, and with Elandra my mother and the babe. ” Lin said thoughtfully, in answer, “Aiel, does it not seem as though time, as well as our journey, runs backwards now?” “Why, what do you mean, Lin?” his friend asked. “It seems to me that Light is mending the old hurts. Alira has returned to Light, and Arentha and Krystha rejoice. And for you too, the old pain is gone -is it not?” “Aye”, Aiel answered. “Oh, the loss is still there,as you said, Lin, but you were right in this too – that the sharpness of it is gone. Now it is what it should be – a dim ache that will sometimes waken, not a sharp blade always in the heart.” “There, that is good, Aiel. Light is merciful. I wonder, though, what else will happen before we reach the City again?” Aiel had it in mind, though, and told the Swordsman so, that they must pass again by the Ruins of the Dark City, with their evil memories. “Well, we need not go near, this time” Lin comforted him. They were actually riding now down the road along which they had fled in the dusk of that dreadful evening, but now it was daylight and they could see the rough, wild countryside on either side of the well-trodden road. It was a hot day, hotter than they had been used to in the North, for now they were nearing their own Southern lands again. They were glad of the shade of the occasional trees alongside the road and a few stretches of lanky bushes.

As they neared the ominous Ruins, though, it seemed they had a more profound effect on Alira than on any of the Way-Sharers. It was she who was nervous and pale, while Krystha and Arentha seemed quite composed. Aiel wondered whether Alira, who was riding a little ahead of her daughters, had had anything to do with the dreadful events that had occurred there, and glanced again at her. She was trembling now, and there were tears on her cheeks. Aiel dropped back to speak to her. “Alira, there is something about this place that frightens you?” he asked her, quietly. She answered, “Oh, yes – it is an evil place, Aiel. The Children of Night use it for terrible things. The men come here with girls or women they have captured, or persuaded…” A sudden deep sob rose in her throat, making her daughters look over anxiously at her. Seeing her in conversation with Aiel, though, they did not interfere. “It-it was so with me.” the woman wept,” He brought me here, Aiel, and his friends were waiting…I-I will not say what happened then, but afterwards I knew that I was ruined, and tied to him forever! I could not go back after that, however much I wanted to!” “And you have not been here since?” Aiel asked. His tone was such that she stared at him. “No, I told you, it is only for the men – the only women brought here are those they want to use – Aiel, what is it?” He told her, then, about the dead girl and babe, and she flinched away, pale-faced, her hand to her mouth. “Aiel, I did not know about that! Oh, truly I did not! Did you think – oh, merciful Light, what could have happened to Arentha and Krystha, if you had not been there? I was bewitched, unable to escape, but even so I could not have shared in a thing like that – believe me!” Her sorrow and fear and self-loathing were enough to convince him, and what she had suffered in the Dark City Ruins herself at the hands of the Children of Night was enough to account for her horror of the place now. “Alira, I do believe you!” he told her. “Have no fear – better not to think of dark things. It is over now.”

They skirted as widely as they could around the eerie Ruins and were almost glad to be under the tainted trees of the Red Forest, and out of sight of them. Spring had already long turned to summer, but there was no change in the appearance of the Red Forest. It was as still, sour and sombre as ever. Lin wondered , as they rode through it, if the leaves even fell in Autumn. The place seemed frozen in some other time. They came to the place where the trees turned green again, but there was still no sign of change or life. Not until they were out of the Forest and on the road that led to the First Faring House did they begin to see life and movement again; birds in the air, insects on leaves, the furtive rustling of small animals in the long grass alongside the road. They were even glad to see the wild fruit trees, though the fruit they produced was sour and useless. At last they came to the Faring House, with its stone boundary walls, its herb-garden, and the tree-garth where Lin had sworn Sword-Brotherhood with Krystha. Mell, who had Perceived their coming, stood in the doorway, waiting for them. It was like a homecoming. “Aiel!” Mell greeted the Lightstone-Bearer, joyously, “Light bless you, my Brother-in-Light! Oh, it was well done, Lightstone-Bearer!” “It is good to see you, Mell.” Aiel responded. “Now I feel I am nearly home!” “Come in, come in, and welcome!” Mell invited, as the stable-boy led their horses away. His quick eyes flashed from one to another. “Ah, Swordsman, you are hurt?” “I was” Lin answered briefly. “I am healing now.” “And it is well with the maidens? But you have another in your party.” “Our mother.” Arentha said, proudly. Mell’s glance went from her face to Alira’s, and back again. “Of course!” he said heartily, “Who else could it be? You are so alike.”

Later, after their rooms had been allocated and orders given for their meal to be prepared, Aiel went with Mell to the other Priest’s Quiet Room, where they shared the Thought-without-Words, and Mell learned of all the Way-Sharers’ activities and adventures since they had left his Faring House. Afterwards, Mell said, “It was a dreadful thing that happened in the Ruins of the Dark City, but I was thankful to share it with you so that I might have more comfort to give the family. And they were very glad of what the maidens did to tend their dead.” “Then they were both from one family?” Aiel asked, sadly. “I did not know that, Mell. How terrible it must have been for them.” “The girl was the babe’s aunt – his mother’s young sister.” Mell told him. “I wonder what instinct made the girls lay the babe in her arms? Perhaps Light told them what to do. And it was the right thing to do, Aiel. When we took down the cairn and found them so, their people said it was a comfort to them. We brought them home as the maidens had laid them, and the babe’s mother wept bitterly, but still she said she was glad of how they had been laid- and they were buried as they were laid. The poor young parents said it made them feel, somehow, that the maiden and the babe had gone hand-in-hand into the Joyous Place, to touch Light. Will you tell the maidens?” “I will” Aiel said. “It was Krystha who laid them so. She said she wanted to send them back to their folk in decent order – to show that someone had cared for them in their death. She will be glad their people understood.”

Later, Aiel did tell the girls what Mell had said, and they were, as he had thought, pleased that their care for the dead had helped to ease the family’s suffering. They were quiet and thoughtful for a while, but the joy that was in all of them at being so close to home could not be quenched. It was a warm, pleasant evening, and they wandered out into the tree-garth for a while. Lin said to Krystha, softly, “Here is where it began , my heart – when I swore Sword-Brotherhood with you.” “I shall always be your Sword-Brother, shall I not?” she asked, a little anxiously, “Even when we are wed?” “Of course!” he laughed, and teased her, “And I have yet to ask the permission of your father for our betrothal, my love!” “Are you not the son of his Sword-Brother Linnad?” Krystha asked, feigning indignation. Alira, who was nearby, and had heard their jesting exchange, said, laughing too, “Merhaun was always Krystha’s slave, when she was a babe. I doubt he would refuse her, Lin.” Then, though, it seemed that she remembered what had happened between, and said, quietly and sadly, “Oh, I forgot! Who am I to say now how Merhaun feels, after all these years?” She looked almost tearful for a moment, and Arentha hugged her. Aiel, though, felt a strange excitement. Could it be that it was not only Merhaun who remembered with tenderness and longed for the rekindling of their love? Might there yet be a miracle between those two? ‘It is in the Will of Light’ he told himself ‘whatever happens.’

Now the pull of home could not be denied, and they were off as early as might be next morning on their ride across the Great Moor, the Mountains and the Spearcleft Pass looming on the other side, looking tantalisingly close. Aiel extended his Perception, with the help of the Lightstone. He could feel, distantly, the buzz of Perceptions that was the Temple, away in the City, but the contact was nebulous, and he could not differentiate one Priest from another, not even his father. He was disappointed, for he had hoped to reach Arnath, but he knew that as he drew nearer to the City he would have more success. The Moor, sunlit and scented with low-growing plants where insects hummed, was a very different place to the grim, rain-sodden expanse they had crossed on their outward journey. They laughed and chatted as they rode, and stopped for a pleasant, simple meal, sitting comfortably on the sunwarmed, springy grass. Aiel noticed, however, that Alira grew quieter and more withdrawn as they neared the far side of the Moor and the North side of Merhaun’s Mountains. They rode slowly and carefully up the mountainside and it was nearly dark before they reached the place of the now almost dry spring and made camp in the place where they had rested before. Once more they made shelters to sleep in and settled for the night, knowing that tomorrow they would be home.

The next morning,as they were about to set off, Alira said, “I do not know that I should come further. I should not be on Fortress Ground. But I will come with you as far as the old hunting shelter – if it is still there.” “It is still there.” Lin told her. Arentha said, “Mother – you said you would not leave us again! You cannot go!” “Dear love, I will not.” Alira said. “I hope I shall always be near you. But I cannot shame Merhaun, either. I will send him a message, to ask if I may see you now and then.” Aiel could see that this would not be enough for Arentha, but he understood and respected Alira’s reasons, and knew that Krystha and Lin did too. He said to his sad love, “Arentha, Alira is right. Leave it to the Will of Light, my heart. Light is merciful.” They rode on and up, up to the bare, wind-swept heights where the Spearcleft Pass began, deepening into the heart of the Mountains. This time no Darkness awaited them there, no shadow pursued, and they trotted quietly through the deep, narrow Pass, shivering only with the natural coolness of its shadowed depths. Once through, Aiel eagerly cast out his Perception again, and almost immediately found his father’s, far closer and stronger than he had thought to feel it. Their Perceptions meshed. and Arnath poured into his son’s thought a glad, proud, loving welcome that overwhelmed Aiel. He had always been sure of his father’s love, but Arnath was not usually a demonstrative man, and Aiel had never realised before just how deeply his father loved him. His own loving response flowed back to his father, and when the first deep emotions had passed, Aiel learned that Arnath was waiting for him at the Fortress, and Linnad was there too. “We could not wait to reclaim our sons!” came Arnath’s loving, amused thought, “And Linnad was anxious for Lin, since we heard he was wounded.” “Aye” Aiel returned, his Perception carrying too his own care and gratitude for Lin. “Wounded to save my life, and like to die of the Wound Fever over it, but he is recovered, praise Light!” “Then well has he kept his vow to me, and to Light. A True Sword indeed!” “He is, Father, and the greatest friend a man could have. Tell Linnad he has right to be proud of his son – very proud.” “As I am of mine!” Arnath returned, and they broke the contact.

The others had been watching, and Aiel told them Arnath’s news, and his praise for Lin. Now they were more than ever anxious to press on. Aiel saw, though, that Alira grew quieter as they rode down the mountainside, and glanced about her often. Was it memories of the past that shadowed her, or the thought that soon she must part from Arentha and Krystha? He knew that at the Faring House she had begged from Mell writing materials and the use of his Quiet Room, and spent a long time in there. He had seen her leave the room later, pale and red-eyed, as though she had wept over what she had written. He guessed it was the message she had said she would give him, to take to Merhaun, though he had not yet received it from her. When they reached the hunting shelter, despite Arentha’s entreaties, Alira refused to go further. “I have told you that I have brought Merhaun enough dishonour, and shall I shame him further by riding in at his very gates, as though I still had the right?” she said. “Aiel, tell him what has happened to me, and that I ask only this; that he will allow me to see Arentha and Krystha from time to time. Send word to me here – but be prepared, my daughters, as much as I long to see you, that if his answer is no, I will go away, and not let you hurt him by visiting me secretly, as you might be tempted to do. If he says yes, then I will try to find safe lodging in the City, and tell you where I am.” “Alira, come to us at the Temple” Aiel said, “My father and I will help you.” She agreed, then said,” I have written this letter to Merhaun. I hope it will comfort him in some degree, for the hurt I have caused him. And Aiel, I release you from your Vow of Trespass. You may tell Merhaun anything you have learned of me by your Perception, that will help him.” She handed Aiel the folded and sealed sheet, and he took it, and said, “Light bless you, Alira. I will do as you ask.”

The farewells between Alira and her daughters were both tearful and painful. When they had been said, they made Alira comfortable in the shelter, leaving her with what remained of the food and drink Mell had provided, and her mount tethered safely. As the four Way-Sharers rode away, Alira stood in the doorway waving them out of sight, and there was many a backward glance from the maidens until she was lost to their view. Despite their triumphant return, the problem of Alira was a shadow that hung over them. Aiel, feeling the crackle of her letter to Merhaun, where he had stowed it away in his robe with the Lightstone, prayed Light for wisdom and tact to relay her request to the Lord of the Mountains. Arentha’s and Krystha’s subdued faces showed a sense of loss. Lin was wondering what Merhaun,as a man of honour, a Swordsman and Lord of Li’is, might do. As they neared the Fortress, Aiel reached out again for his father’s Perception, telling him that he, the Lightstone-Bearer, had one task yet to carry out, a task that closely concerned Merhaun, Arnath’s friend, and in which both Aiel and Merhaun might be glad of Arnath’s presence. Arnath promised his help, and Aiel, after telling his father to expect their arrival soon, broke off the contact. He looked at the others. The girls had brightened a little as they neared home, and he said to Arentha, who was riding beside him, “How is it with you, my heart?” She smiled a tremulous smile at him, and answered “It was hard to part again from my mother. But I have prayed Light to soften our father’s heart. Surely Light will not let her be taken from us again?” “Light is merciful” Aiel agreed. He glanced back at Lin and Krystha who were also riding together, quietly talking. Arentha followed his glance, and said, “I am sure Krystha has prayed too. Love is the gift of Light, Aiel. Light’s love for us, and mine for you, and Krystha’s for Lin, and our love for our mother – all are woven of the same thread.”

Ahead of them they saw the trees begin to thin, and through them they glimpsed the green turf of the Fortress Level. A few minutes more and they were out in the open, gazing up in surprise at the Fortress. Flags and banners and pennants flew in colourful welcome from every tower and turret, and all the folk of the Fortress were up on the high walls, watching. As the four riders appeared,a mighty roar went up, the great gates of the Fortress swung open, and the whole company of the Fortress Watch, in ceremonial livery, poured out and split into two lines, forming a guard of honour. Aiel was astonished. He had not expected to return to this hero’s welcome, and, in truth, would rather have slipped quietly into the Fortress. However, the Dancers had taught him to accept the honour done him, so he overcame his embarrassment and rode into the Fortress with his head held high. Still, he reached inside his robe and drew out the Lightstone, letting it lie shimmering on his breast. Lin, watching his friend, knew that Aiel was making the response so natural to him, “Not I, but Light.” As they entered the courtyard, there were more surprises. Merhaun, Arnath, Linnad and Janira were waiting for them, but others were there too. The towering figure of the Ket stood at Merhaun’s side, and Lin thought of Ket-Kai, his new Sword-Brother, and grinned back. Now he understood the mischievous undercurrent he had sensed between Ket-Kai and his twin.

Aiel, gazing round half in bewilderment, saw familar faces; Barit, and Sulyar, and others of the Priesthood, mingled with young men in the green-and-gold of the Harbour Watch. Beside Janira, Lin’s mother, stood a chestnut-haired, tanned young man, who wore the Westerners’ gold bracelet. It gleamed on the wrist of the hand which held that of a pretty, golden-haired young woman who cradled a sleeping child in her other arm. “Mira! ” Lin exclaimed, seeing his sister. “It is Mira and Barengian and the babe!” Krystha exclaimed in turn, “See, Aiel – Lady Benika! And the Gatekeeper!” “But how could they be here, so far from the Gatehouse?” Arentha asked. “The Dancers must have brought them.” Aiel answered, still puzzled. He was looking at a man who stood talking to the Gatekeeper, a man he had never seen before, a tall, bearded man dressed in the distinctive garments of the East, and like the Ket, wearing a gold circlet round his brows. “Lin – who is that?” he asked his friend. “Do you know him?” Lin looked, and suddenly realised what was happening. “It is the Lord of the East – it must be!” he answered, “Why, Aiel – the whole Council-at-Need of Li’is is here!” Aiel looked round at those assembled, recalling his father’s words, “The Council-at-Need of Li’is is seven – the four Keepers, the Ket, the Lord of the East, and the Gatekeeper. But I think it has only been assembled ten times in all the years of Li’is.” Now, though, it had assembled again, to honour the Lightstone-Bearer and the Way-Sharers.

As the four riders drew close, the seven members of the Council turned towards them, standing in a semicircle, Arnath at the centre. Then at each end of the line there was a faint shimmer in the air, a coalescing brilliance, and two Dancers appeared, drawing exclamations of awe and delight from the onlookers. Aiel dismounted and came forward, followed by Lin and the maidens. Arnath stepped forward to meet him, laying his hands on his son’s shoulders, smiling proudly, lovingly, as he greeted Aiel and the others. “Welcome” he said ” Aiel, Lightstone-Bearer, Defeater of Darkness. Welcome, Lin, True Sword of the Lightstone Way. Welcome, Arentha and Krystha, true hearts and Way-Sharers, the Treasures of the Mountains. We welcome and honour you. You have kept faith with Light and defeated the Bloodstone-Wielder.” Next the Dancers’ thought echoed in every mind as they ‘said’, “Aiel, Friend of Light, and these who shared your Way, we too have come to honour you, for all the Dancers of Li’is. For your obedience to Light has saved us from Darkness.” Aiel lifted his head to look up at the Dancers, then round at the Council. Then he said, with quiet dignity, “Truly, it was not I, but Light that saved this world of ours. Like the Lightstone itself, I was nothing but a channel for Light to use. I thank you for the honour you do me, and Light has bidden me accept it as the gift of Light for my obedience. But as the Lightstone-Bearer, I ask you to remember that this is Light’s doing, and I but a servant of Light. Indeed”, he added, ” had I not had Light’s gift of my friends, the Way-Sharers, and the strengthening they, and Light, have given me, I could not have succeeded.” Aiel was not concerned to see what effect his words might have, but Lin was watching, and saw how the young Priest’s words impressed and even surprised those who knew him. Perhaps in that moment they grasped just how much Aiel had grown on the Way. The Lord of the East smiled, and said, “Well spoken, Lightstone-Bearer. We shall not forget.”

Still, the Way-Sharers had to wait and listen to the words of praise from the Council, and the applause of the Fortress folk, and the congratulations from their friends, and the prayers of thanksgiving from the Priesthood. They were gratefully conscious of the honour done them, yet they were glad when the ceremonies and formalities were over and they could become simply returning sons and daughters, brothers, sisters, and friends. Aiel embraced his father, Arentha and Krystha theirs. Linnad enquired anxiously after Lin’s wound, then hugged him very carefully, Janira kissed him, Arnath too embraced him, blessing the Swordsman for his steadfastness, and his saving of Aiel’s life. Lin greeted his sister and her husband, and at last made the acquaintance of his little nephew, Janir, who had woken and was staring up with obvious delight at one of the Dancers, its shimmering reflected in his brown eyes. Finally, he was claimed by his comrades of the Harbour Watch, anxious to hear of his adventures. Aiel too found himself enveloped in Linnad’s hearty embrace, kissed by Janira and Mira, greeted by Barengian, introduced to Janir, and finally deposited before Merhaun, who greeted him as warmly as Linnad, though less boisterously. The girls stood close on either side of their father, as Merhaun said, “Later there will be a feast for you all, Aiel. But now you will want to bathe, and change your clothes, and rest.” Aiel replied, “Lord Merhaun, there is something I must do first, something which concerns you.” He flashed his Perception to his father as he spoke, and Arnath came to join them, as Aiel said, “I have asked my father to be with us, since you may have need of a friend in this. I bring you some news long overdue, and a letter. Is there somewhere we can talk privately?”

Merhaun was gazing at him in surprise at his words, but said only “Follow me”, and went towards the Great Hall. Aiel saw the maidens staring after them with concern, knowing that he was about to pass on their mother’s message. Merhaun led Aiel and Arnath to the same room where he had given the True Sword to Lin at the start of the Way. Closing the door, he motioned the two Priests to chairs, and seated himself. Then he asked Aiel “So, Aiel – what is it you have to tell me?” Aiel said “First, Lord, let me make it clear that I have permission to tell you whatever I need to about this matter, since the – the person concerned has released me from my Vow of Trespass.” He paused, then looked Merhaun full in the face, and said, “It concerns the Lady Alira…” Merhaun’s expression was a mingling of pain, fear, and hope, but there was more – a glow in his eyes that gave Aiel a hint of promise. “Alira!” Merhaun gasped. “Aiel – you have seen her? Spoken to her?” “I have” Aiel affirmed, and the Lord of the Mountains did not interrupt again, but let Aiel speak. The young Priest told Merhaun everything; their first meeting with Alira, the use of the Lightstone and her lack of response, her subsequent remorse and attempted suicide. He told of the second meeting, her pain and shame, and how Light had restored and healed her. He told the full tale of Alira’s dark years, of the rape that had turned her to Darkness, and the fearsome bondage in which she had been held. He described the joyful reunion with her daughters, as a Child of Light now, and their journey together, and their sorrowful parting. And finally, he gave Merhaun Alira’s letter.

Merhaun had not spoken all this time, though his face had reflected his powerful emotions. Now there were tears in his eyes, and the hand he reached out for the letter was trembling. Aiel watched nervously as Merhaun broke the seal and opened the letter. He did not mean to look at the letter, but could not help but see that in places the words were scrawled, and blotched with tearstains, as if they had been very painful for Alira to write. The two Priests watched in silence as Merhaun read and then reread the letter. But Aiel could not forbear to flash a thought to his father’s Perception.”Do you know what he will do? Will he forgive her, Father?” Arnath’s Perception replied, “I cannot tell. He loved her deeply, but she has hurt him so much. Yet maybe Light is doing a miracle here, a great healing.” Merhaun folded the letter, tucked it into the breast of his shirt, and asked, “Where is she now?” “At the hunting shelter. She said she would not shame you by coming further on to Fortress Ground.” The tears spilled over onto Merhaun’s cheeks, but he wiped them briskly away, and said, very decisively, startling Aiel, “Aiel, take me to her. Arnath, old friend, come with us.” They slipped quietly out of a side gate without a word to anyone but the trusted servant who brought their horses. Let the others believe they were still conferring inside the Fortress. Aiel felt a great excitement building in him, and hoped that he was not deceiving himself, that Merhaun’s meeting with Alira would not be angry and bitter, She had caused him so much hurt in the past.

When they reached the shelter, Aiel insisted that they wait, while he went first alone to Alira, lest she be frightened. She answered his knock with a timid question, and when she recognised his voice, opened the door. “Aiel – so soon?” she exclaimed, then asked eagerly, “What is Merhaun’s answer? Will he suffer me to stay in the City, and see Arentha and Krystha, sometimes?” “I do not know” Aiel answered, truthfully. “Let him tell you himself, Alira.” She turned very pale as Merhaun strode forward and threw back the hood of his cloak. “Alira?” he said, a strange hesitation in his voice. Alira gave a desperate wail, and threw herself at his feet, sobbing. But to Aiel’s joy – and his father’s too, he Perceived it – the Lord of the Mountains bent and gently lifted his erring wife to her feet. “Alira” he said quietly, “Aiel brought me your message, and he has told me what you have been through, and I know you have suffered as much as I. You know how much you have hurt me, but I do believe you are truly sorry for it. You have returned to Light, and Light has forgiven and restored you, and I can do no less. Come home, Alira!” Alira looked up at him unbelievingly, and sobbed, “Merhaun, I cannot! I have shamed and dishonoured you! You are noble and kind, but I will not bring you more shame by returning now.”

“Alira, you will not bring me shame. Your restoration will bring honour to Light. No, listen to me,” as she began to protest again,”I have thought about this often, and the fault was not all yours – and Aiel has told me what was done to you to turn you to Darkness! If I had done as I should, as your husband, and had more care of you, and given more attention to you, instead of giving all my mind to the affairs of the Fortress and neglecting you, you would never have fallen into such bad company. Oh, I would not admit it; I blamed you, and I blamed the City. But Aiel, with the Lightstone’s aid, showed me my fault. Now Light has been merciful to us both, and we have a second chance together. And besides” Merhaun added, lifting one hand to gently sweep back her long dark hair so that he could look into her tear-filled eyes, “I have always loved you, Alira. Even when you betrayed Light and me, and left me alone with our children, I yearned for you. Oh, I was angry with you, and with myself, for continuing to love you. But I did, And I still do.” Still she protested, “Merhaun, I am not worthy! I cannot take back my place as your wife. Let me- let me come to the Fortress as your servant. I will be a serving woman.” “No” Merhaun said firmly. “You are my Lady, Alira, and you return as my Lady – no other way. But perhaps” – his voice was suddenly unsure- ” you have lost all love for me?” Alira smiled tenderly through her tears. “The Darkness hid my love for you – even from myself. I believed that I no longer loved you, Merhaun. But when Light returned to me, so did my former feelings for you. When I wrote to you, it was out of my heart, though I dared say no word of love. I am ashamed to offer it, tainted as it is.” “No, Light has cleansed and forgiven you. You are new-born, Alira, and so is our love.” Merhaun murmured. Swiftly, before his Lady could speak again, he bent and kissed her. They heard her gasp, and then she was clinging to him, weeping again, but this time with relief and joy.

Aiel felt a swelling gladness rise in him, not just for Merhaun and his Lady, but for Arentha and Krystha too. He could Perceive that his father, Arnath, felt the same joy for his old friend Merhaun. Merhaun looked over Alira’s head at the two Priests, and asked, “Aiel, Arnath, when we return to the Fortress, while all our friends are there – will you renew our wedding vows for us in the Prayer Room?” He smiled at Alira, and said, “It will be a new beginning for us, my heart.” Arnath went across to them. “Willingly!” he exclaimed, and Aiel echoed, “Aye, gladly!” Alira had stopped weeping now, though she clung to her husband’s hand as if he might turn into a dream and disappear. Arnath embraced her. “Welcome back, Alira my dear!” he rejoiced. “Light be praised that you are restored to Light, and to us.” Merhaun said, “Aiel, first you healed my hurts, then by your obedience to Light and your courage you defeated the Bloodstone-Wielder and saved the Dancers, and all Li’is. And now you have brought Alira back to Light, and to me. There are no words to express my gratitude to you.” Aiel answered “Lord Merhaun, I am very glad it is well with you both. But it is Light’s doing, not mine.” Alira, though, looked up at her husband, and said, “I think I know a way in which you might thank Aiel, Merhaun.” And she flashed a smile at Aiel which told him she was thinking of his love for Arentha. “Ask him, Aiel!” she encouraged. Aiel hesitated, but thought of his lovely Arentha, and said, “Then, Lord I do have something to ask of you. It is that – I love Arentha, and she me, and she has said that she will be my Lady, if you are willing.” The words came out in a rush, but Merhaun smiled broadly, and said, “Gladly, Aiel! I shall be honoured.” Aiel, realising that he had not spoken of this to his own father, turned towards Arnath, “Father..?” Arnath too was smiling and said, “Aiel, I am very happy for you, and for Arentha.” Beneath the words, his Perception slipped its own message to his son “Did you think I did not know, my son? Your every thought was full of the maiden!” and again there was that loving, amused undertone to Arnath’s thought. Aiel’s joy was complete.

“Come” Merhaun said again to his Lady, “Come home now, Alira.” He led her to her horse and lifted her on to it, before mounting himself. Aiel and Arnath too remounted and followed, and the little group rode back down through the Forest to the Fortress. They entered by the same side gate, and found that they had not been missed. There were so many people in the Fortress today, and they were so scattered among the various buildings, that no one had thought to question their absence. It was an easy thing to bring Alira into the Great Hall unnoticed, so that Merhaun could surprise his daughters and friends. Once inside the Hall, he sent a summons to his daughters, and a steward to call Lin, Linnad and Janira. He set a second chair beside his own on the dais, led Alira to it, seated himself beside her, and indicated to Aiel and Arnath that they should stand alongside. Having thus set the scene, he leaned back contentedly in his chair, holding Alira’s hand in his, and smiled a mischievously conspiratorial smile at the two Priests. Father and son smiled back, glad to see Merhaun so happy.

Lin was the first to arrive; he had still been talking with his friends of the Harbour Watch in the courtyard. Entering the Great Hall, he thought at first it was Arentha seated at Merhaun’s side. He came nearer, saying enquiringly, “You summoned me, Lord Merhaun..?” and broke off, his eyes, now adjusted to the indoor dimness after the bright sunlight of the courtyard, suddenly telling him who Merhaun’s companion was. “Lady Alira!” he exclaimed, then, impulsively, “Lord Merhaun, you are reconciled?I am so glad!” Merhaun smiled again at Lin’s impetuous words. “Aye, we are reconciled” he answered, continuing “Darkness broke our family, but Light has restored it.” Alira said softly “The way of Light is the way of healing. Darkness is only a road to death.” She shivered, and Merhaun’s hand clasped hers tightly. Krystha and Arentha had only just finished bathing when Merhaun’s summons had reached them. They arrived together, a little flustered, having had to dress hastily. For a moment, when they saw Alira sitting with their father, their faces showed a blank bewilderment, as if they could not understand what they saw. But when their father gently explained, and bade the girls embrace their mother, their joy and exultation were almost uncontrollable. Aiel and Lin, looking on, rejoiced to see the maidens they loved so well at last receiving their mother back into their lives, as they had dreamed. Linnad and Janira, the last to arrive, were astonished at the scene before them as Krystha, Arentha and Alira hugged and kissed each other and wept tears of joy. When all was explained to them, generous Linnad flung an arm round his old friend’s shoulders saying, “Light be praised, Merhaun! Light bless you all, Sword-Brother!”, while Janira embraced Alira and kissed her, obliterating all Alira’s fears about her reception. “Oh Alira, my dear!” Janira rejoiced, “Praise Light, that has restored you to us!”

Merhaun now called Arentha forward, and said, “Aiel, come.” To his friends he said, “I have more good news. Aiel has asked that Arentha be his Lady, and I have agreed. They are betrothed.” Amid the happy comments and blessings which this news occasioned, Lin glanced questioningly at Krystha. Receiving an encouraging nod, he stepped forward. “Lord Merhaun – Father, Mother -” he reached out his hand to Krystha, who took it and moved to his side. “I too would ask a daughter of you, Lord” he continued, smiling at Krystha, “for my heart is given to Krystha, and hers to me.” For a moment Merhaun looked quite astonished. “Krystha” he asked his younger daughter, “is it really so? – You who swore you would never love, or wed?” On receiving her admission of her love for Lin, Merhaun exclaimed, “Praise Light your heart has melted! Lin, True Sword, I can think of no one who would suit her better, or make her happier. Yes, you may have my Krystha. What say you, Sword-Brother?” he queried, looking at Linnad, who said, promptly and heartily, “Light bless you both! It is wonderful news!” Janira turned to hug and kiss Krystha and welcome her as Lin’s prospective bride, and Merhaun said, “There is one matter we must settle. Arentha is my elder daughter, and if she has sons they should be heirs to the Fortress. If she marries Aiel, her sons will be of the Priesthood, not Swordsmen, having a different heritage. Arentha, you must pass your rights to Krystha, and her sons shall be my heirs. Do you agree?” “Of course!” Arentha said, smiling at her sister and Lin. Krystha, though, looked flustered at the prospect of bearing Lin’s sons, and Merhaun, seeing this, said hastily, “Aiel and Arentha, Lin and Krystha, come, stand here.” They obeyed, and he joined the two couple’s hands, pronouncing the customary blessing, formally betrothing them.

That done, everyone was sent away to prepare for the feast of celebration. After that would come the promised ceremony when Merhaun and Alira would renew their wedding vows, and their daughters, having been told of this, were full of joyful anticipation. They carried off their mother, with Janira in attendance, to prepare her. Lin, too, had been reclaimed by the rest of his family, and Aiel was left with his father. Both Priests headed instinctively for the Prayer Room, where they spent some time kneeling together in quiet praise and prayer. Only after they rose from prayer did Arnath turn to his son and take him in a loving embrace. Aiel was astonished to see tears on his father’s cheeks. He did not remember ever seeing Arnath weep before, except when Aiel’s mother, Elandra, had died. Arnath must have Perceived his Perplexity, for he explained, “I have been so afraid for you, Aiel, but so proud, when word reached me of your success! Still, it was hard to wait for news to come, especially when it was I who had, as High Priest, to send you out upon this Way. I could not love you more than my duty to Light, Aiel, for that would be no love at all.” “I know” Aiel said quietly ” I have learned a great deal on this Way, Father. I could not wish it undone – even the worst parts. And I have been taken by the Dancers even beyond this Li’is of ours, and carried out among the stars – and my own eyes have looked on Ma’al, the Dark World, and seen what this world would have been like, if Lak had succeeded. Even if I had died to prevent that, it would have been worth it.” Arnath smiled at his son. “But you did not die, Aiel, and Li’is is saved, and now it is over.” “No” Aiel answered. “It is not yet over, Father. Part of the Secret Word is still unfulfilled, and I have yet to see it come to pass.”

DANCE THE DARKNESS DOWN

Chapter 16

Aiel lifted his eyes to his father’s, and the two blue gazes met in the link of the Thought-without-Words. Through that link, Arnath relived with his son the full tale of Aiel’s Way, with no need of long and wordy explanations. When they broke the link. Arnath exclaimed “You have grown so much, Aiel! You are wise , and compassionate. You have learned not to deny your fears and emotions, and yet to master them. Above all you have learned to rely only on Light, at every step. You are a worthy Lightstone-Bearer – and I do not say that because you are my son. If anything, I would judge you more harshly on that account.” “And is it still a secret, that I am the Lightstone-Bearer?” “That is a difficult question. The Priesthood know, of course, and the Council, and those to whom your Way has taken you. Yet it will never be openly announced, for there would always be those who revered the Stone above what it represents, and the Bearer because of the Stone – as if one worshipped the Crucible in the place of Light. Yet there will be stories, and rumours, and there will be those who seek you, and the Lightstone, because their need is desperate. Or those to whom the Stone itself draws you, as to the boy Taran.” “Then I must be led of Light.” Aiel said. The door of the Prayer Room quietly opened, and Lin and Linnad came in. The Lord of the Harbour smiled at Arnath. “I too have come to thank Light for the return of my son” he said, and knelt with Lin in prayer for a while, as the two Priests watched silently.

When the two Swordsmen rose, Lin turned smiling to his friend, and said, “I am going to the Bathing Place now, to wash off the journey’s dust. Shall you come?” Aiel nodded, and they left the Prayer Room together, hearing their fathers talking behind them as they went. Lin said, with a snick of laughter, “I have been telling our adventures till I am weary of it. My friends were horribly envious of my part in the Way – till I told them of all the Darkness we had seen. Barengian said he was glad all went well between Ket-Kai and myself, since they are also Sword-Brethren, and if I had harmed Ket-Kai he would not wish to choose between Sword-Brethren! And Mira cannot believe I really mean to wed, but has given me her approval of my choice of Krystha.” And he laughed again. They found fresh clothes waiting for them in the robing room by the Bathing Place, clothes for a Festival day. Aiel’s Priest’s robe was not his usual one, but woven of fine fabric, and his gold circlet lay with it. Lin found fine cloth breeches and high boots of soft leather, a shirt of soft fabric, and a brocade tunic. He grumbled at this, and at the gold chain with its enamelled family badge proclaiming his Lordship, which accompanied the fine clothes. Lin hated any kind of formality, and was happiest in his simple everyday clothes, or his Harbour livery. It was, though, a special occasion, made more so by the reunion of Merhaun and Alira and their intended renewal of their marriage vows, so Lin accepted the need for the finery. They were much refreshed by their bathe, and Aiel was relieved to see that all that showed of Lin’s wound now – outwardly at least – was a long, wavering, reddish scar. He asked “How is the arm, Lin?” “Much better.” Lin said. “It aches now, because of the riding, and because I am a little tired. And it aches when Krystha makes me exercise it, but I bear that because it is for my good. She truly does have the gift of Healing, Aiel.” When they had dressed, Aiel thought that his friend looked rather splendid in the fine clothes – every inch a young Lord. Lin buckled the True Sword on again, though, unwilling to trust it out of his sight, Lin, in turn, saw Aiel as he had seen him on the morning of their arrival at the Gatehouse – Lightstone-Bearer, Servant of Light, determined to do the right. Aiel let the Lightstone lie openly on his breast, since all here knew him to be the Lightstone-Bearer, and the Stone seemed to glow more brightly than usual, as if there were rejoicing at its heart too.

Leaving the robing room, they found a gentle-faced elderly man waiting for them, who proved to be Harik, the Fortress’ elder Healer, and trainer of Krystha. She had sent him to inspect Lin’s arm, which he did carefully, and tied it in a sling of soft cloth to take the weight so that it would not ache too much. Then they went on their way to the Great Hall, where a transformation had taken place. The huge room was decorated with banners and flowers. Lines of tables and benches filled the Hall, set with cups and platters, and on the dais stood a long table for Merhaun and his family and friends, draped with cloth and set with platters and dishes of fine pottery, and enamelled cups. Stewards and servants hurried in and out, and appetising smells wafted in from the direction of the kitchens. The two young men, seeing that they were early, went out through the courtyard and climbed one of the narrow stairways onto the walkway at the top of the wall, facing the City. Below them they glimpsed the head of the Falls of Vandar, and the Forest, but they were looking out across the Plain of Blossoms to the City on its hill, crowned by the Temple, its white stonework glowing pink and gold in the light of the now sinking sun. Aiel saw, with joy, that the North Doors of the Temple had been opened, as in times of celebration, so that the Crucible flame shone forth, and he saw nearby the brazier that would be lit in answer on the Fortress walls, when darkness fell. Beyond the City again, they could see, either side of the Temple Hill, the distant gleam of the sea, and Aiel wondered if Lin was thinking of his home by the Harbour. Lin said, as if in answer to Aiel’s unspoken thought, “I have wondered if I would ever see that sight again! Especially when I lay in the Fever Dream…” he shuddered, and Aiel said quickly, sympathetically, “That is over now, Lin. Your battle is won.” It was the first time, the young Priest thought, that Lin had given any hint of how frightening his experience of that sickness had been, or how aware he had been of his nearness to death. “All battles are fought, for now.” Lin said, the moment of dark memory passing, and leaving the present brighter for him, by contrast. “Now it is time to rejoice!”

They went back down the stairs and recrossed the courtyard to the Great Hall. Merhaun, resplendent in a long robe of russet and blue and a strangely worked and ancient gold circlet round his brow, was standing with Linnad and Arnath, also wearing Festival dress. The High Priest wore a robe like his son’s, and the High Priest’s regalia, a broad gold collar with the Symbol embossed on the front of it, and a gold circlet a little wider than Aiel’s. Linnad wore a tunic of green and gold brocade, the colours of the Harbour, his own circlet, and a family badge like Lin’s. Merhaun welcomed the friends, and seeing their interest in his gold circlet, smiled. “That is Brann’s gift” he explained, pointing to the True Sword hanging at Lin’s side, “but this is Tamran’s.” and he touched the ancient band around his brow. “Is it really so old?” Lin asked. “Aye, and has been longer in Li’i than even the Lightstone and the True Sword.” Merhaun answered. “It may be the oldest thing made in Li’is.” They heard a soft rustle behind them, and turned, to see the Ladies of the Fortress, with Janira, Lin’s mother, standing there. They too were richly dressed for the occasion, the gowns of all of them cut to the pattern of Festival dress; the close-fitting bodice, cut rather lower than for daily wear and filled in with embroidered fabric, bell-shaped skirts, sleeves that were close-fitting to the elbow, then flared into an echo of the skirt’s shape. Janira, fair like her daughter and son, small and quick as a bird, wore a gown of soft green, and sea-jewels for her necklace and earrings. Alira, lovingly dressed by her daughters, wore scarlet embroidered with gold, the bright colour throwing a warm glow on her face. Her dark hair was braided into a coronet intertwined with a fine gold chain, and her dark eyes were fixed on her husband’s face with a tender intensity. But Aiel and Lin were gazing with loving pride at their own betrothed, both elegant in their Festival clothes, but so different it was hard to believe they were sisters. Arentha’s gown was deep, rich blue, patterned with softer blue and rose. Aiel’s enamelled brooch shone on her breast, and she had blue-stoned drops in her ears. Her dark hair was loose, save for a few braids, and held in place with hair ornaments set with more blue stones. Krystha was golden and glowing in a gown patterned in apricot and gold, her hair, like her mother’s, plaited and pinned up in a regal coronet, but without ornament. Her only jewellery was the pendant Lin had given her, with its great tawny stone echoing the colour of the big, bright eyes in her creamy, heart-shaped face. Arentha had always been the lovely one, but for once Krystha outshone her sister in her golden glory, burning like a flame. Lin, stunned, held out his hand to her and said, as she laid her hand in his, “Krystha – Krystha , my heart, I did not know you could be so beautiful!” The others might have smiled at his choice of words – for blunt, honest Lin had never learned to flatter – but Krystha knew exactly what he meant, and smiled at him lovingly, and glowed even more.

The other members of the Council joined them, with Lady Benika, and Lin’s sister Mira, who had left little Janir safely in the care of a doting maidservant. The tables in the Great Hall began to fill with the folk of City and Fortress, with Aiel’s brother Priests, and Lin’s Sword-Brethren. Liveries of Fortress and Harbour mingled, and several new Sword-Brotherhoods had their beginnings over the celebratory meal. When the feasting was finished, Merhaun called for silence, and he and Arnath explained, for those who did not know, or had heard only rumours of, the thing that Aiel and the Way-Sharers had done, and the reason for the celebration. Merhaun announced, too, the betrothals of Aiel and Arentha and Lin and Krystha, and finally, and with undisguised emotion, he told of Aiel’s reclaiming Alira to Light, of their reconciliation, and the intention of renewing their wedding vows. The atmosphere of joyous celebration was all around them as they made their way to the Prayer Room for the ceremony. It was a deeply moving thing to see the Lord of the Mountains reclaim his lost Lady in this way. Krystha and Arentha were weeping with their almost unbearable joy. Aiel, helping his father with the ceremony, was overwhelmed by a sense of the gracious mercy of Light. Lin, holding Krystha in the curve of his good arm as she wept, felt, in the poignancy of the moment, the sting of tears in his own eyes. And when all was done, and Merhaun tenderly kissed his wife, there was a great, collective sigh from all the guests who had crowded into the Prayer room, and those who had been forced, by the crush, to listen outside its open door.

Naturally enough, the two young couples, watching the ceremony, had been thinking of their own future wedding day – for they had long since agreed it should be a shared occasion. Merhaun, though he understood, asked later, when they could be quieter, if they could agree that it should not be too soon. “I know, I do understand, that you do not wish to wait too long.” he said, “But we need some time together, as a family. A few months, that is all, before you take your brides. It will not seem long, in any case, for there will be a great deal to arrange.” Lin answered, smiling, “Lord Merhaun, you have waited many years for your happiness. Surely, we can wait a few months for ours.” Aiel agreed, and added, “And the Fortress is not so far to ride, from the City, unless…?” He did not finish the question, but looked at Merhaun, who said, as if Aiel had asked, “No, my prohibition no longer stands. My enmity with the City is over. All are free of the Forest and the Mountains now.” He smiled, then added, “And speaking of riding, it is my wish that you keep Mischief and Greymouse- a betrothal gift , if you like.” Lin was delighted, Aiel hardly less so, for he had become a fair rider on the Lightstone Way, and had grown fond of the quiet, sturdy Greymouse.

It had been a long, crowded day, and all of them were weary. Yet tomorrow Aiel and Lin would ride on to the City, leaving Arentha and Krystha behind in the Fortress, and none of them wanted to make their goodbyes publicly in the morning. This their friends and families understood, and made no comment when the two young couples slipped away. First they went together to the Prayer Room to commend each other to Light’s keeping. Then Lin and Krystha left Aiel and Arentha there, and went away hand-in-hand. Aiel smiled after his friends, then stretched his arms up and back, easing the tensions that even such a happy day had brought. Arentha asked, “Is it well with you, Aiel?”, still with that tender concern for him that had supported him so well on the Way. He smiled at her contentedly. “Well, and very well”, he told her, “except that I must leave you behind me tomorrow. But, as Merhaun your father said, it is only for a little while.Are you happy now, my heart?” Disconcertingly, her brown eyes flooded suddenly with tears, but she gasped, “Oh, Aiel – yes, I am so happy, and it is all your doing! You have brought me so much love – Light’s, and yours, and my mother’s restored. And – and I do love you so!” Aiel was moved by her words, and swept not only by love for her, but by a fierce protectiveness he had not felt till then. He reached out to hold her tightly to him, and promised her, “Arentha, my heart, with Light’s aid I shall do all I can to make and keep you happy.”

Lin and Krystha had climbed up on to the Fortress wall. It was quite dark now, but the fire still burned in the signal brazier, answering the glow of the Crucible flame through the open doors of the Temple, across on the City Hill. Stars and one moon shone brightly above them, though not with the brilliance of the Westerners’ Plateau, and the air was warm and scented with wood-smoke and the green of the Forest around them. Distantly, they could hear the rush of the Falls of Vandar , and the murmur of voices from the Great Hall. Lin said softly. “I remember the first day I came to this place. You flew at me like a hill-cat, and told me you hated me, because I spoke harshly to your father.” “I did not hate you.” she admitted. “I knew the words you spoke were true, and I was angry because of it. And you – disturbed me, even then.” “I thought you spoiled and childish, then” he admitted in his turn, “I did not understand, Krystha.” “I was spoiled and childish” she said thoughtfully, “always wishing I had been a boy, and a Swordsman, and fretting at being what Light made me. I did not realise that was like an insult to Light.” She laughed suddenly, joyously, surprising him. “Praise Light that I am a maiden, Lin, or I never would have the joy of loving you!” “Nor I you.” he said. He stared at her, trying to see clearly in the dimness, watching the fire glint red off her hair. Already he was aching at the thought of tomorrow’s leave-taking. His emotions made little sense. He was not leaving her forever. He could ride to see her whenever he wished, and before long she would be his Lady, his for all their lives. Yet he felt so desolate. Seeming to sense this, she asked, “Lin, what is it, dear love?” “Krystha…” he struggled for words to explain, then suddenly burst out, “Krystha, I do not want to leave you tomorrow! Oh, I know it makes no sense at all, but I think I cannot bear it!” “Hush!” she told him, but tenderly, surprised at his vehemence. She reached out and gently took his face between her hands, holding his grey eyes with her golden-tawny ones. “What do you fear, Lin? Do you doubt me?” she asked, without reproach or recrimination. “No!” he answered, fiercely,” I know your heart is true, my love. It is just – oh, it sounds so stupid, Krystha.” “If it hurts you, it is not stupid. tell me, Lin.” she said, firmly. “Why- you are all I ever wanted, and never knew I wanted, and I am afraid that – somehow, when I am away from you, it will all become a dream. As if you might vanish when you left my sight! There, I told you it would sound stupid.” He smiled wryly at his own fancy. “Have I not a scar half the length of my arm to prove the reality of it? And can I not ride to see you whenever I wish?” Krystha released him, and said, quickly, “Lin, you know that you came very close to death in the Fever Dream. This insecurity has likely sprung from that. You had more wounds to heal than one, my heart, and they are still healing.” She reached up and uncoiled one braid from her coronet of plaited hair. Loosing it, while he watched, bemused, she reached for the sword at his side. He recoiled, asking, “Krystha, what are you doing?” “I need a sharp blade, and have not my own” she answered, and took the True Sword from him without further argument. Carefully, she cut a lock of her red-gold hair and swiftly wove it into a little braid, which she laid in Lin’s hand. “There” she said , ” A token, Lin. Look on that, and you will know you have not dreamed our love.” He took the little braid of hair, marvelling at her understanding, and kissed the ‘token’, and hid it inside his shirt. His strange mood was lifting, and he retrieved and sheathed his sword, and said, “Krystha, I love you” and drew her into an embrace, feeling the warm, sweet, living reality of her in his arms.

Next morning, as they prepared to leave the Fortress, it was certain that Aiel and Lin should have in mind their setting out from there on the Lightstone Way. The contrast, the relief of Aiel’s success, were enough to lighten them, so that their farewells to Arentha and Krystha were tender but not mournful. They all had other joys to turn to, for a while, and then the anticipated joy of their marriages. Lin had his parents and family to accompany him, and Aiel his father and Sulyar. The others had left earlier to return to their duties in the City or to their own places. Aiel, watching them go, had felt both sadness and assurance. Sadness, because he did not know when, if ever, he would see his friends of the Way again, assurance that, if they never met again in Li’is, they would one day greet each other in the Joyous Place. They took the easy road down the flank of the Mountains, riding in the warm sun through the rich fragrance of the Forest, and across the Plain of Blossoms, where the brighter summer flowers had ousted the blooms of Spring. Aiel realised, suddenly, that during his absence another Festival had come and gone. It was the first time in his life that he had missed a Festival, but this had been the Festival of Service, the time of dedication to Light, and he had surely done his service and made his dedication on the Lightstone Way!

And now they were nearing the North Gate of the City. They had ridden mostly in silence, because all of them were busy with their own thoughts, relaxed and happy that all had ended so well. Now, though, Lin turned his head to look at his friend and said, “Aiel, we are home!” Aiel returned his joyous grin, and said, “Aye, Lin, we are home!” Once through the Gate, their ways would part, Lin’s to the Harbour, Aiel’s to the Temple. And because it was impossible to part casually from each other after all they had shared, once they passed the Gatewards, Aiel and Lin dismounted, and bade each other farewell with a brotherly embrace, and wished each other “Go in Light.” “My father and mother insist that I rest, but I will be at Evening Prayers tomorrow.” Lin promised, and swung back into the saddle, and was gone, trotting down the street with his family, pausing to wave another farewell to Aiel as he turned the corner. Aiel too remounted, and Sulyar, noting the ease with which he did so, said drily, “You have learned some useful skills on your Way, it seems, Aiel.” Aiel smiled at him, grateful for the other Priest’s remark, which eased the strangeness he felt at being, after all this time, without Lin, his friend and bond-brother. “Aye” he said, as drily, “I may surprise you yet, Sulyar.” Suddenly solemn, the other said, “Aiel, you have already done that! It was well done, Lightstone-Bearer – better than many of us hoped for.”

They rode up the steep hill towards the white Temple, and it was the Temple Aiel was homesick for. Not his father’s quiet house, but the great Temple, was where he yearned to be. They reached the Temple grounds, and left their horses in the Priests’ stables. There were few enough beasts in the stables, since the Priesthood were not great riders, but enough to be company for the faithful Greymouse, from whom Aiel parted affectionately. Then Aiel turned straight for the Temple, like a bird to its nest. He strode up the wide steps, where he had been sitting with Lin on the day it had all begun. He walked through the tall doors with their carved panels into the high, airy building, and moved down one of the aisles between the rows of padded benches to the heart of the Temple, the Crucible. Nobody in the Temple paid attention to a lone Priest standing before the beautiful golden bowl of the Crucible on its stepped stone dais. Nobody saw that when he lifted his head to gaze up at the man-high, steady golden flame under the great arch of the Temple dome, there were tears in his vivid blue eyes and a white stone that burned like a small star on his breast. Aiel raised his arms as if in praise, and none of the onlookers could know that in that gesture he offered, as if in sacrifice, the sum of his experiences and accomplishments on the Way. The Lightstone-Bearer stood before the Crucible and said in his heart to Light, “I have done the thing that Light gave me to do.” And that was the greatest joy of all.

It seemed so strange, after the first excitement of return, and telling their adventures, to drop back into the old routines of life again. For Aiel, his Perception and Priestly disciplines enhanced by the Lightstone making him more useful in the Temple than ever, it was not as hard as for Lin, who was still forced to be idle a little longer, until his arm was fully useable. Even when he was fit to return to the Harbour Watch, Lin confided to his friend one day, he felt somehow out of place there. They were sitting on the Temple steps in the sun again, having soon reverted to the habit that had been theirs for years. Aiel said, with some surprise, “But you are heir to the Harbour, Lin!” Lin said, “I know, and all my life I have loved the Harbour, and the sea. But now I feel restless there. It is all so – so settled and organised. To tell truth, I feel more at home in the Fortress, Aiel – and not just because Krystha is there. It seems to me that when I left the Harbour Watch, it was as if i left a footprint in soft mud. It was soon filled in, and smoothed over, and forgotten. Now I find it hard to take my place again.” “And what does Linnad say?” Aiel asked. Lin had had the braid of hair Krystha had given him sealed together at the ends with a tag of gold, and wore it on his wrist with the other band of plaited cords that the Ket had given him. Now he played with both bands as he answered, “He says that I must be where I am happy. And my mother says that Krystha is a Healer to the Fortress and will need to stay there in any case. Merhaun and Alira would be glad to have me there too. But my father grows no younger, and I would not wish to desert him.” “Linnad is not yet in his dotage!” Aiel retorted. “And you will have children, you and Krystha. It may be your son who will be Lord of the Harbour, after all.” He sounded so sure that Lin asked, with a glint of laughter, “Are you making a prophecy for me, Aiel?” “No!” Aiel said, surprised, then, “At least, I do not think so, Lin.” “Merhaun has said” Lin admitted “that he would be glad to make me the guardian of the Fortress, at need, until any sons we had were grown. He said I could do that, and remain my father’s Heir. I think it is that he remembers what happened to his own father, and is afraid that a burden might fall suddenly on Alira or Krystha, if any such thing befell him.”

The summer blazed and burned and fruits and crops ripened into autumn. The marriage plans were well in hand, and somehow, without anyone actually making such a decision, it was accepted that after they were married, Lin would live with Krystha at the Fortress. Aiel and Arentha would occupy one of the little white Priests’ houses in the temple grounds. Aiel wondered, on one of his visits to her at the Fortress, if she would find it too small and quiet after the great, bustling Fortress, but she reassured him. “Anywhere with you, my love” she said, “and so close to the Temple, and the City, it will not be so very quiet. And where else would I live, if I marry a Priest?” Autumn arrived fully, and the Forest was a blaze of red and gold. In the temple the First Harvest Horn was sounded, and sheaves of grain and branches and vines of fruit brought in as offerings and piled high in baskets round the Crucible, so that all the temple was fragrant with them. Enough and to spare to be ground into meal or dried and stored, so that the poor and the hungry might be succoured in the bitter winter time with the gift of others’ autumn wealth. With the harvest too came other gifts, for the Westerners were beginning their move to the shelter of the Western Fortress and its villages for the winter, and some made a detour to the Fortress to bring the promised fabrics for Arentha and Krystha to choose from for their wedding gowns. Many and beautiful were the colours the Westerners had learned to dye into the rich, fine fabrics, and the choice was difficult. At last, Arentha chose the wine-red that the Westerners seemed to dye richer and more vibrant than any other. Krystha picked out a smooth, deep colour like a summer sea, neither blue nor green, but both, and glowing as if with sunlight. Now their wedding time was drawing near in earnest. In one way it seemed a shame that it would come when all the most beautiful and glowing part of the year was gone, and they had debated whether to wait for Spring again. But love – theirs, and Light’s – was enough to brighten any day they chose, and each couple was eager to belong together. The precious fabrics were cut and stitched, and Lin grumbled to Aiel, “I thought my mother would have enough to do, with her own gown, and Mira’s” – for Mira was to be bride-woman – “without fussing about decking me out too, as if I , not Krystha, were the bride!” He sighed, then grinned at his friend. ” Simple enough for you, Aiel! A Priest’s robe is as easy to wear whatever the material. I must suffer in stiff new fabrics and brocade, and as it is to be in winter, my mother wonders if it should not have a fur trim!” Aiel laughed too, and teased his friend, “And is not Krystha worth it?” Lin said, still merrily, but with a hint almost of solemnity behind his words, “Oh, yes! For Krystha I would wear sacking and a shirt woven of thorn-vines!”

The two months of the various harvests ended with the baskets in the Temple piled with all the root crops, smelling earthy and good. The Second Harvest Horn signalled the end to the time of gift-bringing, the root crops were taken away to be stored in boxes of earth or sand, and the leaves fell in the Forest. The Seacoast Mountains had a sprinkling of snow already on their peaks, the sky was coldly clear, the moons and stars were icy-bright at night. Cold little winds began to sneak through the City streets, but in Arnath’s and Linnad’s households, and in the Fortress, warmth and happiness reigned as the wedding day approached. Aiel had dropped back happily enough into his ordinary duties at the Temple, except that now and then, as Arnath had said, there was need of the Lightstone’s powers. His brother Priests had been naturally curious about the Lightstone, and awed by it, and in consequence, for a while at least, in awe of Aiel too, and distanced from him. Eventually, though, they accepted his oft-repeated reminders that he was nothing of himself, as even the Lightstone was nothing of itself, and only the Power of Light behind each gave them meaning. Now, though, he found himself excluded again, but in the pleasantest way, from his Brotherhood’s conferrings. Their marriage gift to him and Lin and their brides was to be the decking out of the Temple and the making of the marriage music, so the Lightstone Harp lay idle, and Aiel kept himself to the work of counselling and prayer, and left his fellow musicians to their work.

For the few days before the wedding, Aiel was kept from the Temple, as much by his own preparations as by his brother Priests’ loving injunction. There was need to visit the Healers for instruction in the things a briedgroom should know, there was the little white house in the Temple grounds to be inspected with Arentha, the furnishings approved, and a room chosen for the girl Arentha was bringing with her from the Fortress to help with the household tasks. At least, thought Aiel, since he had no near kin, and the distant ones mostly within the Priesthood, like Sulyar, he had no need to be arranging for the quartering of guests, as had the others. When the day dawned, though very cold, it was bright and clear. Aiel felt joyous and solemn together, aware that Arentha’s happiness, and that of any future children, rested with him now. It was still early, and Aiel bathed and dressed quickly and went through the passageway that linked the High Priest’s house – his home no longer, after today – to the Temple. His brother Priests had not forbidden him the Prayer Room, so he knelt there before the miniature Crucible and prayed for himself and Arentha, Lin and Krystha. At the back of his mind he was aware of the secret door behind the wall-hanging, the hidden stairway and the room beneath this, through which he had entered on the Way which had, in the end, led him to this wedding day. He spoke aloud to Light. “Now I see that Light weaves many threads into our lives, dark and light together, and all the weaving is good, though it may not seem so at the time, to us. This joyous day would not be mine, without the Darkness that went before it. “

His prayers finished, Aiel rose, and was about to leave the Prayer Room when a group of the younger Priests, his contemporaries, hurried in. “Here he is!” exclaimed one, a cheery, rather impetuous young man named Lutar, for whom Aiel had always had a liking. “We guessed you would be here, Aiel! Come and see our work, now, and tell us if your bride, and Lin’s, will like it.” Laughing, Aiel let himself be drawn along by his friends to the main Temple. The doors were firmly shut and locked, but Lutar had the key, and unlocked and opened them with a flourish. Pushed forward by his fellow Priests, Aiel stepped across the threshold and stopped dead, astonished. Like a breath of the long-dead summer, a heavy, spicy fragrance swept over him. From floor to high ceiling, every pillar of the Temple was garlanded with swathes of fresh greenery, white and golden flowers, all fresh and blooming despite the winter outside the Temple walls. More garlands lay along the steps of the Crucible dais, the warmth of the bowl drawing out their perfume. It was like stepping into a summer’s day. Warmed, delighted, bewildered, Aiel turned a glowing face to Lutar, whom he suspected was somehow at the back of this, and exclaimed, “My Brothers-in-Light, it is beautiful – and amazing! How did you come by these flowers in the winter?” Lutar grinned. “Oh, it took some planning, Aiel! Hyet, here, has kin in the East, where the seasons differ. We had the blooms brought from there.” “But the sea journey is long – they would have died.” Hyet smiled in his turn, “Oh, they would – if they had come by sea.” They were chuckling together, conspiratorially, gentle teasing him, pleased by his puzzled look. At last Lutar, the ringleader, took pity on Aiel, and explained, “Rujel here, you may not know, is kin to the Gatekeeper. As it was for you, and knowing the love he bears you, we dared ask a great favour of him – and of his Dancers.” “The Dancers?” Aiel queried, somewhat dazedly. “The Dancers” Lutar echoed, and signed to quiet Rujel to speak, The slight, shy Priest said “We arranged for Hyet’s kin to obtain the flowers for us. And Tor-Harat asked the Dancers if they would be willing to bring them to us. And they said yes! They Dance among the stars, Aiel, yet they agreed to run such an errand for us – just for the love they have for you, Lightstone-Bearer, and the Way-Sharers, for saving them.” Lutar, solemn now, said, “We have seen the Dancers, Aiel. We are glad of what you did for them.”

Aiel stared round at his friends of the Priesthood, still half-bewildered. “You did all this for me? And the Dancers shared in it?” “Aye” Lutar said quietly “From brotherhood and love, we did it. And they shared in it.” For a moment Aiel’s eyes misted with tears. The scent of the flowers was not just that, but the perfume of the loving thought that had gone into all this preparation for his and his friends’ wedding day. He held out his arms, stretching out as if he would embrace them all. ” My brothers, I am speechless. Such love, and care, and planning! Light bless you all!” There was a little, emotional, silence, then Lutar, as if slightly embarrassed by their solemnity, demanded, “And will it please the Ladies of the Fortress, Aiel?” “Of course!” Aiel told him, smiling round again at them all. “Go you now” Lutar ordered him “and let us practice our music for your wedding.” Thus dismissed, Aiel thanked them again, smiling still, and walked back to Arnath’s house, musing on what they had done.

Later, discussing it with Arnath, he asked, “Did you know what they were doing, Father?” “Only that they were to deck the Temple for the weddings, no more.” Arnath said. “They have done well by you, Aiel.” “Well and very well!” Aiel answered. “I did not know they bore me such love.” What though, if not love, should be the theme for a wedding day, Lin asked Aiel, when the matter was explained to him. “The one love brings out all the others, not least Light’s.” the Swordsman said, “I have never known my mother and sister as tender to me as they have been today, and they have always shown me love.” They were waiting in the Prayer Room to be called into the Temple for their wedding ceremonies. Lin, as he had foretold, was elegant in fine fabric and brocade robe in the Harbour’s green-and-gold – though he had escaped the threatened fur trim – and for once, no sword hung at his side. Gold chain with family badge, and Lord’s circlet, completed his wedding finery. Aiel, in his ceremonial Priest’s robe and simple gold circlet, said “This room is where it all started, Lin. I was thinking that this morning, when I came here to pray. And from that dark day comes this joyous one. Surely Light makes good for us of all things.” “Surely” Lin agreed “For if I had not been so sick, maybe I never would have known that Krystha loved me too.” Lutar’s head came round the door of the Prayer Room. “The Ladies are at the Temple Door” he told them “Come to your places, now.” The two friends, Lightstone-Bearer and True Sword, turned to face each other, smiling. Lin reached out one hand, and when Aiel’s came out to meet it, he took the Priest in the Swordsmen’s handclasp, then a quick, brotherly hug. “Light be with you both, my brother, now and always” he said. “And with you and Krystha”, Aiel rejoined Then they left the Prayer Room and went out into the Temple to meet their brides.

During the morning of Aiel’s wedding day, there had been a great deal of coming and going at the house of the Silver Witch. Si-Mara had been months in seclusion, not just because of Aiel’s command to her, and Lak’s defeat at the Meeting Place, but because in the moment of cold, evil passion the Black Piper, born of the same dark world as she, had impregnated her with his dark seed, as no man of Li’is could have done. Now at the moment that Aiel and Arentha, Lin and Krystha, stood before Arnath in the Temple of Light and made their wedding vows, Si-Mara lay back in bed, watching the woman who had assisted her during a long and painful labour, and was now bathing the babe, a girl-child, before dressing it. The Silver Witch was exhausted, but she smiled to herself. It was not a smile of tenderness, for she felt no love towards the child she had born to Lak, but a smile of triumph.

“Aye, rejoice while you may, Aiel!” she murmured to herself. “The Darkness grows again in secret, even as you celebrate its downfall. Bloodstone and Bloodstone-Wielder may be destroyed, but the stone will be forged anew, while its heir grows to bear it. In twenty years you will be older, and she will be young and strong in Darkness. Again we shall invite the Darkness into Li’is, and this time you will be complacent and unaware of our plans, and we shall succeed – and be revenged for Lak’s defeat! She will be your downfall – Lak’s seed and Si-Mara’s.”

The woman attendant held out the child to her mother, who made no move to take her. Si-Mara only looked at the babe, which was pale as she was, white-skinned with a faint fuzz of pale hair. Its mouth opened in a thin wail of protest, and the Silver Witch made a disgusted grimace, and waved the woman away. “Take the mewling brat away, and find it a wet-nurse” she said, “And as soon as may be, it is to be taken to the East, and raised there.” “Yes, Lady.” The woman bowed and backed away with the babe in her arms. At the door she paused, and asked, “Lady, how is the child to be named?” “Named?” It was obvious that Si-Mara had not even thought that far. She yawned, and stretched, and said, carelessly, “Oh – for Lak, and Si-Mara, call her Marla. Now go! I am tired.” As the woman left the room with the child, Si-Mara smiled her evil smile again, and said aloud to the empty room, “Aye, the Darkness shall grow, in secret and in hiding – and one day, Lightstone-Bearer, you shall know and fear the name of Marla!”

DAUGHTER OF DARKNESS, SEED OF LIGHT

Chapters 1 and 2

Chapter 1

The Harbour Market was very busy. It was not long after the first of the Spring Two-Moon Tides, and the cargo and passenger ships which had been delayed by that natural phenomenon had now reached the City Harbour and unloaded their goods and passengers. Traders and merchants were restocked, trade was brisk, and the market was milling with crowds . Three young people were moving among the merchants’ booths and produce stalls, chatting, laughing, and occasionally arguing good naturedly as they made their purchases. There were two young men, a dark-haired Priest and a red-headed Swordsman, and a girl. The maiden drew many glances, not because she was beautiful, though she was, but because she was that rarity, a daughter of the Priesthood born with Perception, and the clear, piercingly vivid blue eyes that showed it. Facial resemblance and the same dark hair, apart from the Priestly eyes, showed that she and the Priest were brother and sister. The Swordsman, though not resembling either of them, was their cousin, their mothers being sisters. He was Mellin, son of Lin and Krystha of the Fortress, and grandson to the Lords of the Mountains and the Harbour. The brother and sister , Arenel and Aila, were the children of Aiel, the Lightstone-Bearer and son of Arnath, the High Priest, and his Lady, Arentha.

Mellin, who had been in the City visiting his family, had a list of commissions from Krystha, and now they were making their way towards the place where they could buy the next items on the list. It was near to the Harbour Gates, and by those gates a man in black and silver livery was waiting with two other men in similar garb carrying a black-curtained litter. As they watched, a slight, black-cloaked figure, escorted by a bulky woman, emerged from the Harbour Gates and, seemingly weak from the voyage, was helped into the litter. It swung its way past the three watchers, and Aila saw, for a moment, a pale face and a pair of the strangest eyes – green streaked with silver grey -looking out at her. She felt, too, the atmosphere that surrounded the litter – it belonged to Si-Mara, the Silver Witch, Priestess of the Night Temple and consort of her father’s old enemy, Lak, the Black Piper of Ma’al. It was not evil that she felt emanating from the litter, though, but loneliness and despair. Turning to her brother, Aila demanded, “Arenel, did you Perceive that?” “I Perceived a great unhappiness.” her brother answered. “Aila, do you think that was a willing passenger?” “What is it?” Mellin asked, his open face and clear grey eyes, so like Lin’s, now clouded with incomprehension of his cousins’ conversation. When Aila and Arenel explained, he said, “Let us ask the Watchwards.”

At the Harbour Gates stood two Swordsmen in the green-and-gold livery of the Harbour Watch, both well known to Mellin. He went across and spoke to them, while his cousins waited, and returned to them, shaking his head. “They know very little” he informed Aila and Arenel. “The passenger is a Lady, a maiden from the East. She travelled with a companion, but suffered sea-sickness, and kept to her cabin. But if she were a prisoner, there would have been several opportunities for her to say so, and she has not.” “And yet” Arenel said “I would not say that she went willingly to Si-Mara.” “I do not think she was afraid,” Aila answered “just lonely, and sad. But I do not think that she was evil either. She did not feel like a Child of Night.” Mellin sighed, “I wish I had Perception! I might understand better what you meant. If I thought the maiden had been taken against her will, I might ask Linnad my grandfather to rouse the Harbour Watch. But there is no proof.” So they had perforce to abandon the matter, and go on with their business in the market. However, their light-hearted mood was broken, and the strange incident lingered in their minds.

Later, Aila and Arenel, having said their farewells to Mellin and left him at his grandfather’s house by the Harbour, made their way back towards their own home along the wide avenue that led up to the Temple of the One Light which crowned the City Hill. There they lived with their parents in one of the Priests’ houses which stood in the Temple grounds. As they went, they discussed the afternoon’s events, Si-Mara’s black litter and the strange girl from the East, but came no nearer to resolving the matter. When they reached home, they were later than they had intended to be. They could hear their mother’s beautiful voice singing as she went about her household tasks, and called out to her as they came in. Arentha was still as lovely as she had been those many years before when Aiel had met and fallen in love with her on the Lightstone Way. Perhaps there were little lines drawn by laughter, and a few tears, at the corners of her eyes and mouth, and her figure was a little more rounded from child-bearing, but her face was as beautiful, her brown eyes as lustrous, her dark hair still untouched by grey. She and her daughter, so like her, might have passed for sisters. “Arenel, my love!” she exclaimed, pressing her son’s harp-case into his hands “You will be late for the music practice. You must have been enjoying yourselves with Mellin! Aila, Kerith’s little one has a slight fever. I said you would go to him when you returned.” Arenel kissed his mother quickly, took his harp and went out again, heading for the Temple to join the musicians at practice. His father, Aiel, would already be there. Aila, gathering up her Healer’s sack, told her mother, while she prepared the herbs she would need, about the litter and the strange maiden. “Nothing that Si-Mara does means good to anyone.” Arenth said, thoughtfully. “Perhaps you should tell your father, Aila. He may be able to Perceive more, with the Lightstone.” “I will” Aila said, putting the phials of powdered herbs into her sack. “But first I must see what ails the babe.”

As it happened, though, Aiel was called away that evening to attend to some urgent matters on behalf of his father Arnath, the High Priest, and during the next day neither his son nor his daughter had a chance to speak to him about the girl, being occupied, one with his Priest’s, and the other with her Healer’s duties. It was not until the evening that they had time to speak to Aiel, and by that time he had had an encounter of his own with the strange Easterner. He had been leaving the Temple after the evening gathering. It was dusk, and a soft dimness was closing in on the Temple grounds. Turning towards his home, Aiel had seen a slim figure in a hooded black cloak approaching him, and had stopped to wait. The figure did not come very close, but stood looking at him. In the shadow of the hood, he had seen a pale, obviously feminine face – and those strange eyes, green with silver streaks radiating from the pupils. In a way they reminded Aiel of the eyes of Lak, the Black Piper, but there was no evil, no menace, in these eyes. Rather, he Perceived a wave of distress – a mixture of fear, loneliness and sorrow – emanating from the girl. Gently, Aiel asked “What is it, maiden? Do you seek my help?” For a moment the girl seemed about to speak, even lifting one hand as though to reach out to him. Yet then she stopped, and shook her head, and backed away a couple of steps before turning and moving hurriedly away. Aiel, greatly puzzled, went on his way home.

When the family gathered round the table for their evening meal, and Aiel had spoken the Meal-Blessing, Aila began to tell her father about the girl from the Harbour. She and Arenel told of their impressions, and when Aila described the girl, with her unusual green-and-silver eyes, Aiel exclaimed “Why, I have seen her – tonight! And just as you did, I Perceived loneliness, sorrow – and fear, too. Yet though she was alone and could have asked my help, she did not, though I offered it.” “How strange it is!” Arentha commented. “Perhaps” said Aila “she is Si-Mara’s prisoner, and held by the Silver Witch’s powers, though free to leave her house. Maybe that is why she was afraid, or even unable, to speak to you, Father.” “Even so, Si-Mara would not permit her to come to the Temple, where her enemy, the Lightstone-Bearer, is.” Arenel argued. The more they discussed the whole matter, the stranger it seemed. Even with the Lightstone aiding them, joining their Perceptions in the Thought-without-Words, they could not find out more than they already knew. At last Aiel said “Then we can only commit the poor maiden to Light, and pray that she will seek our help, if there is need.” So this they did.

The next day, Mellin came for his cousins, who were to return to the Fortress with him. Evidently his thoughts too had been on the strange girl, for as they rode he asked if they had heard any more of her. Arenel and Aila told him of Aiel’s encounter with her at the Temple, and of their inconclusive discussions. Mellin said “Then perhaps she is a spy of Si-Mara’s. Maybe even out of Ma’al – you said she was pale, as the people of that world are. “Oh, Mellin!” Aila laughed “She had been sea-sick. And Arenel and I Perceived no evil, no Darkness in her, only loneliness and sadness. My father said the same, but he felt fear in her too. The Lightstone would surely have revealed it to him, if the girl were a Child of Night.” “I would trust nothing that came out of the Silver Witch’s house!” Mellin said, firmly. “You are too trusting, Aila.” Arenel said, mildly, “Do not be too quick to judge, Mellin. In any case, it is unlikely that we shall see the girl again.”

Once they reached the Fortress, they forgot about the strange girl. There were greetings and messages to be given to Lin and Krystha from Aiel and Arentha, and work to do. Aila, already a competent Healer under Krystha’s instruction, had returned to her aunt to learn some of the lesser used, but still important, Healing skills. Arenel, though not officially sent to do so, knew he would spend part of his visit assisting Trenn, the Fortress’ own Priest, giving him the chance of a rare break from his duties. There would be time for leisure, too. Both brother and sister liked to walk in the Forest surrounding the Fortress, by the Falls of Vandar and the White River. Not only was the Forest a pleasant place, but it was also dear to them because of their memories of happy times spent there in childhood. They had often played there with Mellin and the other Fortress children, and sometimes Mellin’s other cousins, Janir and Shala. Their father, Barengian, Lord of the Western Fortress, was married to Lin’s sister, Mira, who would sometimes make the journey to visit her parents in the City, and Lin and Krystha at the Fortress, bringing her children with her.

On the third evening of their stay in the Fortress, Aila was up on the wall looking down over the Forest and thinking of those childhood days. From her vantage point she could see Mellin and Arenel, who were standing near the edge of the Fortress Level by the great Falls of Vandar. Swinging her gaze in the other direction, towards the Forest edges, Aila caught a slight movement, and instinctively sent out her Perception. Immediately she knew who was there; once more she felt the mingled sorrow, loneliness and fear of the strange girl from the East. There was worse than fear in her now, though, for terror and exhaustion echoed in her mind. Then Aila saw the black-cloaked figure at the very edge of the trees, tiny against the vast backdrop of Forest and Mountains. As if she felt Aila’s Perception, the girl lifted her pale face, just a blur at that distance, lifted both arms as if in silent appeal, then stepped back into the trees. Aila’s Perception scanned the thick Forest; she still Perceived that haunting presence there. Silently she reached out to Arenel, down by the Falls with Mellin. After a moment her brother’s thought answered hers; he too had reached out and Perceived the stranger. Aware that it would soon be dark, for she had been watching a magnificent sunset burning overhead, Aila hurried down from the parapet, waited impatiently while the Watchward opened the small side gate for her, and ran across the soft turf of the Fortress Level to join her brother and cousin at the head of the Falls.

In her father’s day Tamran’s Stairway, the path down from the Fortress carved into the rock beside the Falls, had been extremely steep and difficult. Now that there was more traffic between the City and the Fortress, the way had been made easier with more steps carved into the rock, though it was still the hard way to reach the Fortress, and most travellers, certainly those on horseback, would use the track that wound up the flank of the mountain. Tamran’s Stairway, though broader now, was still not so broad that one man might not defend it if need be, and Mellin. hand on sword-hilt, looked ready to do so. He demanded, as Aila came up to them, “Where is this girl, then?” Arenel had told Mellin, while they waited for Aila, what he and his sister had Perceived, and now their cousin waited while they combined their Perceptions to pinpoint the girl’s position and agreed that she was below them on their left. Carefully descending the Stairway, they discussed what they felt. “There is a Darkness about her.” said Arenel. “But not in her.” Aila said, firmly, and her brother agreed. “It is like nothing I have ever Perceived.” the young Priest said. “It is … as if she had a double nature, and partook of both Darkness and Light!” Mellin snorted “That is impossible! Light has no dealings with Darkness. She must be a Child of Night. Are there others with her?” A moment’s silence, then “She is alone” brother and sister said, almost in unison. Neither Aila nor Arenel could understand what they Perceived of the girl. Fear and hope, a reaching forward and a drawing back, and, yes, both a sense of Darkness and a touch of Light. It was like twin souls, Light and Dark, in a single body.

They found her huddled in the shelter of a large bush, crouched close to the earth like a hunted animal. When she heard them, she started to her feet, and Mellin challenged her “Why are you hiding? What do you want here, on Fortress Ground?” Arenel asked, more gently, “Do you need our help? We will give it if we can. Do not be afraid.” Aila , as gently, offered “Tell us your need, and we will aid you, maiden. We will not harm you. You can see we serve Light.” Mellin, still challengingly, said, “What should she know of Light? I tell you she is a Child of Night!”

The girl had kept silent till now. When she finally spoke, there was a hopelessness in her soft, Eastern-accented voice. “Yes, I am – a Child of Night. Yet I had hoped to seek the aid of Light. But if I am unwelcome here…” “No!” Aila cried, impulsively, “You are not unwelcome. We can give you the Choice of Light, and Light will welcome you.” Then she felt, unmistakably, a wave of sorrow from the girl. “Aila – oh yes, I know you, daughter of Aiel – if only it were that easy for me! But it is your father’s help I need, and I do not know that he will give me aid as readily as you. Yet” she added, half to herself, “it is by the Lightstone-Bearer’s hand that I am – what I am, and I think only he can help me.” Mellin stepped forward, saying impatiently “You speak in riddles, maiden – if maiden you are! And you lie! Aiel has never sent any into Darkness.” “Mellin!” Aila exclaimed, indignant at her cousin’s harshness towards the girl. Arenel said, in his gentle way, “Peace, Mellin! Maiden, you are tired and frightened, and maybe you find it hard to tell your tale. If you wish, I will set my Perception on you…” “No!” the girl broke in sharply. Arenel could perceive her fear, but to his amazement, he knew it was for him she feared, and not herself. “Son of Aiel” she continued “do not try your Perception on me, for it would harm you. There is that in me that might destroy any save the Lightstone-Bearer.”

Lifting one arm, she drew back her hood. Aila cried out, and the two young men stared. In the fading light, the girl stood out like a white stone carving, pale as a dead thing. Her face was beautiful, but so very cold, with scarcely a breath of colour except for those green-and-silver eyes. Her lips were barely touched with the palest rose imaginable, her cheeks colourless. Her shining fall of long straight hair was silver-blonde, pouring like milk over her slim, black-clad shoulders. Mellin said, in a voice shaken with loathing, “She must be of Ma’al. And kin to Si-Mara!” “Aye” the girl said, and her voice was slow and bitter now. “I am born of Ma’al, though I was born in Li’is – in your own City. And it is true that I am – kin to Si-Mara. She it was who bore me, by Lak, the Black Piper of Ma’al. I am not just a Child of Night, Lord Mellin of the Fortress. I am the Child of Night – Marla, heir to the Bloodstone!”

There was revulsion in Mellin’s face as he asked “And what then do you want with the Lightstone-Bearer, child of evil? Is it revenge you seek for your father and mother?” For the first time Marla’s face showed emotion, twisting as if in unbearable pain – a pain that echoed in Aila’s and Arenel’s Perceptions, though Mellin seemed unaware how his cruel words had hurt the girl. “I have no father or mother!” Marla cried. “He got me, and she bore me, but I was nothing to her! Father, mother, kin or friends, those I have never had…” she broke off and suddenly was sobbing, hopelessly and bitterly. Aila reached out to comfort her, shooting a reproachful look at Mellin. He stood seemingly amazed at the effect of his words, having expected Marla to rage back at him.

Arenel, sensible and practical as ever, said. “We cannot deal with this ourselves. Let us seek Aiel our father. He will tell us what to do for Marla.” Aila linked Perceptions with him, while he reached for Aiel’s Perception, and once contact was made, withdrew to tend Marla. The Healer could tell how exhausted, overwrought and near to hysteria Marla was, and was intent on calming her, anxious to draw her back. When she had succeeded in quieting the other girl somewhat, she asked “What is it that you would have the Lightstone-Bearer do for you? Do not be afraid, Marla. I am sure he will help you if he can.” “I want him to help me attain Light!” Marla exclaimed. “The Choice of Light will not suffice for me, Aila. The Darkness that was born in me must be burned out, and I believe only he can do that. If I cannot attain Light, there is no hope for me. They will take me back and kill the seed in me. They will give me to the Darkness forever!”

“The seed in you? Are you bearing a child?” Aila asked, trying to make sense of Marla’s words. “No!” the other girl exclaimed, with a mirthless laugh.”If that were all my problem, it would be small indeed. But Child of Night or no, I am as virgin as you – for now!” she shuddered at some inner thought, then went on “It is that when the Lightstone-Bearer met Si-Mara and swept her with the Lightstone’s power, I was already conceived in her. I too was touched by Light, and Light, in mercy, though I was conceived in Darkness, planted in me a seed of Light. I think Light knew that otherwise there would be no hope for me. That seed has kept me through my childhood, though they tried to raise me in Darkness. I have kept my seed of Light, but now I am grown, it is mine to nurture or destroy, that is my choice. I choose Light! I was waiting my time to escape, to be free to come and seek Light, though I did not know how. But now I have no time left! They have forged a new Bloodstone in Ma’al, and the Children of Night intend me to wield it. At the next Two-Moon Tide they will make me undergo dark ceremonies that will defile me, and make my body the dwelling of a Dark Lord. I shall be like Lak, a curse on this world! And all hope of Light in me will be destroyed. I shall be one with the Darkness forever-forever!” When Marla had begun speaking, her voice had been comparatively calm, but she had grown visibly more distressed as she spoke, until her voice rose hysterically on the last words, and she tottered and swayed against Aila.

Meanwhile Arenel, his Perception linked with his father’s, had been watching and listening so that Aiel could Perceive what was happening. Having heard Marla’s words, and seen her obvious distress, Aiel ordered “Take Marla to the Fortress and ask Lin to have her guarded well. Tell her I will come as soon as I can.” Aila, who had Perceived her father’s thought also, relayed his words to Marla, while Arenel told Mellin what Aiel had ordered. The other girl, supported by Aila’s arm, asked, in a dazed way, ” Then – the Lightstone-Bearer will help me? I have hope?” “Of course!” Aila encouraged her. “My father is coming and yes, he will help you, Marla.” Marla said, in a voice that sounded high and surprised, and made Aila look at her sharply, “But I have walked so far. I do not think I can reach the Fortress…” Aila was ready to catch her as she slumped into a faint, but it was Mellin who, despite his hostility to Marla, lifted her out of Aila’s arms and said “I will carry her to the Fortress. But we must use the road, I cannot take her up the Stairway.” First, though, Arenel and Aila sent out their Perceptions, seeking any sign that Marla had been pursued, but found none.

They pushed through the trees to the roadway and up again to the Fortress, Mellin carrying his slight burden easily. Aila had drawn the other girl’s hood up again so that her pallor did not betray her to the Watchwards, and Mellin told the guard only that they had found a maiden sick in the Forest and were bringing her to his mother for Healing. That was accepted, and they passsed back into the Fortress. “Arenel, fetch my father” Mellin requested, as he carried the girl across the courtyard to the Healing Place. Aila held open the door for him, and saw, with relief, that Krystha was in the Healing Place, crushing dried herbs with oil into a salve. She looked up in surprise as her son and niece entered. “You have found someone hurt in the Forest?” she asked, coming towards them as Mellin laid the girl down on one of the couches. Before they could reply, Arenel appeared with Lin, who asked, “Where is she, this Marla?” “Here” Aila answered, indicating the couch. Quickly she told Krystha about Marla, seeing how her aunt leaned over the girl even as she spoke, removing the black cloak, beginning to search for hurts. Lin watched and listened intently as Aila and Arenel explained Marla’s predicament.

Mellin, though, stood aside, his expression showing distrust, contributing nothing. Krystha, whose gentle hands were carefully examining the unconscious girl, looked at her sullen son, and said quietly “Mellin, we give aid here to all who need it. You know that.” He answered, almost defiantly, “I know it. Did I not obey Aiel’s wish and carry her here? But still I mistrust her. It may be some trick of Si-Mara’s.” Lin said “If Aiel wants her here, she stays here. He is the Lightstone-Bearer.” Krystha turned the girl’s head, lifting aside the soft fall of silver-blonde hair, and said “She has certainly fallen foul of Si-Mara – or someone. Look.” The others obeyed, and saw a dark streak of bruising running across the line of Marla’s cheekbone, like a stain on her pale skin. “Poor Marla!” Aila exclaimed angrily. “You said she had trouble walking, Aila?” Krystha asked. “Let us see what is wrong.” Going to the end of the couch, the Healer lifted one of the girl’s small feet. On it was a light, jewelled sandal, unsuitable footwear for walking even on the comparatively smooth stone streets of the City. On the rough ground between the City and the Fortress, the flimsy shoes had been worse than useless. The slender thongs had cut and chafed, the thin soles given no protection. Marla’s feet were blistered, bruised and bleeding. “You see?” Aila said challengingly to Mellin, but her cousin did not reply.

Lin said “Everything so far supports her story. She has been beaten, she has walked her feet raw to reach here, and she is so overwrought and exhausted that she fainted. Yet if she needs Aiel’s help and it was her he met in the Temple grounds, why did she not speak to him then?” “My father will be here as soon as he can.” Arenel said”Certainly by tomorrow. Is it not best to leave the questions to him, and let the Healers tend the maiden and let her rest till then?” “Aye – under guard!” Mellin commented, then “As Aiel himself asked” he reminded them, hastily. Lin said, “Yes, Arenel, that would be best. And you also are right, Mellin. A guard is necessary, whether for her sake or ours. I will arrange it.” The Swordsman left the room, and Krystha said, “Arenel, Mellin, leave us too. I wish to look more closely at Marla.” When her son hesitated, she added “Mellin, she is unconscious. And if she were to wake, and prove a danger to us, we can call you by Aila’s Perception.”

When the young men had gone, and Krystha had locked the door to ensure Marla’s privacy, she and Aila gently undressed the girl. “What are you looking for?” Aila asked her aunt. “Injuries- and proof.” Krystha answered, briefly. There were several more bruises showing dark on the pale skin of Marla’s arms, and across and down one shoulder and breast were deep scratches, like the claw marks of an animal. “I would guess those to be the marks of Si-Mara’s nails.” Krystha said, soberly. She moved down the couch to make a more intimate examination of the girl, then straightened and said, “And she is virgin. That is the truth too.” She smiled at Aila. “I think you were right to take her part, my dear. Poor child! If her story is true – and it seems to be- she does indeed have much to fear.” She sighed, then said, briskly, “Come now, let us make her comfortable.” Between them they salved Marla’s bruises and scratches, and washed and tended her damaged feet. Krystha found her a nightgown, and said “Tomorrow we will find her another gown – that thin black clothing is gloomy as well as unsuitable for a young maiden.”

Aila looked down at the other girl. Now that those startling eyes were closed and she was wearing the white nightgown, Marla looked more than ever like a statue carved of white stone. Aila wondered how old she was. She must be older than Aila herself, older than Arenel or Mellin, for she was the result of Lak’s union with Si-Mara, and Aiel had defeated and destroyed Lak months before he and Arentha, Lin and Krystha, had been married. Marla must be three or four years older than she herself, Aila thought. Yet perhaps because she was so small and pale and seemingly vulnerable, she seemed much younger. “Aunt Krystha, do you think Aiel my father will be able to help Marla?” Aila asked. Krystha answered “I hope so. remember that your father is the Lightstone-Bearer, and Marla has her seed of Light from his encounter with Si-Mara. I think it will be the Lightstone that Marla needs again to aid her, for I do not think the Choice of Light will be enough for her. As she said, it will not be that simple. She is born of Ma’al, for all she was born in Li’is.”

The older Healer tucked a coverlet around Marla with an unconsciously motherly gesture, and as she did so, the girl moaned, and stirred, and came to sudden consciousness again, looking round her with wide, frightened eyes. Before either of them could reassure her, she began to tug frantically at the white cloth of the nightgown which, inexplicably, seemed to fill her with dread, and screamed out “No! No! I will not!” She fought against the coverlet wrapped around her, too, as if it were some bond that trapped her. Aila cried “Marla! You are safe in the Fortress. Do not be afraid. You fainted, and we brought you here. Si-Mara cannot reach you.” Marla looked up at Aila with dazed, fearful eyes that slowly brightened with recognition. “Oh!” she gasped, “I thought – I saw the white robe and I thought they had caught and drugged me and carried me back to the Night Temple for their evil ceremonies.” Krystha asked, very gently, “And part of it would be to robe you in white?” “Yes” Marla answered, bitterly, “A white robe – but it would be white and pure no longer by the end of the ceremonies.” Then she added, very low, so that they hardly heard her “And nor would I.” Aila said, firmly, “Marla, there will be no dark ceremonies for you. Aiel my father is coming to your aid.” Krystha said “You must rest, child. But first you must eat a little. You can have had nothing for a day or two, and you need strengthening.” Marla said, seeming amazed “You are so kind, all of you! And I your enemy!” “Not our enemy” Krystha reassured her “You cannot help your parentage, Marla. And if you renounce Darkness and seek Light, you are one of our own.”

At length the two Healers were able to leave Marla, settled and sleeping. She had eaten a little bread and fruit, and drunk some wine-and-water, and been persuaded to acept a draught to help her sleep, though at first she had been wary of it, even though it was Aila who prepared and offered it to her. “Little wonder” commented Krystha, as they left the sleeping girl. She locked the door of the Healing Place behind them, slipped the key into a pouch on her Healer’s belt, and paused for a word with the stalwart young man in the rust-coloured Fortress livery who stood guard outside the door at Lin’s behest. Then, as she and Aila walked towards the Great Hall, she went on “Knowing the uses the Dark Ones make of drugs and potions to numb the will and bend others to their purposes, it is not surprising that Marla would not accept the draught easily.”

They joined the rest of the family at table in the Hall, able at last to take their interrupted evening meal. Arenel spoke the Meal-Blessing for them, and again they began to discuss Marla. Aila championed her fiercely, Mellin was as fiercely her opponent, and when Aila had to admit that, in truth, Marla had not given direct answers to some of the things she had asked, and Mellin pounced triumphantly on the admission, it seemed as though the two cousins would fall out. Lin, interrupting, forbade further discussion, and changed the subject, but Marla was in the forefront of all their minds. Her enigmatic presence was unsettling, if not threatening, and Lin thought to himself that he would be very glad when Aiel arrived to search out the truth of it.

Chapter 2

The next morning, though all of them had every intention of pursuing their normal tasks, somehow they found themselves lingering in the Great Hall after breakfast, waiting for Aiel’s arrival. Aila and Krystha had visited Marla again to tend her, salving her feet and taking her food and drink and a change of clothing, and again Aila had tried to ask Marla about the mysterious ‘ceremonies’ and the help she sought from Aiel. This time the other girl had said, quite simply, “Aila, there are things I can only tell the Lightstone-Bearer.” Then, smiling a little, she had added, “I know you stand my friend, and I thank you for trusting me. I will not betray your trust.” Aila had been content with that, but knew Mellin would not be so trusting. She did not mention it to her cousin. Hearing the clop of hooves on the courtyard outside, Mellin exclaimed, “Aiel is here!” “No”, Arenel answered, “It is not my father. Aila and I would have Perceived him.” “Perhaps a messenger from Merhaun and Alira, to say when they are coming home”, suggested Lin, for the Lord of the Mountains and his Lady were away visiting friends.

A shadow appeared in the doorway, and Aila, curious, rose from her chair to see who the visitor might be. A young man, obviously a Swordsman, he came bounding down the steps into the Hall. She heard Mellin, behind her, give an exclamation of pleasure, and Lin and Krystha both smiled broadly and hurried to greet him. Awelcome guest, then, Aila thought. She studied him covertly, so as not to seem rude. He was tall, his build, like Lin’s and Mellin’s, muscular but not stocky. His curly chestnut-brown hair, though, made Aila wonder if he were some kin of Krystha’s. He was tanned, too tanned for a Northerner. His eyes were warm and brown, his mouth rather wide, and smiling. The bones of his face, wide cheekbones, straight nose and firm jaw, were a little too strong to make him handsome, but it was a very pleasant, likeable face. To Aila it seemed a vagueky familiar face, too, though she had difficulty remembering at first. Then, as the young man turned towards her and her brother and cousin, she saw the heavy gold open-ended bracelet on his wrist, and the blue, red, green and yellow cords plaited into his sword-belt. Tokens of the West, which gave the final jog her memory needed. Now she knew him; it was Janir, Lin’s nephew, childhood companion of their times at the Fortress, son of the Lord of the Western Fortress and his Lady, Lin’s sister Mira.

“Janir?” she asked, still a little unsure, “It is you?” He gave her a warm, wide smile that was instantly familiar. “Yes, I am Janir. I did not think you would know me, Aila. But I would recognise you anywhere.” He looked over her shoulder at Arenel, still smiling, and said, “Arenel, my friend. You are a full Priest now? I must show you due deference!” Arenel smiled back, and said, “It is good to see you again, Janir.” “Sword-Brother!” Mellin said, reaching out to take his cousin and Sword-Brother in the Swordsmen’s hand-to-forearm grasp, “Arenel is right. It is good to see you.” Aila too held out her hand to her old playmate, and Janir took and held it, saying, “It is strange that you should be here today, Aila, for I had a message to be passed on to you, from Shala, my sister.” “From Shala – for me?” Aila repeated, surprised. “Why, we have not seen each other for – oh, several years!” “We have not”, her cousin’s cousin agreed, “but we remember the old friendships, do we not? Shala is to be married, and I am sent to invite my grandparents, Merhaun and Alira, Lin and Krystha and Mellin, and your family too, to the wedding. And Shala asks if you will be one of her bride-maidens.” “Oh, I would like that!”, Aila exclaimed impulsively, then, remembering Marla, “Oh, but there is – there may be – a problem.” Lin, who had come across to them during this conversation, said, “Perhaps not. Shala’s marriage may help us in this thing. Who knows? Aiel will be here soon, and then we can decide.” Janir was looking at them enquiringly, still absent-mindedly holding Aila’s hand. She did not mind, for it reminded her of happy childhood days. Janir, older by a little than the others, had been the kind and dependable one, who sorted out quarrels, soothed fears, and comforted when scratches, cuts or bruises were suffered as the result of boisterous games. Lin quickly explained about Marla, and Janir responded with quick and generous sympathy for the girl’s plight. It was evident that he was about to ask more questions, when Arenel announced, “Our father is on the Fortress Level. I Perceive him. ” Aila swung out her Perception, and felt her father’s presence, and another. “Our mother is with him”, she said gladly. She knew she would find an ally in Arentha for her championship of Marla’s cause. “Good!” ,Lin exclaimed, “With Aiel’s help, we can begin to solve this problem of Marla.”

They began to move towards the doorway, Janir releasing Aila’s hand with a little smile of syrprise at her that he had kept hold of it so long. Krystha said, “I will go and see if it is well with Marla, and if she feels ready to see Aiel. No, Aila, you ned not come. Stay and explain to Aiel what we have seen and heard.” At that moment Aila and Arenel felt the touch of their father’s Perception seeking and greeting them. Brother and sister came through the doorway into the courtyard, followed by the three Swordsmen, to see Aiel and Arentha dismounting. Their children embraced them, and the others greeted them, but not a word was said about Marla till they were back in the comparative privacy of the Great Hall. “Janir”, Arentha said, delightedly, “I am glad to see you again! But last time you were little more than a boy, and now you are a man – and a Swordsman! And how is Shala?” “Well, and about to be married. I am sent to invite you all to the wedding, and ask Aila to be one of Shala’s bride-maidens.” Aiel said, thoughtfully, “Then I doubt you are here by chance just at this time, Janir. Light knows all things. Now Aila, Arenel, come here and let me Perceive all that you have learned about this Marla.”

Brother and sister obeyed, going to stand before their father while he set his Perception on them, first Arenel, then Aila. When he released Aila from his Perception, he said, smiling, “So, I see Marla already has one friend and champion!” Then he turned to Mellin, asking, “Mellin, will you also permit me to Perceive what you have seen of her?” Mellin looked into the Priest’s face and said, with his usualoutspoken honesty, “I will, Aiel, but you will find that Marla also has an opponent. I do not trust her!” Aiel smiled at the young Swordsman’s candour, and set his Perception on Mellin. When he withdrew it, he said, “No, you do not trust her, Mellin. Why is that?” “Could you not Perceive it, Aiel?” “Mellin, that would be Trespass. You know that.” The Swordsman had a defensive look in hisclear grey eyes. “Aiel, what she claims is – is simply impossible! How can there be Light and Dark in one spirit – a soul cannot be divided so! And how shall such a Child of Night, born of Darkness, seek Light? Yes, there is the Choice of Light, but she refused that.” “No”, Aila protested, ” She did not refuse it, Mellin. She only said that because of who she is, the Choice of Light was not enough to free her from the Darkness in her. She wished that it were!”

“Mellin”, Aiel said gently, “listen to your own words. Do they not remind you of anything?” It was obvious that they did not, but equally obvious that to both Lin and Arentha, Aiel’s question had a meaning. They were both staring at the Lightstone-Bearer with a mingled awe and excitement in their eyes. “Can it be?”, Lin murmured, “Aiel , after so long – the Way continues?” “Father, Aiel -what is it?” Mellin asked. Aiel reached inside his robe and drew out one of the metal cylinders used for record-keeping in the Temple. He tipped out a scroll,unrolled it, and read aloud “From this shall come a strange thing; Dark and Light in one spirit, a soul divided. He shall hear the Child of Night cry mercy of Light, and Darkness shall lay its Dark powers at the feet of Light. Hate shall be transformed to love, and pain to joy.” Aila too stared at her father. “But that is Marla – where is it written about Marla?” Aiel rolled up the scroll and said quietly, “In the Secret Word”. He went on to explain, in answer to their exclamations and questions, “It seems we are entering upon the fulfilment of the next part of the Secret Word. You see, if what Marla says is true, she is what she is because of the Lightstone’s touch- as a result of the Lightstone Way. And that is what the Secret Word says – that out of the fulfilment of the first part of the Secret Word comes the continuing Way – the Way of a Child of Night with a soul divide between Dark and Light. Marla.” Krystha had come back into the Hall, unnoticed, and stood listening. Now she said, as quietly, “I had wondered, Aiel. I too recalled the Secret Word.” “Krystha, how is it with the girl?”, he asked. “She is on a knife-edge, Aiel. She is truly a soul didvide, and if you do not bring her hope, she may go down to Darkness, or madness. Balancing hope and fear in her mind is taking all her energy. We had to give her a draught to help her sleep, and even then, she said, she dreamt fearsome dreams.”

“Or”, Mellin said, his tone cold and slow, “she too knows the Secret Word, and is acting a part on Si-Mara’s behalf, seeking revenge for her father’s defeat and death!” “She could not feign her body’s responses”, Krystha, the Healer, pointed out. “She could feign them by enchantment, or some dark drug”< her son argued. “She might even be a Shape-Changer, as her father was, and not as we have seen her at all.” “Mellin!” Aila protested. “No, let him speak”, Aiel said. “He may well be wrong – very wrong. But it is good to have one doubter among us, to remind us that there might be deception and Darkness here. The maiden could even be under some enchantment of Si-Mara’s and not even know it. Though I think the Lightstone would have warned us.” Janir, who had not yet spoken, said, “I have not seen the maiden, so perhaps I should not speak. But would not Aila and Arenel, having Perception, have sensed any evil intent in her?” ” Probably”, Lin said, ” But I too am not yet convinced. It is true that the Secret Word seems to point to Marla, and she to be free of guile. But the Lady Alira has told us much of what she suffered among the Children of Night, and they are very cunning.”

Aila admitted “I know that Marla has not told us everything. Certain things which I have asked her she has refused to answer, saying she could only tell the Lightstone-Bearer. But I felt that she had a reason for not answering me, and it was not an evil reason.” “I will try her with the Lightstone, and see what I may learn”, Aiel said, “but my feeling is that Marla speaks the truth.” He looked round at them all. “Aila, Arenel, Mellin, Janir – forgive me if I exclude you for now. Too many folk around her may alarm her, and I wish to form my own impression of her.” He made a gesture with his arm that included Lin, Krystha and Arentha. “We four will go to her. We are the Way-Sharers, sworn to the Lightstone. I think we shall know what Light wills for Marla.”

When their elders had gone, the four young people were left to discuss the strange events and the problem of Marla. They had all known, of course, of the Lightstone Way and the Way-Sharers, but it had been long ago to them, before any of them but Janir had been born.It was difficult to imagine their parents, aunts and uncles, having a part in such an adventure, or to understand that there might now be a time for them to take up the Way again. Eventually, though, with Aila and Mellin again taking opposing views of Marla, the discussion threatened to become heated, and Arenel, in his sensible way, said, “Let us wait until our parents return, and see what our father has to say of her. In the mean time, Janir, tell us about Shala’s wedding.” “She is to marry Ket-Tal, the Ket’s grandson. His father it was who fought the Sword-Trial with Lin on the Lightstone Way, and afterwards became his Sword-Brother.” Mellin looked interested. “I have heard my father tell of that! Is the son a good Swordsman too?” “He is, and my Sword-Brother. He has been serving with us in the Westward Watch, and that is where Shala met him. He has a younger sister, Zohra, who has a wonderful gift of music. She is to be Shala’s bride-maiden too, with Aila, and sing at the wedding feast.”

Meanwhile Lin, Arentha and Aiel had followed Krystha to the Healing Place, where they found Marla just as Krystha had left her, the food beside her on a table barely touched. She drew back a little as they entered, but then she saw Aiel, and leaned forward again, her strangely coloured eyes lifting to his with a mixture of hope and fear. He said, “You should have spoken to me at the Temple, child. There was no need to fear me.” “Lightstone-Bearer, can you – will you- help me?” Marla asked. “If I can, I will. And with the aid of Light, I hope that I can.” Arentha, always gentle and compassionate, bent and carefully smoothed back the girl’s silver-blonde hair, looking into the pale, unhappy face. “Poor child!”, she said, “You must have been so lonely and afraid!” “Are you Aila’s mother?” Marla asked, “You are so like her.” When Arentha smiled and nodded, Marla went on, “Aila is truly blessed of Light. I wish…”, then stopped, and bit her lip, as if what she wished were too painful to express. Arentha, tenderhearted as her daughter, gathered Marla in a warm hug, then turned to her husband and said “Aiel, we must help her!” “Then she must help us to help her”, Aiel answered. To Marla, he said, “Marla, will you tell us all of the truth? We cannot help you otherwise. Aila said you evaded her questions.” “I did, Lightstone-Bearer, and that was deliberate. There are things I could not tell her – or the young men. I would not defile them with such knowledge. I who was born to Darkness suffer from what I have learned and experienced. It is not fitting that I should tell Aila such things.”

Aiel was impressed by what she said. He answered, “Then I thank you for your thoughtfulness towards my daughter, Marla. But you can unburden yourself to my Perception.” “Lightstone-Bearer, I forbade Arenel to try his Perception on me, and I am not sure if even for you, it would be safe. I have a kind of – Dark Perception of my own. And there are powers in me, latent now, and I would not use them deliberately – I long to be rid of all! But if the Darkness chose to work through me, would I be able to prevent it? I would not wish to harm you, though I do not intend to.” “You might also”, Lin pointed out, “wish to avoid Aiel’s Perception.” “I might”, she admitted, “if I were not what I say I am. Do you disbelieve me, Lord Lin?” “I am undecided”, he answered her honestly, “But if you are speaking the truth, you will not find me an enemy, Marla.” “I thank you also for your warning, Marla”, Aiel said. “Tell us your story now, the we can decide what is to be done.”

Marla looked from one face to another, then, seeming reassured, nodded and began “Do you know that I was born on your wedding day? I suppose not. The Dark Ones rejoiced – oh not for my sake. I was nothing. But I was a body that was to be prepared for Darkness to inhabit…” Briefly then she told them of her early life; sent away by the evil mother who had no use for her except as a dwelling for Darkness when she was grown, the babe had been sent to the Eastern continent of Li’is to be raised unseen. At first she had been given to a nursemaid who was not a Child of Night, but who harboured no illusions about her pale, sickly nursling. Despite that, as Marla had grown older and stronger, the nurse had tried to sether on the road to Light, even, when she was old enough, taking her to the Eastern Temple. “But the Priest of Light there called me a child of evil, and told her to take me away, for I would defile the Temple”, Marla said, her voice trembling with remembered rejection and hurt. “That was the first time I was aware of my Dark Perception, for I could feel his anger and fear towards me. It was – it was that memory,partly, that kept me from you at the Temple, Lightstone-Bearer.” Aiel nodded, then said, “Marla, my name is Aiel. Call me that. ” She smiled fleetingly at him, and went on.

She had been reasonably happy with the nurse until she was about twelve years old, when men had come to take her away to the Children of Night. The nurse, upset and frightened for Marla, had refused to let her go. But in the night, Marla said, they had come again. She had woken to shouts and screams and the tread of feet that came to her door. Confused and frightened by the noise and the whirlwind of dark emotions that she sensed, Marla had been carried off. Looking back, she had seen the little house ablaze, with no sign of her nurse. “I did not need to look”, Marla said. “I knew she was dead – oh, Aiel, I felt her die, and it was dreadful! ” She could not have feigned the pain in her voice. Aiel put a comforting hand on her shoulder, and Arentha reached out and held Marla’s pale, cold hand. Marla told them that she had been taken to the house of one of the Children of Night, a woman, a courtesan, and in that house her ‘training’ in the perversions of the Children of Night was begun. Though, mercifully, she was not expected to take any part in it, it would have been impossible that she should not realise what was happening in the house, nor was any attempt made to hide it from her; in fact it was flaunted before her as part of her ‘training’. There also she was made to learn the mixing of drugged potions, to weaken the will and bend the recipient towards Darkness, and of more deadly potions.

When she herself had reached womanhood, Marla said, the occasion had been marked with a coarse ribaldry that embarrassed and upset her. Two years on, the question had been raised of whether Marla’s ‘training’ should go further. Was she too – like her mother, Si-Mara – to become a courtesan? “There was a man”, Marla explained, her voice shaking with the memory, “Much – oh much older than me, and – quite disgusting, Aiel, I could not tell you…this man saw me, and he – he wanted me. They sent word to Si-Mara, to see what she would have them do with me. I had to wait for their message to reach the City, and her reply to come – and it was delayed by the Two-Moon Tide. And all the time the man was coming to the house, and – and lusting after me – he would leer at me and try to touch me. I was so afraid! It made me ill – I was so sure Si-Mara would say yes, I must go to his bed that I went to where the potions were made, and stole some poison. If they said I must go to him, I meant to kill myself! When the letter came, I was in an agony of terror, especially when they sent for me and the man was there! Then they told him Si-Mara was planning some great ceremonies of Darkness in a few years’ time and i must be virgin for them, so he could not have me. I could feel his anger, and his lust, and his hatred for me because he could not have me. Then I fainted – oh, they thought I was sick, but it was because it had been so terrible, and now it was over.”

Krystha, while Marla had been speaking, had gone quietly to her Healer’s bench and drawn a bowl of clear spring water from the pump. Into it she stirred some powdered herbs and brought the reviving draught to Marla. The girl smiled at her gratefully, and drank, then set down the bowl and drew the back of one hand across her brow, pushing back her hair as if she were weary. Arentha said, “Aiel, should she not rest a little, now?” “It would be best if she went on”< her husband answered, but looked questioningly at Marla as he said it. “Aye, let me finish with the telling!” Marla exclaimed, as though it were something she wanted over and done with, and she continued with her story. Though she was not made to join in the activities at the woman’s house, nor at the Night Temple of the East, where she was frequently taken, Marla had been made to watch. What she had seen in the Night Temple, and the knowledge that she was expected to preside over such doings after Si-Mara’s ceremonies, had horrified her. Haltingly she told them of the acts of the Children of Night, their total abandonment to Darkness and their own lusts, of suffering wantonly and gloatingly inflicted, foul sacrifices carried out before her eyes, while she was helpless to intervene.

Marla wept bitter tears of shame as she described the victims’ fear and pain and her own helplessness to aid them. Krystha and Arentha tried, to comfort her, and Lin looked at Aiel, who saw that his friend’s face was grim, not with condemnation of Marla, but angeragainst those who had subjected her to such horror and mental pain. Aiel was remembering, and knew Lin was too, the girl they had found dying, a victim of the Children of Night, in the Ruins of the Dark city, many years before on the Lightstone Way. The anguish and distress and feelings of helplessness they had experienced then were what Marla was describing, but her experiences had been worse. Not only had she seen similar foul deeds many times over, she had not even been able to express her hurt and revulsion, fo she had been expected to join in the Dark Ones’ gloating enjoyment of their victims’ torment. Now she looked into Aiel’s face and asked unhappily, “Was there really nothing I could have done to save them, Aiel, or was I a coward? Will Light forgive me this?” “Light is merciful”, he answered her, “And I do not think there was anything you could have done, a maiden alone, Marla.”

She was bringing her story towards its conclusion. “Some months ago Si-Mara sent for me, and I knew the time was coming when she would want me for the ceremonies. I was afraid, and yet – I was curious too, to see what she was like. I knew what a mother should be like – my old nurse had shown me that – and I had always known it was not like that with her and with me, for I knew she did not love or care for me, and I felt nothing at all for her. So I had told myself that I could not be her true daughter, but some foundling she had raised for the purposes of Darkness.” The sea voyage had made her ill, Marla continued, and she had to rest for a day in Si-Mara’s house before she was fit to meet her mother. Meanwhile women had been sent to make her new clothing. “On the second day she summoned me to her – oh,like a servant, not a child! She was in the Night Temple, which is a great black hall in her house. It was dark, and she was on a dais at the end. There were lamps where she was, but I had to walk through the darkness to reach her, and I could feel the evil in the place. When I reached the dais, she was lying there, by the Black Altar, on a silver couch, and Tamat her bodyguard stood at her side. I looked at her, and she at me, and I could not pretend any longer. It was almost like looking in a mirror – oh, her face was older, and crueller, and my eyes are different, but it was my face! Then she smiled, and that was cruel too, and she said I was beautiful, and was pleased. But she meant only that I looked like her! She said, “We are flowers of Darkness, you and I. We are born of Ma’al, and too much of Li’is and its accursed Light will sicken us.” Then she began to tell me…”

Si-Mara had told Marla of Lak and the Bloodstone, of Aiel and the Lightstone, of her own encounter with Aiel, and Lak’s destruction. And Marla said, “Oh, you do not know how much she hates and fears you, Aiel! But I knew you were my hope, for it was then I came to understand how the seed of Light had been born in me. I was already conceived in Si-Mara when you searched her with the Lightstone, and through it Light touched me too, and left me hope.” “I felt it!”, Aie lexclaimed, remembering. “Marla, I felt you! When I searched Si-Mara, I Perceived something strange, unformed, in her, that Light touched through me. I did not understand it then, but it must have been you, newly conceived.” “Aye”, Marla said quietly to this confirmation. “That is why I told Aila that you made me what I am, though I do not think she understood. And I knew that only you could help me, because if you had destroyed the Darkness that was my – my father, surely you could burn out the Darkness in me too.” But then, Marla said, Si-Mara had told her the worst news. A new Bloodstone had been forged in Ma’al – the Otherworld – and she, Marla, was intended to wield it,as Lak’s heir. The ‘ceremonies’ which the Children of Night were preparing would be twofold in purpose; to receive the Bloodstone from Ma’al, and to make her the instrument of Darkness to use its powers. When they exclaimed in horror at this, Marla cried out passionately, “Oh, believe me, I want no part of it! Do you know what they will do to me, to make me a fit bearer of this loathsome thing, this curse on Li’is?”

She told them what Si-Mara had told her, of the sacrifices that would be made first, of Marla’s coming in the white robe that would be ritually defiled with the blood and dung of the animal sacrifices, a robe that would eventually be stripped from her before the Children of Night, so that her body should be as ritually defiled. As she spoke now the girl’s face bore the glazed, terrified look of one in a waking nightmare. “I will be made to give myself – to be available – to anyone there- for anything at all- I must be ceremonially defiled-to make me Dark enough. They will – they will call a Lord of Darkness – to inhabit my body and wield the Bloodstone. And there will be murder – the Bloodstone must be fed…” Marla broke down into tears again, sobbing and trembling. Arenth sat beside her on the couch and hugged her, looking up at her husband with angry yet pitying eyes. “Aiel, do not let her go on! You have heard enough. Poor child! Oh Marla, poor ,poor child!” Marla sobbed “They will destroy my seed of Light and make me all Darrkness. I will not be the Bloodstone-Wielder and bring Darkness into Li’is! I shall kill myself first!” “Hush, Marla, child!” Krystha protested. “Do not distress yourself. You are safe, here in the Fortress. Aiel will find a way to help you, and Si-Mara cannot withstand the Lightstone-Bearer.” Marla, a little calmed by the Healer’s reassurances, gasped, “How can I bear it , that she is my mother – oh, I will not call her that, but I cannot deny it! While I was with her, they brought my new clothes – courtesan’s clothes, oh, shameless things! She told me to take off my gown and put them on, to show her how I looked, and I asked her to send Tamat away first. She laughed at me at first, then, when I insisted, she grew angry and cursed me for it. She said she would not have such ‘prudishness’ and if I persisted, she would beat it from me. She came down from the couch and slapped me, and then she ripped the gown from me with her own hands.” Marla’s hand went to the scratch marks at her shoulder and breast as she went on, “She tore me with her nails. She said I must get used to men looking at me, touching me. She made me stand still and told Tamat to -to touch me. It was horrible!” The girl buried her face in her hands , as if ashamed, for a long few moments, then, seeming to recover a little, she continued, “When he grew – aroused – she said that but for the ceremonies she would have let him take me, but meanwhile she would show me what to do. I was naked, and helpless, and – oh, Aiel, she made me watch while she let him take her there, in front of me, on the silver couch. But he – he was looking at me, and I knew that in his mind it was me on that couch, and that when the ‘ceremonies’ came, he would be the first to want to take me.” She shuddered, and Arentha, who was still embracing her comfortingly, felt a chill herself, as though it were a death shudder that ran through the girl. Marla said, “When it was over, and she had made me put on the clothes, she let me go. I ran to the Bathing Place, and I was sick till I could be sick no more, and I washed and washed myself, but I could not feel clean. That night I ran away, to find you, Aiel.”

She paused again, looking round at them all, then confessed, “I was afraid! I came to the temple, and I longed to go in, to see for myself what the place of Light was like, to find the Lightstone-Bearer, and ask for help – for peace! But I remembered the Priest of the Eastern Temple, and, hurt as I was, I did not want to suffer any further hurt. I could not have borne to feel hatred and rejection. And there were so many people there – that frightened me too. Then I heard someone speak to you as you left the Temple, Aiel, and I knew you, and followed you. I was desperate for your help, but when you turned to me, I drew back. I could not overcome my fear! Yet when I saw Aila, earlier, I was not afraid. I saw that she too had Perception, and I felt -somehow in my heart I felt that if I could only speak to her, she would understand, and help me to speak to her father, the Lightstone-Bearer. Maybe – I do not understand these things, but if Light wished to help me, maybe Light turned her heart towards me in friendship. I followed her here, and the rest you know.” Marla finished speaking, and gave a great, deep sigh, as though the telling had wearied her, body, soul and spirit.

The others were silent too, trying to take in all she had told them, and the horrors she had experienced. Arentha still held and soothed the girl, while Krystha watched her with a Healer’s care. Lin, now convinced of the truth of Marla’s story, stood with a grave and thoughtful face, considering it all. Aiel too stood looking at Marla thoughtfully. He did not for a moment doubt the truth of her story and was determined to help her, if it were possible, but he did not yet know how. He was only sure that Light had sent Marla to him in fulfilment of the Secret Word, and that he would need Light’s guidance. Now Marla was gazing up at him, her strange eyes full of urgent pleading, an Krystha, Lin and Arentha had switched their attention to him too, to see what he would do. Aiel reached inside his robe and drew out the Lightstone. He held it out on its chain so that Marla could see it. “Marla”, he said, “this is the Lightstone.” It was quiescent now, an unimpressive white stone, semi-opaque, like a pebble, save that at its heart burned a tiny spark. Marla, though, was looking at it with rapt attention. “Look”, she breathed, “it has a seed of Light in it too, like me.”

“Let us see what the Lightstone has to say of you”< Aiel said, smiling at her so that she would not be afraid. He was anxious to know how the Stone would treat the girl. Would the light embrace Marla, as it did the Children of Light, or search her with blazing brilliance, as a Child of Night? But when he laid the Stone to Marla’s brow, and the light poured forth, it took no form he had seen before. The light encircled Marla, without touching her, keeping its distance from her yet surrounding her completely. It made Aiel remember the Lightshield that had protected him on the Meeting Place as he fought Lak for the Dancers. Then he understood. The light withdrew into the Lightstone, and Marla cried, “Light would not touch me! oh, Aiel, Light rejects me!” “No!2, he answered her, quite sharply, because he could see she was on the edge of despair and he wanted to snatch her back. “Marla, hear me! Light does not reject you, it protects you. Did you not see the Lightshield around you?” Marla looked at him hopefully, and he continued, “Marla, there is Darkness in you, but it is not of your choosing. Though Light cannot touch you till the Darkness id driven out of you, Light will protect you from the Darkness that would enslave you. Do you understand?”

Marla shook her head. Aiel went o patiently, “As you know, for you the Choice of Light is not enough, for you have already chosen Light against Darkness. It is – it is as if you were born with some sickness. Though you wished to be well, it would avail nothing unless you went to the healers for treatment.” Marla asked, “Then who – or what – will heal me of Darkness, Aiel?” Aiel answered, “I have asked this of Light. Marla, it is in my heart that we must take you to the Dancers. THey alone of all created beings know the rhythm of life in both Li’is and Ma’al. They will know how to rid you of the rhythms of Darkness and attune you to Light, and to Li’is.” Marla exclaimed, “Oh, Aiel – you have brought me the first hope I think I have ever had in my life! How shall I ever thank you?” He smiled at her. “When you are free to stand before the Crucible in the Temple with me, and praise Light as one of Light’s Children – that will be all the thanks i need, Marla.” Arentha told the girl, “Light foreknew you too, Marla. It is written about you in the Secret Word. Light has prepared the way foryou.” “A Secret Word that speaks of me? Truly?” Marla breathed, and Aiel took the scroll and read it to her. Her eyes grew wide with awe, and she burst out, “Then Light does know and care about me? How wonderful!” Then she said, more doubtfully, “But Aiel, Si-Mara will be searching for me.How shall I make the journey without being captured by the Children of Night? And will it not be dangerous for those who travel with me? Will you four also be my Way-Sharers?” “In all these things wemust seek Light”< Aiel told her. “But Janir of the Western Fortress is here, on an errand which may help us. Krystha, is Marla well enough to join us in the Great Hall?” “I think she will be, now that you have eased her mind and her story is told, Aiel. She has had a darught to help her. But How do you feel in yourself, Marla, child?” “I think I can”< Marla said, then, “It is always my instinct to hide myself away, because of what I am. But with you all I feel safe.” She smiled shyly at them. “You have all been so kind to me – even Lord Mellin, who does not trust me, has helped me.”

So Aiel led the way back to the Great hall, where the four young people were waiting, full of curiosity. Aiel told them, “I believe we can help Marla attain Light, but to do that we must take her to the Dancers. And,as she herself has reminded us, Si-Mara will be searching for her, so we will need to be circumspect. Janir, your errand may help us.” “Shala’s wedding? Of course I will help in any way I can, Aiel, but I do not see the connection.” “You have come to invite us to the marriage, and to ask Aila to be Shala’s bride-maiden. But how if we take back two bride-maidens?” “Marla!”, Janir exclaimed, “Yes, of course, Aiel!” “They will not expect us to take her to the West, “Lin said thoughtfully. “It is a good idea, Aiel. We can go in a roundabout way from the Western Fortress.” “And even if they should suspect, there will be many guests returning home, afterwards”, Janir added, “in all directions. They cannot watch everyone!” “But – everyone will know me for what I am, a child of Ma’al”, Marla protested. “The bride will not want such a one for bride-maiden!” “Shala will not reject you, Marla, when she knows your story”< Janir told her. “I know my sister – she will want to help you.” “And there are ways to change your appearance, child”, Krystha said. “I had thought of it anyway. There are plants that will yield dyes for your hair and cheeks to make you look more like a daughter of Li’is.”

“Then who is it that goes with Marla to the Dancers?” Aila demanded. “Father, I want to go with her,to help her and be her freind.” Marla smiled gratefully at her, and Aiel said. “Perhaps.It will be dangerous, Aila, even with the Lightstone.” “So was the first Way”< Aila said. “If Mother and Aunt Krystha are going with you, surely I can go too. And i have Perception.” “We have not yet decided anything”< Aiel reminded his insistent daughter. “Janir, the Ket is to be at the wedding, since it is his grandson Shala is marrying?” “Yes, he will be there”, Janir answered. “Then we will make our plans for getting Marla to the Western Fortress safely, and when we are there I will speak to the Ket. He will be able to give us guidance on our journey”,Aiel said. Krystha said, “Will you need ‘melody and healing’ on this Way, Aiel?” “The ‘Treasures of the Mountains’?”Aiel quoted back at her, with a smile<“Are you ready for another Way, Krystha?” But all she said was “Perhaps”, and there was something in her tone that tugged at his Perception. He looked closely at her. She was her usual self, though. Perhaps a little pale, which would not have been surprising given the strange happenings of the last two days, but it was hard to tell with her clear, creamy skin. Perhaps she was concerned for Lin, Aiel thought, since her husband had come so near to death on the first Way. “Janir, when is the marriage to be?” Arentha asked. “In a month’s time, before the Westerners move back to the Plateau”< Janir said, “but I was to ask if Aila could come back with me now, so that her gown could be prepared. ” “Then we will all need to go, within a few days”. Aiel said. “Arentha and I brought some gear with us, in case of need. I will send the Thought-without-Words to Arnath my father to explain. Janir, the Western Fortress must support a few more guests until Shala’s wedding.” “No problem in that”<Janir said.


DAUGHTER OF DARKNESS, SEED OF LIGHT

Chapter 3

Krystha, realising that in all the ado with Marla none of them had eaten since breakfast time, and that Aiel and Arentha had left the City early and had a hard ride to the Fortress, went off to organise a meal for them . Aiel took Janir and Lin aside, to discuss the question of their journey to the Western Fortress. Mellin, who had contributed nothing to their earlier deliberations, stood a little apart, still seeming hostile to and suspicious of Marla, trying not to look at her. Aila had made Marla sit down in a chair, to rest her still tender feet, and was talking to her quietly and comfortingly. Arentha, watching, could not help but contrast the two girls; her own daughter’s dark hair, healthy colour, vivid blue eyes and lively air, and Marla’s paleness, silver-blonde hair, eerie green-and-silver eyes and almost apathetic languor. Krystha had exchanged the filmy, revealing black garments Si-Mara had forced Marla to wear, for an everyday gown, but it was in a pale green, a bad choice of colour, for it made Marla’s pallor seem even more pronounced. Arentha thought about the prospect of a new Way. She was not frightened at the thought, knowing how Light had protected them on the first Way, and had brought joy out of Darkness for them too. She knew Krystha was as happy with Lin as she herself was with her beloved Aiel. They had known that the Secret Word had not been completely fulfilled on that Way, and must be fulfilled in Aiel’s lifetime. They had sometimes wondered how. But still Marla and her need and this new Way had come as a surprise to them. Arentha’s life was settled, happy, placid. A new Way would be a great upheaval. But, she chided herself, she was being selfish. Like her daughter, she felt drawn to the unhappy Marla by bonds of compassion,, and had decided she would do all she could to help the girl.

The food had been brought, and Krystha rejoined them. It was a strange time for a meal, and Mellin’s glowering looks at Marla showed that he was not pleased to have the routine of his home upset by this pale stranger. Aila, feeling the need to compensate for her cousin’s rudeness, and also because of her sympathy towards Marla, spent most of the mealtime talking to her and trying to persuade her to eat, for Marla’s appetite- never large, she confided to Aila – had disappeared again under Mellin’s unfriendly gaze. Aila, seeing this, took Mellin to task for upsetting Marla, and received such an ungracious reply from her usually brotherly cousin that for a moment tears stung her eyes, though she blinked them angrily away. She saw Janir look at her with concern, and tried to smile at him, but her wounded feelings would not let her. Marla whispered to her “Oh, Aila, I am sorry! See, I have brought Darkness with me, among your family. “Perhaps – perhaps I should go from here!” “No, Marla!” Aila answered quickly. “If Mellin wishes to be foolish, let him! It is not your doing, but his own stubborness.” Janir leaned to say something to Mellin, who looked at his Sword-Brother with a startled air, then across at Aila. Some moments later, after a few more words from Janir, Mellin held out his hand to Aila across the table, saying, with some embarrassment, “I-I am sorry, Aila.” Aila smiled, and laid her hand in her cousin’s in token of forgiveness, and he gave it a little squeeze. As he withdrew his hand, Mellin said to Marla – though it was obvious that it cost him an effort – “Heed my cousin, maiden, and eat. You will need strength.” Aila smiled again, this time at Janir – Janir the peacemaker!- she thought, once again, so naturally, taking on the role of ‘older brother’ as he had when they used to play together as children.

The elder four, aware of the undercurrents at the table, had not interfered, leaving the young ones to sort out their differences, while they discussed the ways in which Marla might be disguised and protected on her journey to the Western Fortress. Arentha, like Aiel, noticed her sister’s slight abstraction, and also that Krystha, though she had said she was hungry, did not eat much. Was she too unsettled, Arentha wondered, by the idea of a new Way? She knew that when Krystha was under stress, she could have headaches which made it hard for her to eat. Were Marla’s arrival, and the events it had precipitated, causing Krystha to feel unwell? When Krystha, shortly after the meal had ended, excused herself, and disappeared in the direction of the Healing Place, Arentha was sure she was right. Aiel had called Marla to him to explain what had been decided so far about their journey, while Lin, Mellin and Janir conferred together about mounts, provisions and protection for the travellers. Aila and Arenel joined their mother, and she said quietly to Aila, “My dear, I wish you would go to the Healing Place and see if Aunt Krystha is there, and if it is well with her. She did not seem herself today, ,and ate very little. Perhaps she has one of her headaches.” Aila smiled at her mother, saying, “Surely, I will go.” and turned away towards the Healing Place.

As she went out into the courtyard, Aila felt the air chill on her face. Though winter was just past, and it was only a month to the Spring Festival, the air was still cold, especially in the Mountains. She could have walked through the corridors indoors, but it was quicker to cut across the courtyard and through the herb garden and side door into the Healing Place, when one was in a hurry. Coming thus unexpectedly into the Healing Place, Aila stopped short, finding her aunt bowed over a basin, retching. Krystha’s face was flushed, her eyes very bright. A fever? “Dear Aunt Krystha, what is it? What ails you?” Aila asked anxiously, one hand automatically reaching towards the racks of dried and powdered herbs on the Healer’s bench. “No, there is no cure for this, child.” Krystha told her. Aila stared at her. Surely Krystha was not smitten by some incurable sickness? “Aila” her aunt said “there will be no Way for me, not this time. You will have to be their Healer. Are you ready?” “Yes, I think so. But you..” Before she could finish, Krystha’s eyes suddenly welled with tears. “Aila, bring Lin to me!”

Leaving her weeping aunt, Aila fled, in a terror of apprehension, to find Lin. She reached the Great Hall where all the others were gathered, and burst in, startling them. Ignoring all proprieties, she ran to where Lin stood with his son and nephew, and tugged urgently at his sleeve. “Lin, oh Lin, come quickly! Aunt Krystha needs you! She begged me to fetch you, and she is sick and says there is no cure, and I must go on the Way in her place. And Lin, she is weeping so…” Aila’s words spilled out in an unhappy torrent. Lin had turned to look at her when she pulled at his sleeve, so only Aila saw the pain and fear in his eyes at her words. “Come, she may need you!” Lin told her, curtly, and was out of the door and striding towards the Healing Place before Aila had time to collect herself, so that she had to run to keep up with him. They reached the Healing Place and Aila followed Lin in, to find Krystha standing where Aila had left her, her face in her hands, still weeping. Lin took three quick strides to her side, caught hold of her hands, and asked in a voice that was hoarse with anxiety, “Krystha, my heart! What is it? What ails you? Aila said you were sorely ill, and needed me!” Krystha stared at his anxious face and glanced in startled enquiry at Aila. “Aunt Krystha, dear, what is it? You said there was no cure, that you could not go on the Way.” “Krystha, in the Name of Light, tell me!” pleaded her worried husband. “Oh!” Krystha exclaimed. “My dears, I am sorry. I have frightened you both, needlessly. I did not think clearly, I was so overwhelmed when I knew for sure.” She stopped, and raised one hand and laid it tenderly against Lin’s cheek. “Lin, dear love, I am not sick. I am bearing a child!” “Ohh!” Aila gasped, realisation and relief rising in her. Lin said nothing but “Krystha!” and gathered his Lady into a fervent, thankful embrace. Over his shoulder, Krystha smiled at Aila, and Aila returned the smile and slipped quietly out of the room, leaving her aunt and uncle to their joy.

For a while Lin did nothing but hold Krystha tightly, and when at last he raised his head to look at her, he had tears in his eyes. “Oh, my love!” he said, slowly, as though he weighed and savoured each word. Then, “Oh, I was so afraid, when Aila said you were sick and there was no cure. I thought I would lose you!” Krystha laughed gently, and teased him, “After all these years, have you not had enough of me?” “My Lady and my love, a hundred years of you would not be enough.” Krystha was touched. Their love was deep, and though they sometimes clashed, for her temper could still be fiery, and Lin’s will strong, he showed his love for her in many ways. But seldom in fine words, for that was not his way. Lin was frowning a little now. “Krystha, will it be safe for you? Tarmeya…” She cut in, quickly, to reassure him. “Tarmeya was some years older than I, her heart was weak, and she had had no proper care because she did not know she was bearing a child. By the time they realised she was birthing, and sent for me, it was too late. I thought” she continued “for a while, that her man would go mad with grief, or hate the child forever. But now the boy is his greatest comfort. Light is merciful, for at least I could save the babe.” “But are you glad, my love?” he asked. “With Mellin a man grown, it will be strange to have a babe again.” She smiled at him. “When the years passed, after Mellin was born, and no sign of another babe, I was a little sad. But I had one fine son, and I had you, my Lin. I was content. But now-” and her eyes sparkled at him, “I am glad, and excited – and just a little afraid…Sword-Brother.” He smiled back. She had not called him that for a long time.

In the Great Hall, Aila’s urgent plea to Lin, and their hurried exit, had left turmoil behind. Mellin turned to Arentha, his face so distressed that despite her own fears for her sister, she reached out to hug him reassuringly. “Oh Mellin, my dear!” she exclaimed “Surely Krystha would have told us, if..” she stopped, then, unwilling to put all their fears into words. “Aunt Arentha, what could ail her so that she sent for my father, unless it were serious?” Mellin asked, unconvinced. Aiel said “Mellin, trust Light. I do not feel it in me, that your mother is in danger.” Mellin, his fear for Krystha churning in him, found vent for his feelings in anger, directed at Marla. “Nothing ailed my mother until we brought this spawn of Darkness here!” he cried in accusation. Arenel, seeing Marla flinch, said quietly “Mellin, I understand your fear for Aunt Krystha, but you cannot blame Marla.” “Can I not? Who knows what dark powers she has, what witchcraft she may be weaving? We know who her parents were – the witch-whore and the Lord of Darkness! Is that not enough?” Janir’s voice cut across his cousin’s, sharply. “Mellin-Sword-Brother! Will you shame yourself by insulting the guest within your walls?” And then Marla herself spoke. Her voice trembled a little, but she addressed Mellin gently, firmly, but without anger. “Lord Mellin, if I am – what you say I am – then grant me that my knowledge of the works of Darkness must be greater than yours. If there were any deadly sickness in your mother, I would know it. There is none.” Her attempt to comfort him was not well received. Mellin flung round on her, demanding “How should you know if she is sick or no? Are you a Healer? You are born to harm, not heal, Child of Night!”

They were all so aghast at Mellin’s bitter anger towards the girl that Aila had re-entered the room unnoticed. She was about to leap to Marla’s defence when her father spoke. She had never heard such anger in Aiel’s voice; it split the air like a whiplash. All he said was “Mellin – enough!” but his tone was so commanding, as well as angry, that Mellin stared wide-eyed at his uncle and subsided into a white-faced miserable silence. Aila’s anger towards him, for speaking to Marla so harshly, gave way to pity for his misery. She said “Mellin, Marla is right. Aunt Krystha is not sick. I – her meaning was not clear.” Relief washed over Mellin’s face. He asked “Then what does ail her?” “That is not mine to tell. She will be here soon, and you may ask her yourself. And meanwhile” she looked at him as sternly as she could “you owe Marla an apology.” Mellin flushed, but, looking round, he knew by all their faces that he had erred seriously. He turned to Marla and said, very gruffly, “I – apologise, Marla. My cousin is right. I have insulted a guest under my father’s roof.” It was a very grudging and ungracious apology, but Marla smiled faintly and answered “Can I blame you,if you dislike and distrust me? I know I must prove myself to you. And you were afraid and distressed for Lady Krystha.” Aila saw that Marla’s graciousness towards Mellin made a favourable impression on her own family and Janir. Mellin’s only answer, though, was a Swordsman’s stiffly formal bow of acknowledgement. There was still a tension in the air, but it was much less than it had been.

The door swung open again to admit Lin and Krystha. Their joy was so great that the strained atmosphere did not touch them, and it melted away before their smiling faces. “Mother!” Mellin exclaimed.”You are not sick? Aila said – what is it that ails you? She would not say…” His tumbling, anxious words and the loving, protective hug he gave her moved them all as much as his anger had exasperated them earlier. Krystha smiled up at her tall son, then round at her family. “Why, no, I am not sick.” she told them. “It is – I am -” and stopped, surprised at her own confusion, blushing a little and looking up again, this time to Lin, for aid. “Krystha is bearing a child.” Lin explained, and his glance at his wife was tender and proud. Amid the exclamations and congratulations which this unexpected statement produced, Mellin looked dumbstruck . “A child?” he echoed, sounding so surprised that Krystha laughed, and reached up to ruffle his hair, teasing “I am not too old for that, my love, for all you are a man grown!” “A new babe? A youngling?” There was excitement in Mellin’s voice now. “I will teach him to ride, and hunt, and use a sword..” “And suppose he is a she?” broke in his amused father. Mellin looked, for a moment, as though the thought had never entered his head, then said, stoutly, “Then I shall teach her to ride!” Suddenly, in the midst of the ensuing laughter, Aila noticed Marla. The girl had withdrawn to the very edges of the group and stood in an angle of the stone wall, flattening herself into it, half-hidden in the shadows. It was as if this happy family occasion was more than she could bear.

Aila slipped across to her. “Marla?” “I feel that I do not belong here. I am a shadow on your joy.” “Marla, that is nonsense.” Aila said, firmly. “Is it? Aila, I do not mean to, but I bring Darkness with me. You saw how I divided your family. Lord Mellin -” “Mellin was a fool!” Aila cut in, with some force. “No, he was afraid for his mother. I could feel that. But I know too how much he despises me. I do not think he wants to, Aila, but my being born of Ma’al causes that response. I feel it everywhere I go. People see what I am, and hate me for it.” Aila saw the other girl’s eyes fill with tears, and cried, impulsively, “Marla, we do not hate you!” She put one arm comfortingly round her new friend’s shoulders, and Marla said, “No, you do not hate me, Aila, nor your family. But Lord Mellin is close to hating me – he wanted to hurt me, just now.” “I think it was only that he was fearful for Aunt Krystha and it made him angry – and you were in the way of his anger.” Aila offered. “I know it. I have said I do not blame him.” Marla answered. “But how do you know these things?” Aila queried. “I feel them” Marla explained. “I have a kind of – of Dark Perception, if you wish to call it that. It was born with me, but it is not a gift of Light! I do not do it deliberately, but I can tell what Darkness is in anyone, whether evil or sickness, sorrow, anger, pain, hatred – but not the good emotions. As though the Darkness in me sought out the Darkness in others – oh, Aila, you see! I am attuned only to Darkness!”

Neither of them had noticed Aiel come across to them, but now he broke into their conversation. “I do not think that is wholly true, Marla. You have told us how the deeds of Darkness hurt and shocked you, and you did not respond to Mellin like a Child of Night. Whatever Darkness is born in you, you have sworn to reject. We shall be able to attune you to Light, fully.” Marla smiled faintly at Aiel’s promise, and Aila left her father to encourage the other girl and went to speak to Mellin, hoping that now his fears for his mother were past, he might be more amenable. She saw that he was standing with Janir, and his other cousin was talking to him in a friendly but firm manner which suggested to Aila that he too was taking Mellin gently to task for his treatment of Marla. Mellin looked over and smiled at her as she came near. “Aila!” he exclaimed, and put one arm round her waist, hugging her to his side. “I am sorry I was so unkind to you, earlier. Do you forgive me?” He looked at her with a mock-sorrowful expression and the quizzical lift of his brow that he inherited from Lin, and Aila could not help but laugh. “Oh, Mellin! How can I scold you, dear! Yes, I forgive you.” For all he was older than her, there were times when she felt that her cousin was almost like a younger brother. Now she said, “But to be serious, Mellin, it is with Marla that you should make your peace.” “I have apologised” he said, defensively. “Mellin!” she protested, and before she could say more, Janir interjected “That was hardly an apology, Sword-Brother!” He looked at them both and sighed, suddenly serious, releasing his hold of Aila to make a wide gesture indicative of his own bewilderment. “I know. I am sorry, I know you are probably both right. But I cannot help it, truly. I do not trust her and – she scares me, somehow.” “There is no need to fear what you do not understand.” Janir said gently. “It is not that.” Mellin said. “I cannot explain it. But I will try not to treat the girl so harshly again. Perhaps it is best if you keep her away from me, Aila.” And with that she had to be content.

Now Aiel called Janir to him, and asked for more details of Shala’s wedding arrangements. The group settled into chairs around the table to begin their planning. Aila noticed that Lin drew his chair close to Krystha’s, holding her hand for a while. Aila kept beside Marla, and was glad that Arentha took the chair on the other girl’s side. Mellin kept his distance from Marla, as he had said, but gave her no more hostile looks or words. Janir stretched his long frame in his chair, smiled his warm, wide smile at them all, and began. “The wedding is to take place before the Westerners move up to the Plateau in a few weeks’ time , for the Night of the Warrior Children. They will take Shala back with them.” For a moment there was a strangeness in his voice, as if he contemplated the loss of his sister to her new bonds, and Aila gave him a sympathetic look. Janir went on “I was to ask that Aila come back with me – and Arenel too, if he wishes – so that her gown may be made, if she is willing to be bridemaiden, with Ket-Tal’s sister Zohra.” “And if Marla were to be another, would it cause any difficulties?” Aiel asked. “No” Janir replied confidently. “Shala will be glad to help her, and there is plenty of stuff for another gown – all the Westerners’ store of fabric is at Shala’s disposal for the wedding – and willing hands enough, too, to sew it..” He looked at Aiel, and said “And afterwards, if your journey takes you Westwards, you can be sure of the Ket’s help.” Then, diffidently, ” If you should need another Swordsman on your new Way, Aiel, I would be glad to be of service – to you, and to Marla.” Marla looked at him gratefully, and Aiel said “Thank you, Janir. I have not yet decided, but it may be that I shall be glad of your help.” He looked at his daughter, then, and said “Krystha is right, you must be our Healer, Aila. She cannot risk the dangers of the Way if she is pregnant. Arentha, I think you should stay here, with Krystha. Lin must not be distracted from the Way by fears for her, and I will be happier if you are both safe in the Fortress, with your parents. The Children of Night cannot reach you here.”

“But I shall go to Shala’s wedding!” Krystha declared. They laughed a little at her fierce determination, and Janir said, “Of course you shall, Aunt Krystha. We can surely give you and the others safe escort home. Or Mellin -” Before he could finish, Mellin’s head came up, and he almost glared at his Swordsman cousin. “If my father goes into danger, I go with him!” he said firmly, and earned a smile from his mother. “Arenel comes too.” Aiel decided. “I am sorry to take both our children from you, Arentha, but I may need his help, and his Perception. I think I have an idea for a diversion to throw off any spies of Si-Mara’s, which will need a second Priest..” Arentha said quietly “I must entrust them – and you, my heart – to Light and to the Lightstone. Are you not the Lightstone-Bearer?” Marla said softly “I can still hardly believe that you would do all this, and undertake such dangers, for my sake, Aiel – all of you.” “It is what Light wills for you, Marla” Aiel told her. “It is written in the Secret Word, as I told you.” “What is your plan, Aiel?” Lin asked. “We shall all go to Shala’s wedding, and we shall start as soon as possible. We will leave messages for Merhaun and Alira, and for Linnad and Janira. They will be leaving later for the wedding, and can bring us any fresh tidings of Si-Mara’s activities. Though she cannot leave the City…” “I did not know that!” Marla interrupted “Why is that? Does it mean she cannot pursue me?” Aiel explained “She is bound to the City by the power of the Lightstone. She cannot pursue you herself, Marla, but she can send others, perhaps Tamat..” Aila felt Marla shudder beside her at the name, and patted her friend’s hand to reassure her.

“If Si-Mara’s spies are out, and gathering news from other Children of Night, we must confuse them.” Aiel went on. “If the Ket agrees, I will ask that Arenel goes with them to the Plateau – perhaps one of the Swordsmen too, though he should be safe enough with the Westerners. The rest of us, with Marla, must skirt round by the Western Mountains – the Dark Ones will not expect that. Yes, I think I shall need you, Janir, for guide and counsel in the Western Mountains.” “Gladly, Aiel.” Janir responded, smiling at the Lightstone-Bearer. “If there should be any Children of Night near, it will be reported to Si-Mara that a Priest has gone up to the Plateau with the wedding party. She will think it is me.” Aiel said. “He can join us again later.” Aila,anxious for her brother, asked, “Then will Arenel not be in danger?” “Not with the Ket. And the Children of Night have no Bloodstone this time – yet.” Aiel looked across at Krystha, and asked “Is Marla fit enough to travel?” “Physically, yes , except that her feet are still a little sore. But if we are riding, that is not such a problem.” “Can you ride, Marla?” Aiel asked the girl, who said “I can, though I have not ridden often. Well enough for a short journey, I think.” “You will learn to ride better, at need.” the Lightstone-Bearer assured her. “I had scarcely ridden at all, when I set out on my Way, but I learned, because I had to.” “Still, Marla should retire early tonight, if she is to travel soon” Krystha continued, ” since she has had so much to endure, these last few days.” “Must I sleep alone?” Marla asked. “I am afraid of Si-Mara’s enchantments, Aiel. Oh, I know she cannot leave the City, but she has powers…” and the girl shivered. “You are under the Lightstone’s protection, Marla” Aiel told her. “No enchantment of Si-Mara’s can pass by that, unrecognised.”

“Let Marla share my chamber.” Aila suggested. “She will not be alone, and I will Perceive any Darkness that comes near her.” Mellin looked as though he were about to protest that she might be in danger from Marla, but Aila’s Perception sensed him make an effort and contain the comment. Aiel agreed, but on the condition that a guard be kept at the girls’ door in case of danger. The three Swordsmen, Lin, Mellin and Janir, feeling this to be a duty they should undertake themselves rather than leave it to the Watchwards, arranged the details of the guard among themselves. Arentha and Krystha were conferring about what they should take with them to the Western Fortress, for Arentha, though she had brought some clothing with her to the Fortress, had not expected to be invited to a wedding. Mellin, overhearing, suggested “There will be time enough to send back here for what you need.” but Aiel said, “No, Mellin, I would prefer that we send no messages back and forth, unless by the Thought-without-Words. The less clues Si-Mara has to where Marla is, the better.” “In any case, we can provide anything you may need at the Western Fortress, as I told you. ” Janir added. They had spent so long in discussions and planning, that it was almost time for the evening meal. While it was being prepared, Krystha told Aila and Arentha to bring Marla to the Healing Place. Once there, she said, “Now, child, let us see what we can do to make you look more like a daughter of Li’is.”

They watched, fascinated, as she pounded what looked like tree-bark with water to a smooth paste, though at one point she had to give the bowl to Aila to continue mixing, since the smell of it was making her nauseous again. Eventually, though, it was ready, and Krystha wet Marla’s silver-blonde hair thoroughly, then carefully applied a thick layer of the paste. “It needs time to work.” she told them, and reached for a phial of rosy liquid from the Healer’s bench, which she showed to Marla. “This is a cooling draught for babes and young children, very mild.” she said. “But it also stains red. See, if you mix a little in water…” she demonstrated on the back of her hand, leaving a pink stain there. “A little on your cheeks and lips – not too much, just enough to lift that paleness, Marla.” Deftly she dabbed on the liquid, and Marla’s face took on a much more natural appearance.”But it will wash off easily” Krystha warned “When you bathe, or if you weep – even in heavy rain, Marla. I will make up a phial and you must keep it with you, a cloth to apply it and a little mirror, too.” Now it was time to wash the paste from Marla’s hair, which Krystha did carefully, tipping the girl’s head back over the bowl so as not to wash off the pink colouring from her face. They watched, amazed, as the dark brown paste washed away to reveal Marla’s hair dyed a soft blonde. “That will last several weeks” Krystha told them “though it will wash away eventually.” They showed Marla her reflection, and she exclaimed with surprise. “It changes you, truly.” Aila told her. “From a distance, you may not be recognised. But close to, your eyes will give you away, and you must be careful.” “Aye” Marla commented, a little bitterly. “My eyes show what I am.” “And so do mine!” Aila comforted her. When they returned to the Hall to show the menfolk the changes Krystha had wrought in Marla’s appearance, they were all impressed, even Mellin making a brief but approving comment.

During their meal, Aila noticed how Janir set out to put Marla at ease, and at the same time to relieve Mellin of the task of entertaining a guest with whom he was so ill at ease. When Marla once more voiced her doubts about being an extra bride-maiden, he smiled at her, and said “No, it will look very well, Marla. Shala is blonde too, and Aila and Zohra both so dark. Two fair heads and two dark ones – a good balance.” Aila smiled, in her turn, at her cousin’s cousin. She had not forgotten this skill of Janir’s, which he had had even as a boy, of bridging differences, being a buffer, making peace. She remembered, suddenly and vividly, a thing she had long forgotten – how once she had quarrelled bitterly with Mellin over some trivial thing, both of them still children then, and how Janir, coming in on them in their angry silence, she in tears, her cousin flushed and sulky, had seated himself between them, speaking first to one, then to the other, then letting them speak to each other through him, until they were talking again, then laughing together at the absurdity of their quarrel, and embracing and forgiving each other.”And he is still the same” Aila marvelled, seeing how he gradually drew Mellin in, so that if Mellin were not speaking directly to Marla, at least he was addressing her through Janir, so that Marla did not think Mellin excluded her entirely. Later, when the meal was over, while the two Priests took Marla to the Prayer Room and the Swordsmen went to choose horses for the journey Westwards, Aila went with her mother and aunt to help decide what to pack for the journey and their stay at the Western Fortress. As they worked, she commented to them about Janir’s skill and tact, and they agreed. Krystha said, smiling fondly, “I love my son dearly, but he is so blunt – like to speak first and regret it afterwards. Oh, like me, I suppose!” and she laughed at herself, then added “But I do wish he were as steady as Janir, sometimes.” “Janir is older” Arentha reminded her. “Mellin may change, as he grows older.” “Maybe the babe will change him.” Aila suggested. “He seemed so pleased at the idea of a tiny brother or sister, for all that he is a grown man. And anxious to share in its rearing, too.” At her comment, of course, their conversation turned all towards the prospect of Krystha’s babe, and for a while, Marla and her problems were almost forgotten.

Aiel, with Arenel for helper, had taken Marla across to the Fortress’ Prayer Room. “Come” he told her, “You must begin to learn more of Light.” At the door, though, she hesitated. “What is it, child?” Aiel asked. “Are you afraid?” “There is no need to fear Light, if you truly seek Light’s mercy.” Arenel added. She gazed at them, and her face was wistful. “I am only afraid that I will sully this place with my presence.” she told them. Aiel smiled at her. “You will not.” he said firmly, and led her into the Prayer Room. “Have you ever been in such a place before?” he asked her. “No” she said “I was taken only the once – and they would not let me in.” She looked around her. “My old nurse told me, though – is that the Crucible?” and she pointed to the golden, flame-topped bowl. “Yes, it is a smaller copy of the Temple Crucible” Arenel answered. “But its meaning is the same.” Aiel went on. “It is a representation of Light – not to be worshipped, Marla, for it is not the reality of Light, but its purpose is to draw one’s thoughts to Light.” The Prayer Room was warm and serene, lit with lamps and the glow of the Crucible flame. Aiel indicated that she should sit down on one of the benches at the centre of the room, near the Crucible, and asked “How much do you know of Light, Marla?”She looked at him, and said “My old nurse tried to teach me things. Others I have heard…maybe I have not heard aright.” Arenel sat down beside her, and gently took her hand, since he could not use his Perception to help her. “Tell us what you have learned of Light, Marla.” he said. “Do not be fearful – if you have something wrong we are here to teach you the truth, not to chide you.” He glanced up at his father and their blue eyes met for a moment. He Perceived Aiel’s approval of his words, then Aiel said “What Arenel says is true, Marla.”

She gave them a grateful look, and began to speak quietly,. “Light is eternal, Maker and Measure of all things, Ruler of all worlds, Healer of all ills, Righter of all wrongs, Avenger. Light is everything. Light is full of love and mercy, so men say “Light is merciful”. Yet Light is also pure and just, hating and destroying all Darkness…” for a moment the girl’s voice faltered. Arenel said softly “Go on, Marla.” “Light made all things to be Light’s friends and companions, but some have fallen into bondage and Darkness through rebellion. Darkness fights always against Light, but the weakest of Light is stronger than the strongest of Darkness. And to any that are in Darkness but repent of it” – and suddenly Marla’s voice was strong with hope – “Light offers the Choice of Light, and forgiveness by the Sacrifice of Light, and welcome.” She sighed. “There was more, but I think I cannot remember it now.” “That is enough, for a beginning.” Aiel told her. “We shall teach you more as we go. But this is a Prayer Room. Now that you are starting your journey into Light, you must learn to pray to Light.” “I?” she asked, aghast. “I cannot presume so, Aiel! I am not yet a Child of Light.” “Light loves you, even so” Aiel said “and will hear you, if you are earnest in your desire to seek Light.” “Oh, I am – you know I am, Aiel! But – what should I say?” “Whatever you feel.” the Lightstone-Bearer told her. “Whatever is on your heart – the truth, Marla.” “How?” she asked, then, and for a moment Aiel was nonplussed, because it was so natural , so instinctive to him to commune with Light, it was as if someone asked him how to breathe. Arenel, though, answered her “As if you spoke to another person, Marla. Light is here with you. Speak to Light, as to a great and wise friend.”

She looked at him for a moment, then stood and walked to the Crucible. They heard her draw a deep breath, then, looking steadily into the Crucible flame, she began “Light of Li’is, Light of life…” another deep breath, and then, in a desperate rush of words, “Oh, I want to belong in this place – I long to be a Child of Light. Help me, help me! Burn out the Darkness in me, and take me for your own – this is my prayer. Let it be pleasing to Light!” There were tears in her eyes as she finished her first prayer, and Aiel said reassuringly, “Marla it is well. Surely your words were pleasing to Light.” “Do you really believe Light has heard me?” she asked, and when they both answered her confidently, she sighed with relief. Momentarily the tears overflowed her eyes, and she rubbed them away, and Krystha’s pink colouring with them, so that her cheeks were ghost-pale again. Aiel told her “We have a long journey ahead, Marla, and you need to gain strength. I think it is time you went to your rest.” The two Priests took the girl back to the Great Hall, but none of the others were there, so they enquired from a servant the whereabouts of Krystha, Arentha and Aila, and took Marla to them. Arentha looked up and smiled at her husband and son as they entered the storeroom with Marla. Aila glanced enquiringly at Arenel, and as their gaze met her brother’s Perception quickly flashed her the picture of all that had happened with Marla in the Prayer Room. Aila smiled, satisfied.

Aiel said “I think Marla should sleep now. And you three should not be too late about your work – especially our mother-to-be.” Krystha looked up, ready to be a little angry with him. “Aiel, dear friend, I shall not break into little pieces, just because I am bearing a child-” and then realised he was teasing her, and broke off, laughing. “Your chambers should be ready” she said “Let me just go and see.” They followed her back to the Hall, where Lin, Meliin and Janir were now seated. It had been decided that they would take turns to guard the maidens’ room, and Lin was to watch first. “In deference to my age, I think” he remarked wryly to Aiel “Those lads imagine I could not survive being woken to stand guard in the middle of the night!” Aila took the opportunity to express to Janir her thanks for his kindness to Marla and his efforts to make her feel at ease. “Much more than Mellin, whose guest she is!” she remarked, with some asperity. “Oh, Mellin has explained why he feels as he does” Janir defended his Sword-Brother “and he will relent eventually, Aila. You know he will. You should not quarrel with Mellin ” he went on, seriously, “when you know you love him, at heart. You were always so, even as children.” Aila laughed. It was true enough. She and Mellin loved each other like brother and sister, and while he might tease or argue with her, he would defend her to the death if need be. “Oh, Janir!” she exclaimed”And even as a child yourself, you were always the peacemaker between us.” And when Krystha came to announce that the room she was to share with Marla was ready, perhaps it was those childhood memories that made her include him in her family goodnights, giving him, as she had to Aiel and Arentha, Lin and Krystha, Arenel and Mellin, a quick, light kiss on the cheek. Afterwards, though, she saw him look so self-conscious, a little red, his fingers touching his cheek in astonishment, that she felt concerned. Perhaps his family was not so demonstrative, she thought. She must remember not to do it again, for she would not like to embarrass him.

When the girls retired, Aila brought with her a draught to help Marla sleep, in case she should need it. “But better not, if you are able” she said to the other girl “One may grow dependent on these things, unable to sleep naturally.” “I will try” Marla said “Aila, thank you for being so good to me. I knew, somehow, I could trust you, from the first time I saw you in the Harbour market. I could see you looked at me with concern then.” “I could Perceive that you were lonely and unhappy” Aila answered. “I wanted to help you then, Marla, but I did not know how.” Marla smiled at her. “It is good to have a friend.” she said “I never had a friend before, Aila.” “We are all your friends, Marla.” Aila told her. “We all want to help you achieve Light.” “Except Lord Mellin.” Marla replied, a little sadly, Aila thought. “Mellin will come round , in time” she said, echoing Janir’s words to her earlier. “once he realises beyond doubt that you truly seek Light. He is stubborn, Marla, but not wicked. And I think he is already a little ashamed of his attitude towards you.” Marla said, thoughtfully “Perhaps Light will show him that, since he is a Child of Light. Aila, how do you know when Light hears you?” “Light always hears, Marla.” Aila assured her. “Sometimes there may not be an answer , but if so it is because Light knows that what we have asked would not be for our best, and withholds it. Light has surely heard you, Marla, and you shall attain Light. Do not doubt it.” “Oh, I hope so!” Marla exclaimed, but she still sounded unsure. “Marla, dear, all will be well.” Aila promised her. “Now try to sleep, for if we are leaving for the Western Fortress soon, we have a long journey ahead of us.” Marla obediently snuggled into her bed, but when Aila reached to put out the lamp, the other girl begged her to leave it alight, saying “I cannot be in darkness – even with you here, Aila.” “Then we shall have light.” Aila said gently.”Now sleep, Marla.” But she could not rest herself until she heard the other girl’s breathing settle into the deep steady rhythm that showed she was asleep.

DAUGHTER OF DARKNESS, SEED OF LIGHT

Chapter 4

Aila woke to the sound of a piercing scream that ripped through her sleep. She sat up in bed, startled. “Marla!” she cried. Was the girl under threat, or was it a nightmare? Marla was tossing on her bed, gasping , moaning, but her eyes were tight shut. Then there came a thunderous knocking on the door of their room. Aila tensed with fear, then relaxed as she heard Janir’s anxious voice. “Aila! Marla! What is wrong?” He must be taking his turn on watch, Aila thought, with relief. She scrambled out of bed, threw on a robe, and went to the door. “Janir” she called “One moment.” She unfastened the door and opened it. The Swordsman stood outside, drawn sword in hand, his face stern and concerned. “Aila, what is happening? Is there danger?” “It is Marla” she said, and even as she spoke, another scream came from behind her. “Wait, Janir.” She turned back into the room and cast out her Perception. Marla might be having a bad dream, but Aila sensed something more sinister, and she was right. She Perceived a cloud of Darkness in the room, felt, rather than saw, a pale, beautiful, evil face with burning silver eyes – the Silver Witch! For a moment she thought she would be trapped, and struggled wildly to free her Perception. With a little cry, she broke free, putting such effort into the escape that she half-fell against Janir as she physically pulled away from the enchantment. He caught her, staring at her tense face and frightened eyes. “Aila – what is happening?”

“Si-Mara!” she gasped. “She is setting an enchantment on Marla – but how could she reach so far? Where is my father?” Before Janir could reply, she had flung out her Perception again, reaching for her father’s mind, feeling his first sleepy response, then his quick, sharp reaction to her news. “I am coming, Aila. Whatever happens, do not try to wake her. You cannot match Si-Mara!” Aila tensed as Marla cried out again. Janir asked “Can we not help her, Aila?” “My father is coming. He said I should not try to help Marla till he came, for I am no match for the Silver Witch.” “You are not.” the Swordsman agreed. “You would be in great peril, Aila. Do not attempt it.” “I would not do what Aiel my father bade me not to do.” she promised him, but all the same she went back into the room and bent anxiously over Marla. Janir joined her, though he had sheathed his sword since there was no physical enemy to fight. “Why does she not wake?” Janir wondered, watching as anxiously as Aila the way Marla, even in her sleep, whimpered and spread out her arms as if to push away an unseen enemy. “The enchantment holds her…” Aila told him, then gave a thankful little cry as Aiel came into the room, a robe flung hastily round him and the Lightstone gleaming on his breast. He had Perceived, in the moment that Aila called to him for help, what was happening.

“Janir” he ordered quickly “Lock the door. And guard Aila.” As Janir turned the key, Aila gasped “How could Si-Mara’s enchantment reach so far? She has never troubled the Fortress before!” “We have something she wants badly” Aiel answered “and I do not think she is alone in this, Aila.” He leaned and laid the Lightstone to Marla’s brow, and she cried out, as though it burned her. A dark mist swirled up around her bed, the image of Si-Mara’s pale face and hard silver eyes in the midst. Aila saw the look almost of agony on her father’s face as he concentrated his Perception on the power that lay behind the apparition of Si-Mara. “Father!” she exclaimed, and took a step towards him, but Janir caught her wrist and pulled her behind him. “Aila, you cannot help him – you will only be a hindrance to him.” the Swordsman told her. He kept his shoulder between her and the room, and she begged “Let me see, Janir. I will stay with you, I promise, but let me see what is happening!” Reluctantly, Janir stepped aside a little, but there was not really so much to see. The Lightstone had poured a protective shield around Marla, and now she lay quiet in the midst of the light. Aiel, though, was clearly still battling with some dark thing. The dark swirls of mist – were they really there, or just an illusion, Aila wondered – coiled through the room like a snake. Suddenly, Aila knew that the evil intelligence behind the enchantment had become aware of her, and would try to attack Aiel through her. “Janir” she whispered ” It senses me, my Perception…” Even as she warned him, the dark mist uncoiled and leapt towards her, somehow becoming as it did so the long swirl of silver-blonde hair belonging to the phantom face of Si-Mara, floating evil and mocking before her, reaching out a disembodied hand,,,

Janir, though, stood firm, thrusting Aila roughly behind him, back against the wall of the room, making a shield of his body to protect her. He knew that his sword was useless against the enchantment, but he drew it anyway and held it menacingly against the phantom, while in a strong, commanding voice the Swordsman cried “In the Name of Light!” He must have sensed that that Name was far more of a weapon to him against the Darkness than his blade. The image of the Silver Witch recoiled, and Aiel swung round, the Lightstone blazing now on his breast, his voice loud and deep as a flood of words poured from him, strange awful words that rolled like thunder from his tongue, words that were neither the Old Tongue nor the common speech of Li’is, but a language Aila had never heard before. Though she could not understand what the Lightstone-Bearer said, she knew the words were some holy and terrible rebuke to the Darkness that threatened them, for the phantom of Si-Mara cowered, wavered, broke, and was gone. They all stood, dazed, for a moment. Then Aiel shook his head as if he threw off the last of the enchantment, and laid a hand on the Swordsman’s shoulder. “Janir – oh, brave heart, Light’s true Swordsman! That was well done!” He turned to embrace his daughter. “Aila- is it well with you?” “It is – though I was frightened, Father. Marla was not harmed?” “I think not – Light protected her. Let us wake her, and see.”

Despite her brave words, Aila found she was trembling a little as they stood by Marla’s bedside, and Janir, seeing this, took her hand in his to comfort her. She smiled at him for his brotherly care of her. Later, she thought, she would thank him too for protecting her from the Darkness, but now she was thinking only of Marla. Was the other girl really unharmed? Aiel called Marla gently, until she stirred and opened her eyes. “Oh, Aiel, there was such Darkness here!” she cried. “Have you driven it away? It was Si-Mara – but so powerful – she was trying to draw me back! Was it real? I think I might have died if you had not come – my spirit would have been torn apart!” “Marla, what do you mean?” Aila asked. “She means” Aiel said “that it was far more than Si-Mara that attacked her. It was a Lord of Darkness that joined with Si-Mara to threaten Marla – perhaps the very one that would use her body as its dwelling and tool .That is why the enchantment was so hard to overcome. And when the Dark One saw that I would defeat it, it tried to capture Aila, to have a hostage. Praise Light that you saw the danger, Janir, and knew that the Name of Light, not your sword, was the only weapon you could use against such a foe. ” “I did know that” Janir admitted, “but how I knew it , I do not know. It must have been Light that told me.” “I knew it was something more powerful than her.” Marla said, with a shudder. “It pulled and pulled at my spirit, Aiel, until I knew I would soon have no strength to resist. But then you came.” “But what were those words you spoke, Father?” Aila asked.”Was it Light that gave them to you?” “I do not know.” Aiel said. “Aila, I understand as little as you of what I said. I have only spoken that tongue once before, and that was to defeat Lak. Yes, Light gave me the words, but what language they are – of Ma’al, or the Dancers, or even the Joyous Place, I do not know. But they are powerful before Light.”

“It will not return?” Janir asked. “No. But Si-Mara and the Dark Ones know now where Marla is. That means we must leave tomorrow, and as early as possible. So you must try to sleep again, Aila, Marla. Do not be afraid. You will be safe now.” “And I will still be on watch.” Janir assured them. Still, Aila gave Marla the draught she had brought earlier, to make sure she would sleep. When her father and Janir had gone, she locked the door again, and chatted lightly, comfortingly, to Marla until the girl fell asleep again. Aila doubted whether she herself would sleep, but as she lay and listened to the soft pad of Janir’s boots as he patrolled the corridor outside, the rhythmic, reassuring sound lulled her to sleep. Aila was woken again by a gentle tapping at her chamber door, and Mellin’s voice softly calling her name. Marla was still sleeping, and a glance at the sky through the window told Aila it was not much past dawn. She slipped on her robe and went to the door. When she opened it, her cousin said “Aiel asked me to call you – he told me what happened in the night. Are you sure you are unharmed, Aila?” “Yes, thanks to Janir. Your Sword-Brother has a good head for an emergency, Mellin.” “Aye” Mellin agreed “He lacks neither coolness nor courage.” He smiled at her, then said, more soberly, “I did warn you, Aila, that it might not be wise to share Marla’s chamber. She carries Darkness with her.” “Mellin, if I had not been here, the enchantment might well have entrapped her. Si-Mara had the aid of a Lord of Darkness. It was well that I Perceived her, and called my father.” “And if you had not Perceived her, and she had taken control of Marla, what dark thing might have happened to you then?” her cousin asked. “Marla would never have submitted to Si-Mara – to Darkness. I am sure of that.” Aila told him.” I think she would have died first, struggling till her spirit was exhausted.”

She looked closely at Mellin, and asked “You do not think she brought this Darkness here deliberately?” “I cannot tell. I still do not trust her, Aila. She may not have any evil intent, but nevertheless be an unwitting tool of Si-Mara. The Silver Witch would be glad to take revenge on Aiel, and what better way for her than by harming you? Marla’s friendship for you may be part of some plan of Darkness.” “I think not.” she answered, then, not wishing to be at odds with Mellin again, asked, “But why did my father wish you to call me?” “He said we must make an earlier start than we intended, because the Dark Ones now know where Marla is. You will need to collect your Healer’s supplies and help with the preparations. He does not want to waken Marla, or my mother, yet.” “Will you keep watch on Marla, still?” “I will. Have no fear, Aila. I may not trust her, but if any Darkness should threaten her, I would not let it take her if I could prevent it.” “That sounds more like my Mellin!” she smiled at him, and went back into the room to dress. When she came out again, Healer’s sack and knife on her belt, he said “Aila….this matter of my mother – will it really be safe for her to bear a child?” He did not say “at her age” , but she understood his meaning. “Mellin, dear, do not worry about Aunt Krystha.” she told him. “She is strong, and fit and healthy – and she is not so old, for she was young when you were born. She is not of an age for child-bearing to be dangerous to her.” He looked relieved at her assurances, and said “It will be so strange to have a little brother or sister at my age, Aila. It will be more like having a babe of my own.” “Does it trouble you?” she asked. “Oh, no!” he exclaimed. “I am glad of it – provided no harm comes to my mother. I shall like it, to have a youngling to help to rear” – and he grinned suddenly, mischievously- ” without the responsibility of being its father.” “Good practice for when you have a Lady and babes of your own!” she laughed. “Now, do watch Marla carefully, Mellin. I must go, if we are to set out as early as my father wishes.”

As she made her way towards the Healing Place, Aila cast out her Perception, finding Aiel, who was in the Great Hall with Lin. He told her to meet them there when she had collected what she needed from the Healing Place. Making up her supplies from Krystha’s provisions, she found that there was one thing lacking. The supplies of a herb called springfollower, a useful aid to healing for injuries, were quite low. Normally this would not have mattered, for in a week or two the plant would be growing again in the Forest – for it was a wild herb – and she and Krystha would have gathered fresh supplies. Normally, too, the stock would not have been so low, but Krystha had used up much of it in salves for one of the kitchen servants who had managed to cut his arm quite severely. Aila did not want to leave Krystha’s supplies almost exhausted, not knowing what opportunity there might be to harvest more, and wondered if she might be able to obtain some of the herb at the Western Fortress. She decided to gather the rest of what she needed, then find Janir, and ask him. She flashed a quick explanation to her father’s Perception, telling him why she might be delayed, and asking after Janir. The Swordsman, though up and about, was not in the Hall, so Aila set out to find him. She could have sent out her Perception, but that might have been a Trespass. Instead, she trusted her commonsense and her knowledge of her Swordsmen relatives, and headed for the stables.

Her instinct had been right. She found Janir tending to his horse, a fine, Western-bred beast, whose colour was a similar rich chestnut to the Swordsman’s own hair. He looked up and smiled at her as she came near, and she admired the horse, and stroked its glossy neck, and remarked on the strange similarity of colour. Janir grinned hugely, and said “The Ket gave me the horse himself – his name is Redhawk. The Ket said we must be kindred spirits, and surely Light meant the horse for me, for he had never seen such a match of horse and rider. As soon as he saw the colt’s coat, the Lord of the West said, he knew it must be mine. And I am grateful, for he spoke truth. When I ride him, we move like one being.” He looked at her, and said, “But you did not come here to discuss my horse, Aila. How can I help you?” “Three things, Janir. First, I have not thanked you properly for your rescue of me, in the night.” “I think that was Light.” he answered quietly.”Light showed me what to do, and I thank Light for it.” “Second, I am sorry if I embarrassed you last night, when I bade you goodnight. It would have been strange to kiss all the others goodnight and leave you out, but I meant nothing by it, Janir.” “Oh, Aila, I was not embarrassed. Just -startled, that you should think of me so kindly.” “Then it is well.” she smiled. “And last, I am in need of a certain herb for our journeys…” She explained to Janir about the springfollower, and he said “Now, that is strange! If you had asked me anything else about our Healing Place, I would not have known, but this I do know. For last spring we had such a growth of this herb that it was like to be a pest in the farmlands – I think it was because the river had flooded during winter, and left the ground damp, and it is a plant that likes damp.” He looked enquiringly at Aila, who nodded, and he continued “The farmers were for burning it down, but our Healers said that would be a wicked waste. So my father asked them to cut down the herb and bring it to the Western Fortress, and he would pay them for it as for a crop, and afterwards they could grub up the roots. So everyone was content, and the Healing Place was full for weeks with drying springfollower. A good, clean smell – but one may tire of it in time!” he laughed. “So I know we have enough and to spare of this herb, Aila.”

She said, with wonder in her voice, “How great is the provision of Light, Janir! Did Light know I would have need of this herb, at just this time, and place it there for me?” He replied, musingly, “Light knows all things, Aila. If Marla’s Way is prophesied from the First Days, that is such a marvel that certainly we may expect lesser marvels too – as in the matter of this herb.” Aila exclaimed “I am forgetting that I promised my father to meet him in the Great Hall, as soon as I could. I think it would be well if you came too, Janir, if you have finished here. There is still much to do, and we must set off earlier than we planned.” Janir nodded. “I know. I am ready.” They joined Aiel and Lin in the Great Hall, and found Mellin there too. Aiel asked his daughter “You have all you need?” “Yes, save the springfollower, and Janir tells me there are ample supplies at the Western Fortress.” She glanced at Mellin, and asked, “Is Marla awake, then?” “Yes, she woke, and was a little frightened that you were not there. I did what I could, but I am still uncomfortable with her, and she knows it. But then Aunt Arentha came to find you, so I put Marla in her care, and she has taken her to bathe.” Aila smiled at her cousin’s honesty, and said “I am sure you will trust her in time, Mellin. And thank you for trying.” As they spoke, servants were hurrying in and out, preparing an early breakfast. Lin said, “Janir, did you ask the Horse-Master to prepare the horses, as I asked you?” “Yes, they will be ready, Lin.” his nephew answered.

Arenel entered the Hall, and Aiel turned to his son “Arenel, we must go to the Prayer Room. I cannot trust any message save the Thought-without-Words to tell your grandfather where we are going, and why. Come and help me make the link.” The two Priests left them, and Lin asked “Is it well with you, Aila? I have heard of your perils in the night.” “It is.” she answered “Janir defended me well.” “I heard of that too” Lin said, looking at Janir with approval. “Aiel said that it was well done, and it was, Janir.” Janir said quietly. “It was the mercy of Light, not my skill, Lin.” Now Arentha brought Marla into the Hall. Marla had applied the lip and cheek colouring which Krystha had given her, and the disguise was quite effective. Arentha greeted her daughter and the Swordsmen, and Marla did so too, but very diffidently when it came to Mellin. Her Dark Perception was obviously working, conveying to her his distrust, though he tried hard to hide it. She thanked Janir for his help in the night, then took Aila aside and said “Aila, Lady Krystha came to the Bathing Place. She said it was well with her, but I know that she was feeling quite uncomfortable. Can you help her?” “I will try” Aila said, then, “You see, Marla, even your ‘Dark Perception’ can be used for good, if it is surrendered to Light.”

Aila went, not to the Bathing Place, but to the Healing Place, guessing that her aunt would go there , after her bathe. She was right, and a glance at Krystha’s face showed that Marla’s diagnosis had been right too. Seeing Aila, Krystha made no effort to disguise how she felt. “I had forgotten” she gasped “how bad this sickness made me feel…” “Sit down.” Aila ordered her aunt. “I will be the Healer for now.” Quickly she mixed the draught that would gently alleviate Krystha’s nausea without risk to her unborn babe, and gave the wooden bowl to her aunt, who drank it gratefully. When she felt a little better, Krystha asked “You guessed I would be feeling ill, then?” “No” Aila admitted “I should have done, but after last night…no, it was Marla. She told me you had pretended to be well, but she knew you were not.” “Her ‘Dark Perception’?” Krystha asked, and when Aila agreed, said “That talent of Marla’s might be useful to a Healer, Aila.” “But at what cost to Marla?” Aila asked sombrely. Krystha said “What did you mean – ‘after last night’? Has something happened, Aila?” Aila explained, and added “My father said it was not Si-Mara alone. He said a Lord of Darkness was empowering her. He had a great battle! And then the Dark One turned on me, trying to attack my father through me. But Janir protected me, with his body and his sword, and cried out to the Dark thing in the Name of Light, and it retreated. Then Aiel my father spoke strange, terrible words, and it vanished.” Krystha nodded. “That is how it was with Lak.” she said.

“It means we must set out today, earlier than we had planned, because the Dark Ones know now where Marla is.” Aila explained. “Breakfast should be ready. Do you think you can eat? You know you should, if we are to travel.” “I think so, now.” Krystha said, then, softly, “Aila, try to speak to Lin. I know he will be concerned – perhaps afraid – for me. But I do not want him to cosset and fuss over me. Oh, I know it is because he loves me, but still, I do not want it. Will you try to tell him for me, somehow? I know he will not listen to me, not in this matter.” Eventually, they were all assembled in the Great Hall. The two Priests had sent their message to Arnath, who had promised to explain to Merhaun and Alira when they returned, and to convey the invitation to Shala’s wedding to them, and to Linnad and Janira, her grandparents. The Lords of Mountain and Harbour would be able to bring any news of the activities of the Children of Night when they came to the wedding. They ate their meal and prepared to leave, gathering their gear while the horses were brought. Lin came to Aila while Arentha and Krystha were busy with the baggage, and asked “Aila, is such a journey really safe for Krystha?” “Of course.” Aila answered. Here was her chance to act on Krystha’s request, and she added “Lin, the worst thing you can do is to fuss and worry over her. It will upset her, and cause her stress, which is the only thing that might be harmful to her.” She looked into her uncle’s grey eyes and said, with a smile, “Aunt Krystha is as fit as a woman years younger. And she is not really so old, for childbearing. Women bear babes all the time, and very, very few are harmed by it, you know.” “I know” he said quietly “But I love her so, Aila!” Touched, she reached out and squeezed his hand. “Then show it by letting go of her, and trusting her to Light.” she told him.

At last they were all mounted for their journey, the baggage dispersed among them, and ready to depart. Janir led the way on the handsome Redhawk, and Aila saw what he had meant about his relationship with the beast, for horse and rider seemed to flow into unity as they moved. Aiel’s family had their own mounts, brought with them from the City, Arentha and Aila on two gentle golden mares, Arenel a quiet grey, Aiel on a more spirited successor to the sturdy Greymouse given to him by Merhaun for the Lightstone Way. Lin had taken to the Fortress both his own Shadow, and Mischief, also the gift of Merhaun, and now rode a grandson of both, named Seamist. Mellin’s black, Starstorm, so called because he had been born on a night of shooting stars, was as quick, brave, and sometimes stubborn, as his owner. Krystha’s pretty white mare had a delicate appearance that belied her speed, when necessary. Lin had been tempted to protest that his pregnant wife should ride something slower and quieter than Snowblossom, but had heeded Aila’s advice and held his tongue, comforting himself with the thought that the horse was very obedient, and that Krystha would not take unnecessary risks. Aila felt a quick flutter of nervous excitement as they set out, knowing that this was the first step of a new Way. She glanced at her father, wondering if he were really as calm as he looked, then at Marla. Lin had given the girl a quiet little mount, light bay in colour, assuring Marla that the horse was not easily ruffled. Marla seemed quite comfortable, but her eyes had that wide look that Aila was learning to associate with some inner unease in her friend. Marla’s natural pallor, and the colouring with which it was disguised, made it impossible to guess at her feelings otherwise, unless Aila sensed them, for she would never blush or go pale. Janir, their guide to the Western Fortress, rode first, followed by Aiel and Arenel, Aiel bearing the Lightstone openly, gleaming on his breast, lest they should encounter any Darkness on their journey. Aila and Marla, Arentha and Krystha, came next, and Lin and Mellin rode rearguard on their party.

The beginning of the journey was full of memory for the four original Way-Sharers, as they wound through the Forest, waking now from its winter sleep, and up to the narrow Spearcleft Pass, the only way through the Mountains. Aiel, remembering his encounter here with Si-Mara, looked back at her daughter, who had been touched in that moment by the Lightstone’s power, a child newly-conceived, as yet unformed, yet gifted by Light with such a precious hope. He half-turned in the saddle, and called “Marla!” “What is it, Aiel?” “It was here, at the mouth of the Pass, that Si-Mara tried to stop us, on the first Way. This is where I searched her with the Lightstone. This is where you received your seed of Light, Marla!” Her strange eyes glowing, the girl exclaimed “Then this will always be a holy place for me, Aiel!” Once through the Pass, they stopped for a quick meal, then resumed their journey, aiming now not directly down to the Great Moor, but across the North-facing foothills of the Mountains towards the Moor’s Western edge. There was a village there where they could find lodging for the night, Janir told them. It was too early, too cold, yet for them to comfortably spend the night out of doors, as they had on the first Way. It was growing dark by the time they left the Mountains behind, and night had fallen before they reached the village Janir was seeking. For a village, it was large, and there was a comfortable, hospitable inn, where Janir was evidently well known. If the innkeeper were at all put out by the arrival of such a large group, he did not show it, nor did his equally pleasant wife, who quickly produced a plain but delicious meal which they all sorely needed, having had only one light meal since their very early breakfast. Even Marla seemed genuinely hungry, after the day’s fresh air and exercise. Neither Aiel nor his children had any sense of Darkness near, and thus reassured, they went to a peaceful rest in the clean, comfortable beds provided for them.

Next morning they set off again. Around the village there had been grazing land for animals, green but rough. As they rode Westward the grasslands became softer and lusher, and they began to see the rise of the Western Mountains, which divided the Western Farmlands from the Plateau of the Ket and his Westerners. The mountains. still topped with snow, were smoother and more rounded than their own Mountains, certainly a contrast to the bitter, sharp-toothed Seacoast Mountains of the Eastern coast. Aila thought that everything seemed softer and smoother as they rode further West; the land, the mountains, even the air. They crossed a wooden bridge over a loop of a wide, lazily meandering river. This was the Snake River, so called because of its many twists and loops, its sources a number of streams that flowed gently out of the Western Mountains. It lacked the hurtling energy of the White River which flowed out of the crashing Falls of Vandar near the Fortress, but if the winter rains were heavy, Janir explained, the Snake River could flood quickly over the low-lying land, as it had the year before, bringing the glut of springfollower he had mentioned to Aila. Usually, though any flooding quickly dispersed, and only left the land richer, after it receded. Certainly they were now riding among fields of rich soil – so rich they could smell it – already showing tiny green shoots as the seed sprouted. Aila glanced at Marla, wondering what she made of it all. If these Western lands were strange to Aila, they must be stranger still to Marla, raised in the Eastern continent. Though Aila had never been to the East, she knew it was very different from her own land. A great chain of mountains split the whole continent in half, and the contrast between the two halves, one colder and wetter, the other hotter and drier, was much greater than the subtle changes between East and West, North and South, in the Western continent. Aila did not wish, though, to ask Marla about the East, fearing to waken dreadful memories for her friend.

Janir pointed. “There is the Western Fortress” he said, with a tinge of pride in his voice. They looked. It was still some distance away, but clearly to be seen, commanding a rise on a loop of the Snake River, overlooking a plain on which three small towns, compact and sleepy, sheltered under its protection.The Western Mountains were nearer and clearer now, and Aila thought she could see something moving up on the slopes – perhaps a hunting party. She turned her attention to the Western Fortress, as they drew nearer. It was quite different from the Mountain Fortress, which was built partly inside the Mountains, taking advantage of a great natural cavern and shelf, which in Brann and Tamorine’s day had housed only the Great Hall to which the Lord of the Mountains and his people retreated in times of danger. Over time, though, the Fortress had grown into a mountaintop garrison containing its own small town within stout walls built of the grey, hard mountain rock. The Western Fortress had no such natural defences, built on the only high ground in this flat, fertile flood-plain. The rock of which it was built was red, carved from the Western Mountains. Its walls were very high, with walkways and battlements for the Watchwards, like the Mountain Fortress, but also high towers which were unnecessary in the Mountains. From a distance, perched on its hill, the Western Fortress had looked to Aila like a toy, but as they came nearer she realised how big it was.

The Watchwards at the Fortress Gate – one a Westerner, the gold bracelet on his wrist, golden skin, dark eyes and hair marking him out – shouted welcome and greetings to Janir as he led his party in, and Aila was relieved to see that no curious glance was directed at Marla. So far, her disguise held. They dismounted, Janir shouting orders to the stable lads who came to take their horses, then he led them into the Hall. Their arrival must have been noted by the Watchwards on the walls and the news conveyed to their Lord, for Barengian, Lord of the Western Fortress, and his Lady, Mira, Lin’s sister, were there to welcome them. There was a whirl of greetings and embraces, from which Marla stood shyly aside until Mira, who had been hugging her brother fondly, noticed her and exclaimed “Oh, who is this?” She smiled at Mellin and Arenel, and asked “A sweetheart of one of you cousins?” Aila could have laughed at the notion of Marla being Mellin’s sweetheart, when he was so suspicious and unfriendly towards her, if she had not been unhappy with the situation for Marla’s sake. Mellin answered, indignantly, “Aunt Mira, I have no sweetheart!” but Arenel explained, in his gentle way, “It is a maiden who needs our help, and we have brought her here hoping you will help too. Let Aiel my father explain.” “Somewhere less public than here!” Aiel said. “And we shall need the agreement of Shala and her betrothed.” “As you wish, Lightstone-Bearer.” Barengian said, “But Ket-Tal is on Watch, that was him you passed at the Gate.” “Here is Shala.” Mira said, as Janir, who had gone out into the courtyard again to oversee the collection of their baggage, came back into the Hall hand-in-hand with his sister, a sweet-faced girl, slim, blonde, barely reaching to her tall brother’s shoulder.

When Shala had greeted them all, hugging Aila with particular affection, and saying how glad she was that Aila could be bride-maiden, Barengian took them into the large room off the main Hall where he saw to the day-to-day business of the Western Fortress, the problems of farmers and townspeople, and other such matters. “Now” he said, but with a smile, “What is this mystery you have brought among us, Aiel? And what bearing can Shala’s wedding have on the matter?” Aila felt Marla, always conscious of the possibility of rejection because of her parentage, move closer to her, as though for comfort, as Aiel began to tell her story. Barengian’s face grew stern and solemn as he listened, and Mira wept. Shala, who was as good-natured and sympathetic as her brother Janir, though shyer, slipped across to stand with Aila and Marla. She did not speak, so as not to interrupt Aiel, but reached out and gave Marla’s hand a brief squeeze, to show her sympathy, causing Marla to give her a swift, startled smile for her kindness.

Aiel finished telling of Marla’s Way, and Barengian glanced round at his family, then said, firmly. “I am sure we are all agreed, Aiel, that we must do all we can to help Marla. But why need she risk appearing as a bride-maiden – why not hide her among the guests?” “Because if there should be any here who might betray her to Si-Mara, that is where they would look for her, never expecting her to appear before all eyes as a bride-maiden. Krystha’s dyes disguise her well enough for her not to be recognised from that distance. They will be looking – if there is anyone to look – for a pale-skinned, silver-blonde girl.” Marla said , with a slight tremor in her voice. “Aiel – you…you have not asked the bride yet if she wishes her bridal day to be – touched- by my presence.” Shala answered for herself. Putting one arm round Marla’s shoulders, she smiled, her grey eyes meeting, unperturbed, the green-and-silver ones. “Marla, do not speak so!” she protested. “You are fighting the Darkness, not aiding it. Of course I will help you – and Ket-Tal will feel as I do. See, Aunt Krystha has made your hair the same colour as mine, and it will look as though we are kin, you and I. What more natural than to have a kinswoman as bride-maiden?” “You are so kind!” Marla exclaimed. “No, you are brave!” Shala answered. “Besides, do you not do good to us all, Marla, rejecting the Darkness and the Bloodstone that would do us harm?” “Indeed!” Barengian commented. “Have no fear, Marla. You are among friends here.”

DAUGHTER OF DARKNESS, SEED OF LIGHT

Chapter 5

There was another reason why Aiel had decided to leave so quickly for the Western Fortress. It would be a month to Shala’s wedding, and during that time Marla would be safely hidden. He had learned from what Marla had told him that the evil ceremonies Si-Mara had planned were centred around the times of the Two-Moon Tides. Those phenomena , though occurring regularly, were infrequent, and came in two clusters, since the particular conjunction of Shield and Hound that caused them happened only in Spring and autumn. One such Tide had happened before Marla arrived in the City. The next, which Aiel guessed to be the destined time of Si-Mara’s ceremonies, would be in just over a week’s time. After that, there would be one more conjunction shortly after the Spring Festival, by which time they should be safely on their way to the Dancers. Once that was past, there would be no danger to Marla from the ceremonies until the autumn, when the Two-Moon Tides would begin again. Why this conjunction was so important to the Children of Night, Aiel could only guess. Since part of the purpose of the ceremonies was to receive the Bloodstone from Ma’al, Aiel supposed that the reason might be as much astronomical as occult. The Dancers, and even the Night Lords, might move at will among the worlds, but the Bloodstone was a different thing, and whatever evil arts were required to move it seemed tied to times and seasons. Did that have to do, he wondered, with the last, most puzzling part of the Secret Word, which spoke of ‘two and two, and times and time, out of their place’?

Mira said “Marla, you shall rest here, and build strength for your journey, and we shall help you all we can. We will not let you be sacrificed to Darkness, child!” She could be as determined as Lin, her brother, when she wished to be, and spoke so fiercely that it startled them to laughter, breaking the tension. Mellin, though, still held himself aloof, distrustful. Aila saw that Marla felt it in him, though he did his best not to show it openly, for she saw the girl glance sadly at her cousin. “Barengian”, Lin addressed his sister’s husband, “Janir has offered to come with us when we leave, for guide in the Western Mountains, and another Swordsman. But I will not take him unless you agree. Mellin and I go too.” “Of course he must go!” Barengian answered. “It is what I would expect of him.” He glanced fondly at his son, and added “He is a Swordsman”, making it an oblique word of praise. “And Krystha and Arentha will need safe escort back to the Fortress, since Mellin and I go with Aiel.” “They do not go on the Way with you, this time?” asked Mira. “No, Krystha is bearing a child. It would not be wise.” Mira exclaimed with delight at this news, and Barengian smilingly promised to escort the sisters back to the Fortress himself. “Is the Ket here?” Aiel asked, and was disappointed when Baregian answered “No.” “I thought the Ket and his people stayed with you during the winter.” Aila said, surprised. “So they do, but they have had their own planning to do for this wedding, and will not return here until nearer the time.” Barengian explained. “I need to speak to the Ket” Aiel said “before I can make further plans.”.”Well, Marla is safe here, and the talking can wait!” Mira told him. “Come, I will show you all where you can sleep.”

“Mira, I hope we are not making too much extra work for you, with Shala’s wedding to arrange.” Arentha commented, but Mira only laughed. “Oh, I am glad enough to have you all here! Even now I am sometimes homesick for news of the City. Besides, there is Marla’s need, which must outweigh all else. And Krystha – you will make me an aunt again? It is so exciting – how long have you known?…” Happily chatting, Mira showed the womenfolk to their rooms, where their luggage had already been carried. Then, settling down for a longer talk with Arentha and Krystha, she suggested “Shala, why do you not take Aila and Marla to see the fabric stores, and choose the stuff for their gowns?” Thus discreetly dismissed, the three girls went to do as they were bidden, passing back through the Hall, where they found Aiel, Barengian and Lin in deep discussion. Janir must have taken Mellin and Arenel off somewhere with him, for there was no sign of them. Shala led them through a long corridor into a large room, one long wall of which was lined with presses and chests made of carved sweetwood. The tree, as well as yielding the strongly sedative sweetwood spice, produced an aromatic wood which was expensive, but very good for keeping cloth fresh and damage-free. Through an archway from this room another room led off , with sewing tables, tapestry frames and weaving looms. Several of the Western seamstresses were busy stitching at heaps of glowing fabrics, and a woman, tall and stately, with a handsome, tranquil face, detached herself from the group and came across to meet the three maidens. “This is Liara.” Shala explained. “She has charge of the fabrics. Liara, these are my friends from the City, who are to be my bridemaidens, with Zohra.” Aila watched the Westerner closely as she greeted them, but the woman showed no special interest in Marla, and Aila relaxed.

“Which is the fabric for your gown, Shala?” she asked, looking at the lovely colours spread out on the table. There was a blue like a summer sky, and a soft deep rose, either of which would have suited Shala perfectly, but the bride-to-be smiled and lifted the edge of rich crimson fabric with a golden motif woven through it. “This” she said, with a smile of pride. “It was specially woven. It is the bridal fabric of the Ket’s family – all their brides wear it. And Zohra will wear crimson too, but plain.” Liara opened press after press to reveal the rolls of fabric within, from heavy, stiff brocades to thin, filmy veiling. The colours and textures were so alluring that even Marla was drawn into the delight of gazing at and handling the lovely fabrics. Shala sighed. “I have tried and tried, but there are so many colours, and my crimson is so striking, I cannot tell which would go best with it.” “Will your bridegroom wear crimson too?” Marla asked, “Yes, crimson and gold.”

Aila looked again at the fabrics, trying to consider them dispassionately. Then she smiled and said “Shala, crimson and gold is so rich. Perhaps we should wear no colour at all.” “Why, what do you mean, Aila?” Shala asked in surprise. Aila reached for the fabric which had caught her eye, and carefully pulled out the end of the roll. “This?” she suggested.It was an ivory white, with delicate flowers and tendrils of leaves woven into it in gold thread, the gold linking it to Shala’s gown, the white a perfect foil for the rich crimson. “Oh!” Shala exclaimed. “I had not thought of that one. But – yes, you are right, Aila. It is perfect! So simple and- and pure. Too much colour, with that crimson, would be overpowering.” “Oh, but I forgot!” Aila exclaimed in her turn. “Marla – it is white. Can you bear to wear a white gown?” “This white gown, yes I can.” Marla answered, smiling.”For I think it is a symbol of friendship, Aila. I know very little about choosing gowns, for I have never been consulted about my own, as you know. But to me it seems that the red and the white would look very well together.” Shala had been looking curiously at the two friends during this exchange, but asked no questions, and turned to indicate their choice to Liara, who nodded and smiled approvingly. The needlewomen took Aila’s and Marla’s measures, so that work on their gowns could begin, then Shala said “There, thank you both for your help. Now I think I smell food! Our meal must be ready, and I am sure you are hungry after your journey.”

Over the next weeks, Aiel’s plans took further shape in discussion with the three Swordsmen, as wel las Arenel, Barengian, and Ket-Tal, Shala’s betrothed. Aiel liked the young man well. He was brave, merry, and handsome, and it was easy to see why Shala had fallen in love with him. He was also a cool, clear thinker, like his Sword-Brother Janir, possessed of a great fund of commonsense. In addition, though he treated all as equals and was cheerful and friendly to all he met, he had yet a certain dignity about him because he was the Ket’s grandson and, in turn after his twin father and uncle, the Ket’s heir. Shala and Mira, meanwhile, were determined to draw Marla fully into the excitement of the wedding plans, and into the normality of life in the Western Fortress. It was a thing the girl sorely needed, after her tumultuous first days in the City and her escape from Si-Mara and terrified flight to the Mountain Fortress. To be accepted as a guest, as a maiden among other maidens preparing for a friend’s wedding, to lay aside, as far as possible, the weight of her own desperate need for a while, could do her nothing but good. Everyone involved knew it, and did their best for Marla.

The sole exception was Mellin. No longer openly hostile to the girl, he still maintained an aloofness and coldness of attitude towards her. His friends might question him, grow angry or take him to task, but none of these things had any effect on him. In explanation he would say only that he did not trust Marla. He denied, without heat, that he was afraid of her. The young Swordsman even submitted himself to Aiel’s Perception, in an attempt to satisfy them as to his motives, and the Lightstone-Bearer found nothing in Mellin save, as he had said, a deep distrust of Marla. Lin said, later, “I think it must have been Alira’s warnings, Aiel. She was so wounded by her time in Darkness, and so fearful lest Mellin, her beloved grandson, fall into Darkness, that she was always warning him, from his early childhood, of the dangers and terrors of the Children of Night. She had less fear, of course, for Arenel and Aila, born with Perception, and of the Priesthood. Oh, it was done out of love for him, no doubt of that, and well meant. But I did not realise how deeply her words had penetrated.” Aiel sighed, then brightened, and said with a smile “Mellin is your son, Lin, and honest enough to admit his mistake – when he sees it. There will come something which will show him the truth of what Marla says, and then he will believe her, and want to help her. I am sure of it.”

A week to the wedding, and the Ket and his people arrived at the Western Fortress on a breezy morning, riding down out of the Western Mountains. Barengian, Mira, Janir, Shala, Ket-Tal and their guests were assembled in the courtyard to greet them, and quickly escort them inside out of the cold wind. Lin and Aiel found old friends among the party, and they were well known to the folk of the Western Fortress, but Mellin, Aila and Arenel had seen very few Westerners, for they rarely travelled to the City. The Westerners were led, of course, by the Ket, the Lord of the Westerners, who greeted Aiel and Lin, Arentha and Krystha, with pleasure, as old friends, and was glad to make the acquaintance of their children. He was older and greyer now than when they had met him on the Lightstone Way, but no less imposing a figure. He was accompanied by his twin sons and their families. Ket-Lai, his wife, and two young sons, also greeted the four Way-Sharers , and his twin, Ket-Kai, was delighted to see Lin, his Sword-Brother, and Aiel again, and to introduce his own family. Ket-Tal had come forward to embrace his father, mother and sister, and they made a happy and handsome group. The mother was slim but strong-looking, striking rather than beautiful, quiet but friendly. Aila was looking with interest at Zohra, Ket-Tal’s sister, who was to be the other bridemaiden. She too had that slim build and sense of inner strength, though everything about her seemed lissom and delicate, and graceful even beyond the natural grace of the Westerners. The features of her face were finely moulded, her hands long and fine. She seemed a little shy, for from time to time a quick blush would rise into the honey-golden skin of her face, and she would tilt her head so that the shining length of her thick black hair fell across her face like a veil. Zohra’s eyes were the same dark brown as her brother’s, big and expressive. and fringed with an amazing length of lash that made them look even bigger. Aila could not help contrasting, in her mind, Zohra’s dark and golden beauty, and Marla’s natural ice-white loveliness – like the difference between sun and snow.

Zohra seemed less shy, though when, greetings having been exchanged, the bride-gifts presented, and formalities done with, Shala insisted on carrying off all her bridemaidens to the sewing room to see the progress of their gowns. On the way, she introduced and explained Marla to Zohra, who was instantly friendly and sympathetic. Zohra was also introduced to Aila, not having met her before. The twin concerns of Marla’s search for Light, and Shala’s wedding , drew them all together, and by the time they had tried on their gowns and chatted together for a while, the three girls were well on the way to becoming friends. Meanwhile, Aiel had been discussing Marla’s predicament with the Ket, and explaining his plans. The Ket was warmly interested in Marla’s Way, respecting her courage in defying Darkness and her determination not to be a tool for the attempted domination of Li’is by the Dark Ones. He was fascinated, too, by the continued outworking of the Secret Word in the matter. “Yes, surely Arenel can ride with us, and we will guide him safely down to join you again later.” the Ket agreed. A feast had been prepared in honour of the guests’ arrival, to take place that evening. They assembled accordingly, all the work of settling the guests and stowing their gear, and all the talking and visiting of old friends done with, in the Great Hall. Arenel noticed that Zohra had by her a familiarly-shaped flat leather case, the carrying case for a small harp. When the feasting was over, she stood and took out the harp, its frame gilded and enamelled with the colours of the Westerners, red, blue, yellow and green. Then she left the table and went and stood in the middle of the Hall, and began to play and sing.

Arenel was a Temple harper, as his father was. Both were gifted players and makers of music. Arentha had always had a beautiful singing voice, and on the Lightstone Way both Aiel’s and Arentha’s music had been key in the battle for the Dancers, fighting against the Dark music of the Black Piper. But no music any of them had ever made or played or heard had prepared them for the wonder of Zohra’s music. From the moment her fingers touched the strings she was gone from them into her own world of melody and harmony, her shyness swept away by the need to express the music in her spirit. The instrument seemed an extension of her body as her fingers moved with effortless ease and skill over the strings, and her voice soared and rang through the Hall, pure and clear and sweet, waking echoes from the red stone vaulting and the high wooden roof. The song was her own composition, the bridal song she had made for the wedding of her brother and Shala, played to them now for approval and comment before she played it for all the guests on the actual wedding day. When she had finished playing and singing, she looked round,a little dreamily, as if she returned to them now from that same secret world of melody, and said, not with pride, but with a quiet confidence that she had made something very well. “There, Shala, that is my bride-gift to you.” “Oh, Zohra, it is a beautiful song!” Shala exclaimed, hugging the Westerner as she returned to the table. The others echoed her, and she accepted the praise quietly, as if she knew it to be justified.

Aiel had recognised the natural genius behind Zohra’s music, but there was something more. He Perceived, as the very Thought of Light, that Zohra was, must be, Arentha’s replacement on this Way. He had Aila, for Healing, now he needed Zohra, for melody. Hers was so obviously a Gifting of Light. So it was that later, when the feasting and music were over and the guests all talking together, Aiel sought out the Ket and his son, who welcomed him warmly. Still, Aiel found it very hard to ask what he must of the Westerners. “Lord Ket, Ket-Kai my friend, on the first Way we were bidden to seek healing and melody, as part of Light’s weaponry. Then it was the Ladies Krystha and Arentha who fulfilled that need. This time it is my daughter, Aila, who will be our Healer. And…” he hesitated. “And?” Ket-Kai prompted him. “I have sought Light in this thing” Aiel reassured him, before continuing, “and it is my understanding that it is your daughter, Zohra, who is to come with us, for melody. She is Light-gifted beyond any musician I have ever heard, and Light has told me that she is to be part of our company.” “So that is why!” the Ket murmured. “What do you mean, Lord of the West?” “We have wondered ourselves at Zohra’s gift. We of the West have little need of such music as hers. Simple melodies, herding songs, songs to Light, yes. But we are simple wanderers, and her gift has seemed to me sometimes like riches unwisely spent, yet Light has a meaning in all gifts given. This Way is the meaning of Light’s gift to Zohra.” “She is your daughter, Ket-Kai. What are your thoughts about this?” Aiel asked. “If it is the Will of Light, and if she goes under your protection and the Lightstone’s, and in the company of Lin, my Sword-Brother, I am content.” Ket-Kai answered. Aiel went, then , to the group of young people and called Marla. Zohra and Aila aside. Quietly he explained, as Zohra’s eyes grew wider and wider, his assurance that she was to have a part in the Way, in Marla’s quest for Light. She did not interrupt, and when Aiel finished speaking, she said, “Aiel, Lightstone-Bearer, I cannot think what Light may ask of me in this thing, or what use I may be. But if you say so, and Light bids me go, I will – if my father agrees.” “He does.” Aiel assured her. “Thank you, Zohra” Marla said, and the Westerner smiled at her, and answered “I hope I may be able to help you, Marla.”

When Merhaun and Alira arrived at the Western Fortress with Linnad and Janira, for the wedding, Aiel could not help but wonder how the Lord of the Mountains and his Lady would react to Marla, having been so badly affected in their younger days by the Children of Night. Especially, he wondered about Alira, who had been deceived and led into Darkness by lies and enchantments from which only Aiel, by the power of the Lightstone, had been able to free her and restore her to her husband and daughters. He thought they might prove as distrustful of, and antagonistic to, Marla as Mellin, their grandson, reared on Alira’s warnings about the dealings of Darkness. However, Alira, having experienced those Dark things, seemed to understand Marla, her fear of her intended fate and desperate search for Light and freedom from the Darkness that overshadowed her. So both endorsed her Way, and promised to keep watch from the Mountain Fortress and pass on any tidings of the Children of Night. Linnad and Janira had one thing to add to Aiel’s knowledge, though out of Marla’s hearing. It seemed that the woman who had accompanied Marla from the East had been found drowned in the Harbour in an apparent accident. “I doubt it was an accident” Aiel said, his tone sombre. “No doubt it was her punishment for letting Marla escape from Si-Mara.” “Such are the ways of Darkness” Alira said, heavily. “You are right to help Marla, Aiel, the fate that awaits her otherwise is dreadful.” Merhaun agreed, and said, “And we shall guard Krystha and Arentha well, have no fear. Especially since we may expect a new grandchild.” Aiel said “It is true what the Secret Word says of Marla, and she does not seek Light for herself alone, for she fears what would happen to our world if she is forced to become the Bloodstone-wielder. Indeed, she has said she would rather die, even in Darkness, than wield the Bloodstone.” “Then may Light bless her and free her” Janira responded. “She may be born of Darkness, but she has a noble spirit.”

The day of Shala’s wedding had dawned threateningly cloudy, but to everyone’s relief the morning quickly brightened. Aila, Marla and Zohra went to Mira’s chamber to help prepare the bride, and to dress themselves for the wedding ceremony. When they entered the room, Aila felt a little pang, seeing Shala standing there barefoot, loose-haired, in a simple undergarment. She reminded Aila so of the child she had been when they played together, small, blonde, barefoot, always hurrying to keep up with her brother. Aila felt a rush of tenderness towards her old playmate, and for a moment it seemed absurd that today Shala would be married. Impulsively, Aila hugged her cousin’s cousin, and said “Oh, Shala, dear – may you always be happy together!” “Oh, thank you, Aila!” Shala said. She turned a bright, beaming face to them all. No, Aila thought, there was no doubt that Shala would be happy, she was so in love with her handsome Westerner, so full of joy on her wedding day. They helped Mira to robe Shala in the splendid crimson gown, for the fabric was quite heavy and the folds needed careful arranging. Aila had thought that the colour might be overpowering for Shala’s fairness, but once dressed, she looked magnificent. They lifted the heavy skirts for her to slip on her shoes, and then Mira said “You girls must dress now, while I tend to Shala’s hair. The flowers will be here soon.”

Their gowns were laid ready on the bed, and Aila asked “Have you your colouring, Marla? Best do that first, it would not do to stain the gown.” Krystha had re-dyed Marla’s hair the night before, where the roots were beginning to show pale again, and in the morning’s excitement the other girls had not noticed Marla’s pallor. Now, though, as she turned towards the light to apply the pink colouring, Zohra exclaimed with concern “Oh, how pale you are, Marla! Are you sick?” Shala turned too, and Marla smiled and said “No, it is well with me. You have not yet seen me as I am, a child of Ma’al.” But her smile was only on her lips, and suddenly they trembled. Zohra put one arm round her comfortingly, and said “Do not be sad, Marla! You shall be a Child of Light and of Li’is – very soon.” The others watched, fascinated, as Marla used the pink liquid to colour her pale lips and cheeks, then smiled at the result, assuring her that she looked natural again. Aila helped her friend into the white and golden gown that had been made for her, and slipped on her own, while Zohra put on her crimson one. They helped each other with difficult fastenings, and with the combing out of their long hair, for it was the tradition that bride and bridemaidens should wear their hair loose, adorned only with flowers.

A rap at the door heralded the messenger with the basket of flowers, Western flowers gathered high up on the slopes of the Western Mountains before dawn that morning, kept fresh in sacking packed on snow from the peaks. When Mira brought in the basket and began to unpack it, Aila and Marla exclaimed in wonder as she lifted out a coronet of the most beautiful blooms. Six velvety, flame-shaped petals, rich crimson as Shala’s gown, formed each huge flower, and at their heart was a centre of intense black, surrounded by wiry, curling golden filaments. “Oh, how lovely!” Aila gasped. “What are they, Mira?” But it was Zohra who answered. “They are flame-flowers.” she told them. “We use them at all our most important and sacred ceremonies, because of their beauty.” And indeed, set in Shala’s golden hair the flowers did burn like little fires, crowning her with glory. For the bridemaidens there were delicate cup-shaped blooms, gold in colour but merging into a soft pink at the heart, and very sweetly scented. “This flower” said Zohra “has a name in the Old Tongue, but in our speech it means ‘maidens’ bliss.'” Mira helped them twine the flowers in their hair, though Marla’s was so fine and soft – “Like baby hair, Marla!” Mira laughed- that she had recourse to pins to hold the coronet of flowers in place.

When they were all ready, they looked at each other. Shala was so regal, so beautiful, both because of the fine gown and flowers and because she glowed inwardly with love and joy. Zohra was stately , a little solemn now, striking in her own crimson gown with her golden skin, intense dark eyes, and the golden blossoms glowing in her black hair. Aila looked lovely as always in the white and golden gown and golden flowers in her glossy hair, but it was her vivid blue, Perception-gifted eyes that would always hold the attention. Marla’s ice-pale beauty was hidden rather than enhanced by the colouring of her hair and face, but the gown and flowers became her. She looked like an ordinary, pretty maiden of Li’is – as long as she remembered to keep her head and eyes bowed. One sweep of those extraordinary green-and-silver eyes would overwhelm all other impressions. Mira smiled at them all, satisfied. Then for a moment her smile wavered and broke, and tears filled her eyes. “Oh, Shala, my love!” she exclaimed, reaching out to embrace her daughter. Aila said, “Mira, let us go to our own chamber. You need a moment alone.” She led the other bridemaidens into the room that she and Marla had shared. Marla said, “Aila, I am afraid. Do you think I will truly pass for a bridemaiden?” Before Aila could answer, Zohra said, very firmly, “Marla, you are a bridemaiden.”

Soon the summons came to accompany Shala to the Prayer Room, where her bridegroom and guests awaited her. They went down in silence, Mira going ahead, very pretty in her blue gown and jewels, glad for Shala, but still a little sad at the loss of her daughter to marriage. They went softly,quietly, too aware of the joyous sanctity of the moment to speak. Ket-Tal was waiting by the Crucible, almost unrecognisable in his crimson robe, over-robe of gold brocade, and the golden circlet round his brow, as the merry young Swordsman they knew. His dark eyes were very solemn as he turned to gaze at Shala, but she smiled at him and they stepped firmly to meet each other and join hands before turning back to the officiating Priests. As the marriage ceremony proceeded, Aila, who was sitting on the front row of benches with the other bridemaidens, Perceived an intense emotion, not from the couple being married, but from somewhere behind her, so that it made her turn her head a little to see. She sensed gladness and sorrow, affection and relinquishment, and was not surprised to realise that the source was Janir, who was gazing in her direction, but obviously past her at his sister, with an intent, sweetly-sad expression. No doubt he was glad for Shala’s happiness, Aila thought, but also somewhat sad to lose his sister, who would no longer be living at the Western Fortress. Then it occurred to her that she was Trespassing, and she blushed a little, and turned her head again.

When the wedding ceremony was over, Ket-Tal, his face alight with pride and happiness, led his bride out into the Great Hall of the Western Fortress, where there would be feasting, and dancing, and gifts. Their bridal night, and the next, would be spent here in the bride’s home, and then she would set out with her new husband and family for the summer pastures of the Westerners, to begin her life among them with the time of one of their special festivals, the Night of the Warrior Children. It was on this journey that Arenel was to be sent, with Zohra, thus drawing the attention of any spies of Si-Mara’s, to rejoin the others later. As they joined in the celebrations, Aiel, Aila and Arenel kept their Perceptions alert for any hint of danger to Marla, but it seemed that all the wedding guests, even friends’ friends, were genuine. After the wedding meal had been eaten and the festivities began, Aila tried to persuade Marla to join in, but her friend gently refused, and as Marla looked as though she might have things she wished to think about alone, or discuss with Aiel, Aila did not press her. Aila let herself be drawn into the merry chain of dancers, passing from partner to partner, laughing. Even shy Zohra was dancing, and Aila, coming together at one point in the dance with Janir, found him smiling his warm, wide smile at her, and thought to herself that he had put behind him his momentary sorrow at the impending parting from his sister. She noticed, though, that Mellin did not join the dancing either, but stood aside, from time to time glancing in Marla’s direction. Perhaps, though, the Swordsman was only keeping guard in case there should be any threat to the girl. Then she was swept round the room again by the movement of the dance, and when she next looked, both Marla and her cousin had gone.

Mellin had been very watchful of Marla, all that day. Despite the fact that all the others, including his own grandparents, father and mother, seemed totally to accept and believe in her, he was still suspicious of her. His grandmother, Alira, so long and cruelly deceived herself by the Children of Night – and by one in particular – had given him strenuous warnings about them, and their deceitfulness and cunning. So stern had been her warnings that he felt that even to be in the same room with Marla, with her evil ancestry and the marks of Ma’al so clearly on her, somehow defiled him. Then, too, he had his own feelings and doubts about the girl; from their very first encounter he had felt an instinctive mistrust of her, as though if he were to let down his guard for one minute, she might spin some dark enchantment round him. He could not say that he actually feared Marla, but he did not trust her at all. So he had kept her in his sight all through this wedding day. He wondered if she might really be a spy of the Dark Ones, with evil powers strong enough to trick even Aiel. Her story might be a ruse to gain sympathy and make the Lightstone-Bearer drop his guard. She had refused, after all to submit to Aiel’s Perception, which deepened Mellin’s suspicion. She might be part of a plot of Si-Mara’s to have her revenge on Aiel, and on a day like this there were many visitors in the Western Fortress. It was not beyond the bounds of possibility that there might be a Child of Night among them who intended to contact Marla.

All day long Mellin had watched her, and all day she had seemed, to him, to be uneasy. He admitted to himself that, if her story were true, her uneasiness might be due to the part she was playing and to fear of being recognised. Her disguise might enable her to pass as a daughter of Li’is, but those startling green-and-silver eyes would instantly betray her to anyone who really knew her. As the dancing began, Mellin saw the girl slip quietly out of the door. His suspicions further aroused, Mellin waited a moment, then followed. Were his imaginings to be proved right after all, and Marla on her way to meet some messenger of Si-Mara’s? The slight figure in the white and golden gown was not hard to keep in sight, and Mellin followed her in skilful silence. She did not look round, and Mellin felt certain that she was so intent on whatever she was doing that her ‘Dark Perception’ – if she truly possessed such a power, he thought – had not warned her, and she was unaware of his presence. Mellin followed her to the Prayer Room, where she opened the door and went quickly and quietly inside. Mellin hesitated. What might she be doing in the Prayer Room? It did not seem a likely place for a plotters’ meeting, unless the Children of Night intended some act of desecration. Mellin went after her, as silently as a shadow.

When he entered the Prayer Room, Mellin saw that there was no on else there – yet. The Prayer Room was quiet and peaceful, lit only by a few lamps and the Crucible flame, the air sweet with the perfume of the banks of flowers that remained from Shala’s marriage ceremony. All the light was at the front of the room, and Mellin slid onto one of the benches hidden in the deep shadows at the back. He saw that Marla was standing in the light, before the Crucible. As he watched from his concealment, she raised both arms above her head, and the Swordsman tensed. Would Marla attempt the use of some Dark power here? But when the girl’s voice came, it was in urgent and agonised appeal. “Light of Li’is, Light of all life! Are you here? Do you hear me?” She paused, as if listening, then cried out again, “Oh, how can I know if you hear me? I am not a Child of Light – I cannot hear your voice as they do. But Light is all I desire – do not leave me in the Darkness, I beg you – take me out of it, so that I may serve Light!” The desperate longing and pain in Marla’s voice could not have been feigned, and Mellin, shocked by the sudden realisation of her sincerity in seeking Light, and what it cost her, was overwhelmed, too, by his own guilt and shame. He saw, as if Light laid it bare within him, how his own hostility and unkindness – his enmity, in truth – had added to the burden and sorrows that Marla carried. He felt his cheeks redden with shame in the darkness, and almost groaned aloud in his distress. “Oh, Light forgive me!” he begged, silently and inwardly.

But, he told himself, his concern now must be for Marla. He hesitated, wondering what to do. He was ashamed to go on spying on her, but did not want, either, to leave her alone in her need. Now the girl dropped to her knees, and in the silence of the Prayer Room Mellin clearly heard the rustle of her skirts. She raised her voice again in appeal, a note of anguish in it now. “Oh Light of Li’is – see, if I presume too much to stand before you in my Darkness, I kneel to you now. Will you not tell me, somehow, that I may attain Light?” She knelt there, face upturned to the flame, and Mellin thought he saw tears gleam on her cheeks in the soft light. ‘Surely Light will answer her now!’ the Swordsman thought, for if he were moved by her pleas, how much more must Light be? Yet it seemed Marla still received no answer to her prayer, for after kneeling in silence for a few long moments more, she spread out her arms as if she made a final appeal, and when she spoke again, her voice was quiet with the coldness of despair. “Then give me this answer, Light of Li’is. I will serve you, or none! I will not serve Darkness, nor be the Bloodstone-wielder. If you will never accept me, if I can never attain Light – then let Light in mercy slay me now, that I may never be tainted with the Bloodstone and become a curse on this world!”

She slid to the floor, arms outstretched, spreading herself out on the cold stone floor as if she offered herself for sacrifice. The garland of flowers tumbled from her head and her hair spilled across the mosaic of the floor. Her body was taut with fear and longing, poised for the death blow that might come. Mellin could not bear to stay still and silent any longer. He was astounded by Marla’s desperate words, torn by his own guilt and shame and by compassion and concern for the bitterly unhappy girl, even half-fearful lest Light’s answer might indeed be death for Marla. He rose from his bench, went down to where she lay, and knelt beside her, putting a gentle hand on her shoulder. At the touch, her whole body jerked in shock, as though the thunderbolt she had begged for had struck her. Softly the Swordsman said “Do not be afraid, Marla. See, you have your answer. Light has not slain you.” Her eyes were closed, and she was still too full of emotion to realise who was speaking to her. She murmured “Is it so? Did Light hear me? Maybe I am not worthy that Light touch me, even to slay me.” “Marla” he begged her, “do not think of such things! Light is life, and Aiel has promised that there will be a way for you to attain Light, and we shall find it. Why else are we taking this journey? Your Way is the Way of the Secret Word, and it will not fail. Take comfort in that, Marla.” She allowed him, then, to lift her up and help her to her feet, but when the light fell on his face and she realised who he was, he felt her shrink away from him. “Oh, L-Lord Mellin!” she stammered. “I-I did not know it was you!”

He realised then, as he had not before that moment, how far he had distanced himself, so that with him alone of all of them, she felt constrained to use the formal, respectful ‘Lord’. He said “Just ‘Mellin’, Marla, if you will. And please, do not be afraid of me – though I know I have given you cause enough.” He looked at her sadly, and added, “Oh, I am ashamed and dishonoured! I have disbelieved you, and insulted you, and added to your burdens by my unkindness to you. I have been your enemy, when you needed a friend. But if you can forgive me, I will be your friend from now on, and give you all the help I can.” She gazed up at him in astonishment. “It is true!” she exclaimed.”I feel no hatred in you for me now. You do not want to hurt me any more.” Mellin flushed, ashamed that his former antagonism had been so simply exposed. “Oh Marla, truly, I am sorry! Will you forgive me?” “Yes.” she answered, unconditionally, and he continued “And you will not talk any more about dying?” She looked at him again, her face serious. “Mellin, do not think that I wish to die – of course not! But if I cannot attain Light, I would rather die than be forced into Darkness, defiled and made to wield the Bloodstone…” she stopped, her eyes brimming with tears, and Mellin flinched at the pain in her face. “Marla, how can you bear it? I think I would go mad!”

“That would be no escape.” she said “The only hope I have is Light – or death. Those are my only choices, Mellin. That is why I say that if I cannot have one, I must take the other. Do you think I shall attain Light, Mellin? Do you really think so?” Aiel has said so.” Mellin said, firmly, wishing to deflect her thoughts from what seemed to him to be a morbid direction. “And we will all help you. For myself, I will pledge my sword and my service to your Way.” “Will you? That is kind.” Marla said, smiling tremulously. “Will you make me another pledge , Mellin – on your honour as a Swordsman?” “What is it?” he asked. She looked straight into his eyes and said “If you are truly my friend…if I cannot attain Light , if I come to the choice between Darkness and death and have not the power any more to choose death – then you must promise to give me death, with your sword.” Mellin gave an exclamation of horror, but Marla said quickly “Oh Mellin, you are a Swordsman. You must know that if one is mortally wounded, there are worse things than a quick and clean and merciful death, at the hand of a friend.” And then she told him exactly why she asked such a dreadful thing of him. In a trembling voice she described to him, in all its horrible detail, what Si-Mara’s ceremonies would mean for her, and he realised why she would rather die than face that degradation, knowing that at the end of it not only would she be defiled and bound to the Darkness forever, but would be forced to enslave Li’is also. She, though, looking at his shocked, unhappy expression, misinterpreted it, and said, miserably, “Now you will hate me again!”

“Oh Marla, no, not you – but those who would do this to you!” he protested, catching hold of her hands to reassure her. He was silent, then, wondering if he could ever bear to do what she had asked of him. He imagined having to pierce her heart with his sword, the white gown stained red with her blood. But as she had said, it would be quick and clean and kind, not like the other things she had described to him. “Please, Mellin – for me, and for your world.” she begged again. At last he said, though heavily ” Marla, I will give you the pledge you ask of me, though everything in me shudders at the thought. And Light grant I never need to keep it!” “Then you truly are my friend.” she said, with a long sigh, as though she were very weary. His promise brought a strange kind of peace to her pale face, its false pink colour washed away by her tears, and she tried to smile. Mellin gazed at her. She seemed so small and young and vulnerable, yet so burdened and weary that she seemed to carry the weight of centuries. “How old are you?” he demanded, suddenly. Marla seemed to sense the reason for his odd question. “Do I seem so old to you, then? I was born on the day that your parents and Aila’s were married. I am little more than two years older than you, Mellin.” He thought of all she had endured in that short life, and wondered whether he could have done so, Swordsman or no. “Marla,” he exclaimed “I think you have more courage than any Swordsman!”

“Only because it is not for myself alone that I seek Light. I will not be the means of bringing all Li’is into slavery to Darkness.” “The Secret Word says” Mellin said, more musing aloud than directly speaking to Marla, “that you will lay your Dark powers at the feet of Light.” “Willingly!” she answered, vehemently. “I want nothing of Darkness, Mellin. All I want is Light. For now I am nothing, and belong nowhere. I will not serve the Darkness I was born to, yet I cannot serve the Light I long for.” “Dark and Light in one spirit, a soul divided” Mellin answered her. “That is what the Secret Word says of you also.”It speaks truly” Marla responded,”Oh, I am so afraid, Mellin. No, not of anything I might have to do to attain Light, or even of death. But the Darkness, the Night Lords – to be bound to them, to have them use my body as a dwelling and a tool for evil, to be a curse on this world and its people- that I fear.” Mellin felt a great sense of the misery and injustice of Marla’s position, and if he felt it so, surely Light felt it more? He said “Light is never cruel, Marla. Light works in reason and justice and mercy. There must – there will be a way for you to attain Light. Trust Light, and try not to be afraid.” He realised that Marla was shivering, with cold, fear, or emotion, perhaps all three. He put a warming arm around her shoulders, and took her hand in his free one. It was very cold, and he said, “Marla, I am no Healer, but I know it is not well with you. You are cold as stone, and you have been very unhappy. Come, come back to the Hall now. Have you eaten anything today?” “No – no, I was not hungry.”

“Come” he said again, drawing her gently towards the door, “There is no strength or warmth in you. I know enough of my mother’s craft to know that you should come back to the fire to warm yourself and eat something – perhaps drink a little wine- while I find Aila to tend you.” Just outside the Prayer Room, though, they met Aila herself, for having noticed Marla’s absence, she had come looking for her friend. She was surprised to find Mellin with Marla, but all her attention was on the other girl. “Marla, what is wrong? You have been weeping.” she asked, then said accusingly to Mellin “Mellin, have you been unkind to Marla again?” Mellin found himself so disconcerted by the guilt he still felt that he could not reply, but Marla said, quickly, “Oh, Aila, no. I was distressed, it is true, but it was no fault of Mellin’s. Indeed, he found me here, and has been so kind to me.” Mellin found his voice, and requested, “Aila, I wish you would look to Marla. Should she not warm herself, and eat? Or perhaps she needs a draught? She has been very upset, as she said, and she says she has not eaten all day, and she was trembling. It is not well with her.” Aila looked questioningly at her cousin, surprised by his new concern for and friendliness towards Marla, but she reached out and felt the other girl’s hand. “You are right, Mellin,” she said. ” come back to the Hall, Marla.”

Between them they led her back to the Great Hall and brought her some food and wine, and made her warm herself by the fire. Then Zohra came to help Aila tend Marla, and Mellin left her in their care and went to find Janir and Arenel. His heart was still heavy at his treatment of Marla, and the promise she had extracted from him. Janir was chatting to some of the Westerners who had accompanied the bridal party, but Arenel was alone, and Mellin joined him. The young Priest looked at his cousin in concern. “Mellin, what is troubling you? There is a heaviness about you.” Mellin said “I am ashamed, Arenel, that I did not believe Marla, and have been so cruel and discourteous to her.” Arenel asked gently “Have you made your peace with her?” “Yes.” “And with Light?” “Not yet.” “I will come with you to the Prayer Room, if you wish.” So Priest and Swordsman sought again the privacy of the Prayer Room, where Mellin recounted all that had happened there, including his promise to Marla. Then Arenel set his Perception on his cousin, and helped him make his peace with Light. Afterwards Mellin said “Arenel, please – do not tell the others, even Aiel, of the pledge I made to Marla.” then, “Cousin, do you think I was right to do it? Can it ever be right to kill another, unless it be inevitable in battle against Darkness? I did not seek the Will of Light before I made the promise!” “I do not think you will be asked to keep the pledge.” Arenel comforted him. “Did you not say that Marla asked Light for death, if she could not attain Light? And she was not smitten. Nevertheless, if it should be that you ever have to strike the blow she asked of you, it truly would be in battle against Darkness – that Darkness that would pollute and possess Marla, and seek to enslave Li’is through her. If that should happen, Marla – the real Marla – would die in any case. You would not be slaying her, but denying the Darkness the use of her body.”

When Priest and Swordsman returned to the Hall, they found that the guests were listening to Zohra’s music. Mellin cast a quick glance at Marla, and was relieved to see that she was listening as raptly as the others, with little sign of her earlier unhappiness. As Aiel had told Lin, Mellin was too honest to pretend to himself that his previous behaviour towards Marla had been justified, once he realised that his mistrust of her was groundless. Though he had made his peace with Light over the matter, he still felt a pang of shame. When the music was over, Aila came to her cousin and asked, forthrightly, “Now, Mellin, what is it that has happened between you and Marla? She will tell me only of your kindness to her, and I am curious to know why you should suddenly behave to her like this, when you have been so set against her till now? It is not a trick to try to trap her? Because if it is, I think it is very cruel!” When she saw the distress in Mellin’s look, though, she knew he had truly had a change of heart, before he spoke. “Oh Aila, do not remind me of my dreadful behaviour towards Marla! I am so ashamed- even though Arenel has helped me make my peace with Light.” Much more gently, she said “Mellin, dear, I am sorry if I chided you without cause. But you will own that it must seem strange to me.” “Oh yes” he said sadly “I know. Even today I did not trust her, Aila. I saw her leave the room earlier, and I followed her, thinking she had some Dark purpose….”

He told his cousin how he had followed Marla to the Prayer Room, of hearing her agonised prayers, and how the girl had prostrated herself before the Crucible, begging for Light, or for death. He actually had tears of shame and pity in his eyes as he said, “Aila, can you think how I felt, to know I had been so hard and cruel to her, when her need was so great? I had to go to her, and help and comfort her. I was dishonoured, but that was nothing to her need, which I had been so deliberately ignoring. And I have been unkind to you too, because of it. Aila, I am so sorry!” “Hush!” she exclaimed, squeezing his hand in token of her forgiveness. “Mellin, you have admitted your fault, and made your peace with Light. And I know you will help Marla all you can now. You have already helped her, by believing in her. She was so unhappy that you disliked her so, not just for her own sake, but because she felt she was causing a division among us.” “Then you think she has forgiven me?” “Of course, and so have I.” “I am glad of that!” he answered, “I do not like to be at odds with you, Aila.”

He slipped his arm round her waist in a brotherly hug, just as Janir came up to them. Mellin said “Janir….cousin, Sword-Brother, I owe you an apology too.” “Why?” Janir asked in surprise, and when Mellin explained, he laughed, and said “Oh, if you believe in Marla now, I forgive you anything, Sword-Brother!” They reached out to take each other by the Swordsmen’s hand-to-forearm handclasp, and Aila smiled with contentment, glad to see her cousin no longer distanced from his friends and kin. Behind them, the music began again for another dance, and Mellin, as if determined to do all he could to make amends, went to Marla and gently persuaded her into the ring of dancers. Aila and Janir shared an amused smile, and he drew her into the circle to join Mellin and Marla. Looking over Janir’s shoulder, Aila saw Lin looking at his son with such surprise that she had to stifle a giggle.